<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0" xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/" version="2.0"><channel><title>Access Unmissable  Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/access-unmissable-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6575966</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/417/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/417/</a> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you passionate about Self-Development, Psychology, or want to enhance Communication Skills? With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we provide you with a rich resource. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and experience. You can listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices, making learning easier than ever. Don't miss the opportunity to improve yourself with us! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]></description><atom:link href="https://www.spreaker.com/show/6575966/episodes/feed" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/><language>en</language><category>Education</category><copyright>Copyright Jared  Berge</copyright><image><url>https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/30c62b92501aa4b065f5308b929194cb.jpg</url><title>Access Unmissable  Audiobooks in Non-Fiction, Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/podcast/access-unmissable-full-audiobooks-in-non-fiction-current-affairs-law-politics--6575966</link></image><lastBuildDate>Sat, 29 Mar 2025 05:02:48 +0000</lastBuildDate><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:owner><itunes:name>Jared  Berge</itunes:name><itunes:email>feeds@spreaker.com</itunes:email></itunes:owner><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/30c62b92501aa4b065f5308b929194cb.jpg"/><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/417/ to download full audiobooks of your choice for free.
            
Are you passionate about Self-Development, Psychology, or want to enhance Communication Skills? With over 500,000+...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/417/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/417/</a> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Are you passionate about Self-Development, Psychology, or want to enhance Communication Skills? With over 500,000+ audiobooks, we provide you with a rich resource. Get 3 free audiobooks right away and experience. You can listen to books on iPhone, iPad, Android, and other devices, making learning easier than ever. Don't miss the opportunity to improve yourself with us! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:category text="Education"/><itunes:category text="Kids &amp; Family"/><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type><item><title>Black AF History: The Un-Whitewashed Story of America by Michael Harriot</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/black-af-history-the-un-whitewashed-story-of-america-by-michael-harriot--65207289</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521033" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521033</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black AF History: The Un-Whitewashed Story of America Author: Michael Harriot Narrator: Michael Harriot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.66 of Total 41   Ratings of Narrator: 3.92 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From acclaimed columnist and political commentator Michael Harriot, a searingly smart and bitingly hilarious retelling of American history that corrects the record and showcases the perspectives and experiences of Black Americans. America’s backstory is a whitewashed mythology implanted in our collective memory. It is the story of the pilgrims on the Mayflower building a new nation. It is George Washington’s cherry tree and Abraham Lincoln’s log cabin. It is the fantastic tale of slaves that spontaneously teleported themselves here with nothing but strong backs and negro spirituals. It is a sugarcoated legend based on an almost true story. It should come as no surprise that the dominant narrative of American history is blighted with errors and oversights—after all, history books were written by white men with their perspectives at the forefront. It could even be said that the devaluation and erasure of the Black experience is as American as apple pie. In Black AF History, Michael Harriot presents a more accurate version of American history. Combining unapologetically provocative storytelling with meticulous research based on primary sources as well as the work of pioneering Black historians, scholars, and journalists, Harriot removes the white sugarcoating from the American story, placing Black people squarely at the center. With incisive wit, Harriot speaks hilarious truth to oppressive power, subverting conventional historical narratives with little-known stories about the experiences of Black Americans. From the African Americans who arrived before 1619 to the unenslavable bandit who inspired America’s first police force, this long overdue corrective provides a revealing look into our past that is as urgent as it is necessary. For too long, we have refused to acknowledge that American history is white history. Not this one. This history is Black AF.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521033</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Sep 2023 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207289/9780358578406.mp3" length="2437259" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521033 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black AF History: The Un-Whitewashed Story of America Author: Michael Harriot Narrator: Michael Harriot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521033" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521033</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black AF History: The Un-Whitewashed Story of America Author: Michael Harriot Narrator: Michael Harriot Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 19, 2023 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.66 of Total 41   Ratings of Narrator: 3.92 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From acclaimed columnist and political commentator Michael Harriot, a searingly smart and bitingly hilarious retelling of American history that corrects the record and showcases the perspectives and experiences of Black Americans. America’s backstory is a whitewashed mythology implanted in our collective memory. It is the story of the pilgrims on the Mayflower building a new nation. It is George Washington’s cherry tree and Abraham Lincoln’s log cabin. It is the fantastic tale of slaves that spontaneously teleported themselves here with nothing but strong backs and negro spirituals. It is a sugarcoated legend based on an almost true story. It should come as no surprise that the dominant narrative of American history is blighted with errors and oversights—after all, history books were written by white men with their perspectives at the forefront. It could even be said that the devaluation and erasure of the Black experience is as American as apple pie. In Black AF History, Michael Harriot presents a more accurate version of American history. Combining unapologetically provocative storytelling with meticulous research based on primary sources as well as the work of pioneering Black historians, scholars, and journalists, Harriot removes the white sugarcoating from the American story, placing Black people squarely at the center. With incisive wit, Harriot speaks hilarious truth to oppressive power, subverting conventional historical narratives with little-known stories about the experiences of Black Americans. From the African Americans who arrived before 1619 to the unenslavable bandit who inspired America’s first police force, this long overdue corrective provides a revealing look into our past that is as urgent as it is necessary. For too long, we have refused to acknowledge that American history is white history. Not this one. This history is Black AF.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8bbf2860f098858f36c5711b9c964b5c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Trust the Plan: The Rise of QAnon and the Conspiracy That Reshaped the World by Will Sommer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/trust-the-plan-the-rise-of-qanon-and-the-conspiracy-that-reshaped-the-world-by-will-sommer--65207267</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526254" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526254</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trust the Plan: The Rise of QAnon and the Conspiracy That Reshaped the World Author: Will Sommer Narrator: Joe Knezevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ‘Detailed and impeccably researched. Eye-opening' GUARDIAN           ‘Punchy and well-reported. Sommer is the perfect person to tell this story' NEW YORK TIMES                        How did a conspiracy theory reshape global politics? How did it tear families apart, inspire an insurrection and convince millions that a shadowy cabal was hellbent on eating children, and only Donald Trump could stop them?                      On the 6th of January, 2021 thousands of Trump supporters stormed the United States Capitol. Their banners read, Trust the Plan, a reference to an alarming conspiracy theory that had gained unstoppable momentum over the last four years: these were followers of QAnon.           Decoding online clues from a mysterious figure – who has claimed to be a high-level government insider – QAnon adherents believe that Donald Trump has been anointed by God to stop a depraved deep state government, that sexually abuse, kill, and eat children. But QAnon has also become a broad church of out-there beliefs, offering a welcoming community to anti-vaxxers, flat earthers, eugenicists and white nationalists.           With first hand access to the leading figures in the movement, investigative journalist Will Sommer unpacks the bizarre story of how a post from one of the darkest corners of the internet, became a belief system for millions; how politicians cozied up to extremists; how an unwavering trust in these ideas tore apart families, caused a mafia boss’s assassination, and threatened democracy. Trust the Plan is a timely and essential look on how the internet radicalised our politics, and how millions were convinced to believe the unbelievable.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526254</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Feb 2023 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207267/9780008466794.mp3" length="2437259" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526254 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trust the Plan: The Rise of QAnon and the Conspiracy That Reshaped the World Author: Will Sommer Narrator: Joe Knezevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526254" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526254</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trust the Plan: The Rise of QAnon and the Conspiracy That Reshaped the World Author: Will Sommer Narrator: Joe Knezevich Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: February 21, 2023 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ‘Detailed and impeccably researched. Eye-opening' GUARDIAN           ‘Punchy and well-reported. Sommer is the perfect person to tell this story' NEW YORK TIMES                        How did a conspiracy theory reshape global politics? How did it tear families apart, inspire an insurrection and convince millions that a shadowy cabal was hellbent on eating children, and only Donald Trump could stop them?                      On the 6th of January, 2021 thousands of Trump supporters stormed the United States Capitol. Their banners read, Trust the Plan, a reference to an alarming conspiracy theory that had gained unstoppable momentum over the last four years: these were followers of QAnon.           Decoding online clues from a mysterious figure – who has claimed to be a high-level government insider – QAnon adherents believe that Donald Trump has been anointed by God to stop a depraved deep state government, that sexually abuse, kill, and eat children. But QAnon has also become a broad church of out-there beliefs, offering a welcoming community to anti-vaxxers, flat earthers, eugenicists and white nationalists.           With first hand access to the leading figures in the movement, investigative journalist Will Sommer unpacks the bizarre story of how a post from one of the darkest corners of the internet, became a belief system for millions; how politicians cozied up to extremists; how an unwavering trust in these ideas tore apart families, caused a mafia boss’s assassination, and threatened democracy. Trust the Plan is a timely and essential look on how the internet radicalised our politics, and how millions were convinced to believe the unbelievable.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b070540b7a484942250da0c72070f22a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Black Lives Matter at School: An Uprising for Educational Justice by Denisha Jones</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/black-lives-matter-at-school-an-uprising-for-educational-justice-by-denisha-jones--65207409</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514194" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514194</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Lives Matter at School: An Uprising for Educational Justice Author: Denisha Jones Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts, Mirron Willis, Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Black Lives Matter at School is an essential resource for all those seeking to build an antiracist school system.' —Ibram X. Kendi, National Book Award-winning and #1 New York Times Bestselling Author. Black Lives Matter at School succinctly generalizes lessons from successful challenges to institutional racism that have been won through the Black Lives Matter at School movement. This book will inspire many more educators and activists to join the Black Lives Matter at School movement at a moment when this antiracist work in our schools could not be more urgent and critical to education justice. Contributors include Opal Tometi, who wrote a moving foreword; Bettina Love, who shares a powerful chapter on abolitionist teaching; Brian Jones, who centers Black Lives Matter at School in the historical context of the ongoing struggle for racial justice in education; and prominent teacher union leaders from Chicago to Los Angeles and beyond, who discuss the importance of anti-racist struggle in education unions. The book includes essays, interviews, poems, resolutions, and more from educators, students, and parents around the country who have been building Black Lives Matter at School on the ground.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514194</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Sep 2022 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207409/9781705296288.mp3" length="14437248" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514194 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Lives Matter at School: An Uprising for Educational Justice Author: Denisha Jones Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts, Mirron Willis, Kirsten Potter...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514194" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514194</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Lives Matter at School: An Uprising for Educational Justice Author: Denisha Jones Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts, Mirron Willis, Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 13, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Black Lives Matter at School is an essential resource for all those seeking to build an antiracist school system.' —Ibram X. Kendi, National Book Award-winning and #1 New York Times Bestselling Author. Black Lives Matter at School succinctly generalizes lessons from successful challenges to institutional racism that have been won through the Black Lives Matter at School movement. This book will inspire many more educators and activists to join the Black Lives Matter at School movement at a moment when this antiracist work in our schools could not be more urgent and critical to education justice. Contributors include Opal Tometi, who wrote a moving foreword; Bettina Love, who shares a powerful chapter on abolitionist teaching; Brian Jones, who centers Black Lives Matter at School in the historical context of the ongoing struggle for racial justice in education; and prominent teacher union leaders from Chicago to Los Angeles and beyond, who discuss the importance of anti-racist struggle in education unions. The book includes essays, interviews, poems, resolutions, and more from educators, students, and parents around the country who have been building Black Lives Matter at School on the ground.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3cdbbf26eb6f57c2f0f613dea1ac037c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Chasing Wrongs and Rights: A personal journey of fighting for justice around the world by Elaine Pearson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/chasing-wrongs-and-rights-a-personal-journey-of-fighting-for-justice-around-the-world-by-elaine-pearson--65207288</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523786" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523786</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chasing Wrongs and Rights: A personal journey of fighting for justice around the world Author: Elaine Pearson Narrator: Elaine Pearson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September  6, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Australia Director at Human Rights Watch shares her experiences defending human rights – from human trafficking in Nepal to the 'drug war' in the Philippines to treatment of detainees in Papua New Guinea and in Australia – offering an extremely involving personal account of how far we’ve come, and how far we’ve got to go.   Growing up in Perth, Elaine Pearson always dreamt of the wider world. Her British father and Singaporean-Chinese mother meant that her family extended beyond our shores, but it wasn’t until later in life that she fully understood how her professional calling might have been influenced by personal history: she learned that her beloved maternal grandmother had been sold to an opera troupe as a child to save the family from starvation.   As soon as she could, Elaine followed her interest in women’s rights and people-trafficking, interviewing sex-workers and victims of trafficking on the streets of Bangkok and Amsterdam’s red light district. Her experiences in Nepal and Nigeria profoundly shaped her understanding of how governments and NGOs need to protect the rights of victims, as well as how poverty, corruption and war drive trafficking in the first place.   Elaine’s story takes us on a panoramic survey of human rights across the world – into the UN committee rooms of New York and Geneva, as well as to the front-lines of Sri Lanka’s search for those who disappeared in the country’s civil war, examining death squad killings on the Philippines island of Mindanao and the detention of asylum seekers in Papua New Guinea. And her work on the appalling treatment of prisoners, many of whom are Aboriginal, vividly demonstrates that human rights abuses are something that happens at home as well as out in that wider world.   In exploring human rights abuses and governments’ failure to address them, Chasing Wrongs and Rights sometimes shows humanity at its worst. Just as often, though, we see people at their best – compassionate, resilient, determined. Deeply informative and inspiring, Elaine Pearson’s story will leave you understanding how much needs to change, and how individuals can make a difference.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523786</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Sep 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207288/9781761104213.mp3" length="1477739" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523786 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chasing Wrongs and Rights: A personal journey of fighting for justice around the world Author: Elaine Pearson Narrator: Elaine Pearson Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523786" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523786</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chasing Wrongs and Rights: A personal journey of fighting for justice around the world Author: Elaine Pearson Narrator: Elaine Pearson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September  6, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Australia Director at Human Rights Watch shares her experiences defending human rights – from human trafficking in Nepal to the 'drug war' in the Philippines to treatment of detainees in Papua New Guinea and in Australia – offering an extremely involving personal account of how far we’ve come, and how far we’ve got to go.   Growing up in Perth, Elaine Pearson always dreamt of the wider world. Her British father and Singaporean-Chinese mother meant that her family extended beyond our shores, but it wasn’t until later in life that she fully understood how her professional calling might have been influenced by personal history: she learned that her beloved maternal grandmother had been sold to an opera troupe as a child to save the family from starvation.   As soon as she could, Elaine followed her interest in women’s rights and people-trafficking, interviewing sex-workers and victims of trafficking on the streets of Bangkok and Amsterdam’s red light district. Her experiences in Nepal and Nigeria profoundly shaped her understanding of how governments and NGOs need to protect the rights of victims, as well as how poverty, corruption and war drive trafficking in the first place.   Elaine’s story takes us on a panoramic survey of human rights across the world – into the UN committee rooms of New York and Geneva, as well as to the front-lines of Sri Lanka’s search for those who disappeared in the country’s civil war, examining death squad killings on the Philippines island of Mindanao and the detention of asylum seekers in Papua New Guinea. And her work on the appalling treatment of prisoners, many of whom are Aboriginal, vividly demonstrates that human rights abuses are something that happens at home as well as out in that wider world.   In exploring human rights abuses and governments’ failure to address them, Chasing Wrongs and Rights sometimes shows humanity at its worst. Just as often, though, we see people at their best – compassionate, resilient, determined. Deeply informative and inspiring, Elaine Pearson’s story will leave you understanding how much needs to change, and how individuals can make a difference.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/727621d85ed97ca61962c3aafb4cb648.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Martin &amp; Malcolm &amp; America: A Dream or a Nightmare 20th Anniversary Edition by James H. Cone</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/martin-malcolm-america-a-dream-or-a-nightmare-20th-anniversary-edition-by-james-h-cone--65207357</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522219" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522219</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Martin &amp; Malcolm &amp; America: A Dream or a Nightmare 20th Anniversary Edition Author: James H. Cone Narrator: Sean Crisden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This groundbreaking and highly acclaimed work examines the two most influential African American leaders of the twentieth century. While Martin Luther King, Jr., saw America as 'essentially a dream . . . as yet unfulfilled,' Malcolm X viewed America as a realized nightmare. James Cone cuts through superficial assessments of King and Malcolm as polar opposites to reveal two men whose visions are complementary and moving toward convergence.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522219</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 Aug 2022 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207357/9781684571390.mp3" length="14437208" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522219 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Martin &amp;amp; Malcolm &amp;amp; America: A Dream or a Nightmare 20th Anniversary Edition Author: James H. Cone Narrator: Sean Crisden Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522219" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522219</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Martin &amp; Malcolm &amp; America: A Dream or a Nightmare 20th Anniversary Edition Author: James H. Cone Narrator: Sean Crisden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 16, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This groundbreaking and highly acclaimed work examines the two most influential African American leaders of the twentieth century. While Martin Luther King, Jr., saw America as 'essentially a dream . . . as yet unfulfilled,' Malcolm X viewed America as a realized nightmare. James Cone cuts through superficial assessments of King and Malcolm as polar opposites to reveal two men whose visions are complementary and moving toward convergence.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1b05aba4e13c69a2b6d15a71641ef8c4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Here's the Deal: A Memoir by Kellyanne Conway</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/here-s-the-deal-a-memoir-by-kellyanne-conway--65207234</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527347" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527347</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Here's the Deal: A Memoir Author: Kellyanne Conway Narrator: Kellyanne Conway Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.09 of Total 33   Ratings of Narrator: 3.91 of Total 11 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   “Part personal chronicle and part political journey…a candid assessment of some of her colleagues in the White House and the media.” —The Washington Post   Among the Trump era’s savviest insiders, one name stands especially tall: Kellyanne.  As a highly respected pollster for corporate and Republican clients and a frequent television talk show guest, Kellyanne Conway had already established herself as one of the brightest lights on the national political scene when Donald Trump asked her to run his presidential campaign. She agreed, delivering him to the White House, becoming the first woman in American history to manage a winning presidential campaign, and changing the American landscape forever. Who she is, how she did it, and who tried to stop her is a fascinating story of personal triumph and political intrigue that has never been told…until now.   In Here’s The Deal, Kellyanne takes you on a journey all the way to the White House and beyond with her trademark sharp wit, raw honesty, and level eye. It’s all here: what it’s like to be dissected on national television. How to outsmart the media mob. How to outclass the crazy critics. How to survive and succeed male-dominated industries. What happens when the perils of social media really hit home. And what happens when the divisions across the country start playing out in one’s own family.   In this open and vulnerable account, Kellyanne turns the camera on herself. What she has to share—about our politics, about the media, about her time in the White House, and about her personal journey—is an astonishing glimpse of visibility and vulnerability, of professional and personal highs and lows, and ultimately, of triumph.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527347</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 May 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207234/9781797134581.mp3" length="1477635" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527347 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Here's the Deal: A Memoir Author: Kellyanne Conway Narrator: Kellyanne Conway Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 58 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527347" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527347</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Here's the Deal: A Memoir Author: Kellyanne Conway Narrator: Kellyanne Conway Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 24, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.09 of Total 33   Ratings of Narrator: 3.91 of Total 11 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  INSTANT #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   “Part personal chronicle and part political journey…a candid assessment of some of her colleagues in the White House and the media.” —The Washington Post   Among the Trump era’s savviest insiders, one name stands especially tall: Kellyanne.  As a highly respected pollster for corporate and Republican clients and a frequent television talk show guest, Kellyanne Conway had already established herself as one of the brightest lights on the national political scene when Donald Trump asked her to run his presidential campaign. She agreed, delivering him to the White House, becoming the first woman in American history to manage a winning presidential campaign, and changing the American landscape forever. Who she is, how she did it, and who tried to stop her is a fascinating story of personal triumph and political intrigue that has never been told…until now.   In Here’s The Deal, Kellyanne takes you on a journey all the way to the White House and beyond with her trademark sharp wit, raw honesty, and level eye. It’s all here: what it’s like to be dissected on national television. How to outsmart the media mob. How to outclass the crazy critics. How to survive and succeed male-dominated industries. What happens when the perils of social media really hit home. And what happens when the divisions across the country start playing out in one’s own family.   In this open and vulnerable account, Kellyanne turns the camera on herself. What she has to share—about our politics, about the media, about her time in the White House, and about her personal journey—is an astonishing glimpse of visibility and vulnerability, of professional and personal highs and lows, and ultimately, of triumph.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9935b6654a14cedcc425e4b3b8830be0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to Be a Climate Optimist: Blueprints for a Better World by Chris Turner</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-be-a-climate-optimist-blueprints-for-a-better-world-by-chris-turner--65207242</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530518" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530518</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Climate Optimist: Blueprints for a Better World Author: Chris Turner Narrator: Chris Turner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  WINNER OF THE SHAUGHNESSY COHEN PRIZE FOR POLITICAL WRITING From the National Business Book Award winner and GG finalist, a very different book about facing the climate crisis, and what awaits us on the other side. Chris Turner has reported from the places where the sustainable future first emerged—from green islands in Denmark and green office parks in southern India, to solar panel factories in California and idealistic intentional communities from Scotland to New Mexico. Here, he condenses the first quarter century of the global energy transition into bite-sized chunks of optimistic reflection and reportage, telling a story of a planet in peril and a global effort already beginning to save it. This is a book that moves past the despair and futile anger over ecological collapse and harnesses that passion toward the project of building a twenty-first century quality of life that surpasses the twentieth-century version in every way. How to Be a Climate Optimist overflows with possibility in a moment of great panic, upheaval and uncertainty over a world on fire.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530518</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207242/9780735282100.mp3" length="4837102" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530518 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Climate Optimist: Blueprints for a Better World Author: Chris Turner Narrator: Chris Turner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530518" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530518</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Be a Climate Optimist: Blueprints for a Better World Author: Chris Turner Narrator: Chris Turner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  WINNER OF THE SHAUGHNESSY COHEN PRIZE FOR POLITICAL WRITING From the National Business Book Award winner and GG finalist, a very different book about facing the climate crisis, and what awaits us on the other side. Chris Turner has reported from the places where the sustainable future first emerged—from green islands in Denmark and green office parks in southern India, to solar panel factories in California and idealistic intentional communities from Scotland to New Mexico. Here, he condenses the first quarter century of the global energy transition into bite-sized chunks of optimistic reflection and reportage, telling a story of a planet in peril and a global effort already beginning to save it. This is a book that moves past the despair and futile anger over ecological collapse and harnesses that passion toward the project of building a twenty-first century quality of life that surpasses the twentieth-century version in every way. How to Be a Climate Optimist overflows with possibility in a moment of great panic, upheaval and uncertainty over a world on fire.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/29e2d5e2044b8f19e0811c32f3c14822.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Power of Crisis: How Three Threats – and Our Response – Will Change the World by Ian Bremmer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-crisis-how-three-threats-and-our-response-will-change-the-world-by-ian-bremmer--65207241</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531096" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531096</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Crisis: How Three Threats – and Our Response – Will Change the World Author: Ian Bremmer Narrator: Willis Sparks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Renowned political scientist Ian Bremmer draws lessons from global challenges of the past 100 years—including the pandemic—to show how we can respond to three great crises unfolding over the next decade. In this revelatory, unnerving, and ultimately hopeful book, Bremmer details how domestic and international conflicts leave us unprepared for a trio of looming crises—global health emergencies, transformative climate change, and the AI revolution. Today, Americans cannot reach consensus on any significant political issue, and US and Chinese leaders behave as if they’re locked in a new Cold War. We are squandering opportunities to meet the challenges that will soon confront us all.   In coming years, humanity will face viruses deadlier and more infectious than Covid. Intensifying climate change will put tens of millions of refugees in flight and require us to reimagine how we live our daily lives. Most dangerous of all, new technologies will reshape the geopolitical order, disrupting our livelihoods and destabilizing our societies faster than we can grasp and address their implications.    The good news? Some farsighted political leaders, business decision-makers, and individual citizens are already collaborating to tackle all these crises. The question that should keep us awake is whether they will work well and quickly enough to limit the fallout—and, most importantly, whether we can use these crises to innovate our way toward a better world.   Drawing on strategies both time-honored and cutting-edge, from the Marshall Plan to the Green New Deal, The Power of Crisis provides a roadmap for surviving—even thriving in—the 21st century. Bremmer shows governments, corporations, and every concerned citizen how we can use these coming crises to create the worldwide prosperity and opportunity that 20th-century globalism promised but failed to deliver.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531096</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 May 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207241/9781797135427.mp3" length="1478242" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531096 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Crisis: How Three Threats – and Our Response – Will Change the World Author: Ian Bremmer Narrator: Willis Sparks Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531096" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531096</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Crisis: How Three Threats – and Our Response – Will Change the World Author: Ian Bremmer Narrator: Willis Sparks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 17, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Renowned political scientist Ian Bremmer draws lessons from global challenges of the past 100 years—including the pandemic—to show how we can respond to three great crises unfolding over the next decade. In this revelatory, unnerving, and ultimately hopeful book, Bremmer details how domestic and international conflicts leave us unprepared for a trio of looming crises—global health emergencies, transformative climate change, and the AI revolution. Today, Americans cannot reach consensus on any significant political issue, and US and Chinese leaders behave as if they’re locked in a new Cold War. We are squandering opportunities to meet the challenges that will soon confront us all.   In coming years, humanity will face viruses deadlier and more infectious than Covid. Intensifying climate change will put tens of millions of refugees in flight and require us to reimagine how we live our daily lives. Most dangerous of all, new technologies will reshape the geopolitical order, disrupting our livelihoods and destabilizing our societies faster than we can grasp and address their implications.    The good news? Some farsighted political leaders, business decision-makers, and individual citizens are already collaborating to tackle all these crises. The question that should keep us awake is whether they will work well and quickly enough to limit the fallout—and, most importantly, whether we can use these crises to innovate our way toward a better world.   Drawing on strategies both time-honored and cutting-edge, from the Marshall Plan to the Green New Deal, The Power of Crisis provides a roadmap for surviving—even thriving in—the 21st century. Bremmer shows governments, corporations, and every concerned citizen how we can use these coming crises to create the worldwide prosperity and opportunity that 20th-century globalism promised but failed to deliver.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/469643217aad1a323ea39cefcb91993a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>No Escape: The True Story of China’s Genocide of the Uyghurs by Nury Turkel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/no-escape-the-true-story-of-china-s-genocide-of-the-uyghurs-by-nury-turkel--65207341</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521961" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521961</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Escape: The True Story of China’s Genocide of the Uyghurs Author: Nury Turkel Narrator: Stewart Lang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ’Anyone interested in the future of autocracy should buy it’ Anne Applebaum, author of Twilight of Demoracy                                   **Shortlisted for the Moore Prize for Human Rights Literature**                                   A devastating account of China’s genocide of the Uyghurs, by a leading Uyghur activist and Time #100 nominee                      Nury Turkel was born in a ‘re-education’ camp in China at the height of the Cultural Revolution. He spent the first several months of his life in captivity with his mother, who was beaten and starved while pregnant with him, whilst his father served a penal sentence in an agricultural labour camp. Following this traumatic start – and not without a heavy dose of good fortune – he was later able to travel to the US for his undergraduate studies in 1995 and was granted asylum in the country in 1998 where, as a lawyer, he is now a tireless and renowned activist for the plight of his people.           Part memoir, part call-to-action, No Escape will be the first major book to tell the story of the Chinese government’s terrible oppression of the Uyghur people from the inside, detailing the labour camps, ethnic and religious oppression, forced sterilisation of women and the surveillance tech that have made Xinjiang – in the words of one Uyghur who managed to flee – ‘a police surveillance state unlike any the world has ever known’.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521961</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2022 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207341/9780008498634.mp3" length="2437267" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521961 to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Escape: The True Story of China’s Genocide of the Uyghurs Author: Nury Turkel Narrator: Stewart Lang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521961" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521961</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Escape: The True Story of China’s Genocide of the Uyghurs Author: Nury Turkel Narrator: Stewart Lang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 29 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ’Anyone interested in the future of autocracy should buy it’ Anne Applebaum, author of Twilight of Demoracy                                   **Shortlisted for the Moore Prize for Human Rights Literature**                                   A devastating account of China’s genocide of the Uyghurs, by a leading Uyghur activist and Time #100 nominee                      Nury Turkel was born in a ‘re-education’ camp in China at the height of the Cultural Revolution. He spent the first several months of his life in captivity with his mother, who was beaten and starved while pregnant with him, whilst his father served a penal sentence in an agricultural labour camp. Following this traumatic start – and not without a heavy dose of good fortune – he was later able to travel to the US for his undergraduate studies in 1995 and was granted asylum in the country in 1998 where, as a lawyer, he is now a tireless and renowned activist for the plight of his people.           Part memoir, part call-to-action, No Escape will be the first major book to tell the story of the Chinese government’s terrible oppression of the Uyghur people from the inside, detailing the labour camps, ethnic and religious oppression, forced sterilisation of women and the surveillance tech that have made Xinjiang – in the words of one Uyghur who managed to flee – ‘a police surveillance state unlike any the world has ever known’.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bdb073bc57250cf79344f04c6a3f6704.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>We Need To Build: Field Notes for Diverse Democracy by Eboo Patel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/we-need-to-build-field-notes-for-diverse-democracy-by-eboo-patel--65207362</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524317" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524317</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Need To Build: Field Notes for Diverse Democracy Author: Eboo Patel Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “You don’t create societies by burning things down, You create societies by building things.” From the former faith adviser to President Obama comes a fresh manifesto for those who seek to promote positive change and build a more diverse and just democracy The   goal of social change work is not a more ferocious revolution; it is a more   beautiful social order. It is harder to organize a fair trial than it is to   fire up a crowd, more challenging to build a good school than it is to tell   others they are doing education all wrong. But every decent society requires   fair trials and good schools, and that’s just the beginning of the list of   institutions and structures that need to be efficiently created and   effectively run in large-scale diverse democracy.  We Need to Build is a call to create those institutions   and a guide for how to run them well.     In his youth, Eboo Patel was inspired by love-based activists like John   Lewis, Martin Luther King Jr., Badshah Khan, Mahatma Gandhi, Mother Teresa,   Dorothy Day, Abraham Joshua Heschel, and Thich Nhat Hanh. Their example, and   a timely challenge to build the change he wanted to see, led to a life   engaged in the particulars of building, nourishing, and sustaining an   institution that seeks to promote positive social change—Interfaith America.   Now, drawing on his twenty years of experience, Patel tells the stories of   what he’s learned and how, in the process, he came to construct as much as   critique and collaborate more than oppose.     His challenge to us is clear: those of us committed to refounding America   as a just and inclusive democracy need to defeat the things we don’t like by   building the things we do.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524317</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 May 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207362/9780807003992.mp3" length="4837112" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524317 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Need To Build: Field Notes for Diverse Democracy Author: Eboo Patel Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524317" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524317</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Need To Build: Field Notes for Diverse Democracy Author: Eboo Patel Narrator: Vikas Adam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: May 10, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “You don’t create societies by burning things down, You create societies by building things.” From the former faith adviser to President Obama comes a fresh manifesto for those who seek to promote positive change and build a more diverse and just democracy The   goal of social change work is not a more ferocious revolution; it is a more   beautiful social order. It is harder to organize a fair trial than it is to   fire up a crowd, more challenging to build a good school than it is to tell   others they are doing education all wrong. But every decent society requires   fair trials and good schools, and that’s just the beginning of the list of   institutions and structures that need to be efficiently created and   effectively run in large-scale diverse democracy.  We Need to Build is a call to create those institutions   and a guide for how to run them well.     In his youth, Eboo Patel was inspired by love-based activists like John   Lewis, Martin Luther King Jr., Badshah Khan, Mahatma Gandhi, Mother Teresa,   Dorothy Day, Abraham Joshua Heschel, and Thich Nhat Hanh. Their example, and   a timely challenge to build the change he wanted to see, led to a life   engaged in the particulars of building, nourishing, and sustaining an   institution that seeks to promote positive social change—Interfaith America.   Now, drawing on his twenty years of experience, Patel tells the stories of   what he’s learned and how, in the process, he came to construct as much as   critique and collaborate more than oppose.     His challenge to us is clear: those of us committed to refounding America   as a just and inclusive democracy need to defeat the things we don’t like by   building the things we do.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e2b76d2096112607e9f5cace0b492310.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Fortress London: Why we need to save the country from its capital by Sam Bright</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/fortress-london-why-we-need-to-save-the-country-from-its-capital-by-sam-bright--65207251</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523887" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523887</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fortress London: Why we need to save the country from its capital Author: Sam Bright Narrator: Sam Bright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A vividly written and timely polemic tackling the burning injustices shaping British society today.                        ‘Intelligently written and powerfully argued.’ Paul Mason                                   ‘Witty, scathing, and entertaining.’ Danny Dorling                      Journalist Sam Bright is a Northerner living in London. He is just one of the millions of people clinging on to the coattails of the capital, sucked in by the prospect of opportunities that the rest of the United Kingdom does not enjoy.           Our capital is a vast melting pot of languages, cultures, and ideas, and rightly celebrated for it. For many, though, there is no other option. The only place to access the opportunities this country offers is London. Banking, law, politics, advertising, architecture, the arts and the media are all concentrated here. It is almost impossible to reach the heights of any profession without joining the grey hoards queuing for the next tube. As the economic, political, and cultural epicentre of the country, Fortress London acts more like a renaissance city-state like Florence or Venice than the capital of a modern nation-state. And the gluttony of London, compared to the malnourishment of our regions, dramatically affects life chances in Britain.           Fortress London argues that to address Britain’s manifold problems, we need first to end the hegemony of its capital. Enriched by a vast array of interviews and statistics, it will examine how our individual destinies, from childhood to death, are determined by the disproportionate power of London. It will explain why regional inequality has fallen off the Left’s radar, even as the Right pays lip service to it, and it will draw on international comparisons to show where we have gone wrong and, crucially, how we can fix it.           Sam Bright’s clear-eyed intervention will convince you that regional inequality is the problem — and that now is the time for change.                        Featuring exclusive interviews with: Andy Burnham, Lisa Nandy, Steve Rotheram, Aditya Chakrabortty, David Blunkett, Jess Phillips, Andrew Adonis and more…]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523887</guid><pubDate>Thu, 28 Apr 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207251/9780008474249.mp3" length="2437152" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523887 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fortress London: Why we need to save the country from its capital Author: Sam Bright Narrator: Sam Bright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523887" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523887</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fortress London: Why we need to save the country from its capital Author: Sam Bright Narrator: Sam Bright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: April 28, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A vividly written and timely polemic tackling the burning injustices shaping British society today.                        ‘Intelligently written and powerfully argued.’ Paul Mason                                   ‘Witty, scathing, and entertaining.’ Danny Dorling                      Journalist Sam Bright is a Northerner living in London. He is just one of the millions of people clinging on to the coattails of the capital, sucked in by the prospect of opportunities that the rest of the United Kingdom does not enjoy.           Our capital is a vast melting pot of languages, cultures, and ideas, and rightly celebrated for it. For many, though, there is no other option. The only place to access the opportunities this country offers is London. Banking, law, politics, advertising, architecture, the arts and the media are all concentrated here. It is almost impossible to reach the heights of any profession without joining the grey hoards queuing for the next tube. As the economic, political, and cultural epicentre of the country, Fortress London acts more like a renaissance city-state like Florence or Venice than the capital of a modern nation-state. And the gluttony of London, compared to the malnourishment of our regions, dramatically affects life chances in Britain.           Fortress London argues that to address Britain’s manifold problems, we need first to end the hegemony of its capital. Enriched by a vast array of interviews and statistics, it will examine how our individual destinies, from childhood to death, are determined by the disproportionate power of London. It will explain why regional inequality has fallen off the Left’s radar, even as the Right pays lip service to it, and it will draw on international comparisons to show where we have gone wrong and, crucially, how we can fix it.           Sam Bright’s clear-eyed intervention will convince you that regional inequality is the problem — and that now is the time for change.                        Featuring exclusive interviews with: Andy Burnham, Lisa Nandy, Steve Rotheram, Aditya Chakrabortty, David Blunkett, Jess Phillips, Andrew Adonis and more…]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1a3e92c24974c040b3c75e08645dff0b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>From the Hood to the Holler: A Story of Separate Worlds, Shared Dreams, and the Fight for America's Future by Charles Booker</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/from-the-hood-to-the-holler-a-story-of-separate-worlds-shared-dreams-and-the-fight-for-america-s-future-by-charles-booker--65207233</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527290" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527290</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From the Hood to the Holler: A Story of Separate Worlds, Shared Dreams, and the Fight for America's Future Author: Charles Booker Narrator: Charles Booker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Kentucky State Representative Charles Booker tells the improbable story of his journey from one of the poorest neighborhoods in the country to a political career forging new alliances among forgotten communities across the New South and beyond. “Charles Booker is a rising leader in our nation, and an inspiration to me and all those who get to know his story and vision.”—Senator Cory Booker Charles Booker grew up in one of the poorest neighborhoods in Kentucky, living in the largely segregated West End of Louisville. Faith and love were everything in his family, but material comforts were scarce. The electricity was sometimes shut off. His mother often went hungry so her son could eat. Even after he graduated from law school, Booker rationed the insulin he took for diabetes. Determined to build a world in which poverty and racism would not plague future generations, he charted his own course into Kentucky politics, a world dominated by the myth of an urban-rural divide, and controlled by the formidable Republican establishment. In this stirring account, Booker unfolds his journey from the heart of Louisville to the deepest reaches of Kentucky’s rural landscapes, reflecting the journey America itself must make on the way to a progressive future. Robbed of multiple family members by gun violence, Booker found the roots of a system built to fail him and his neighbors in everything from the hypocrisy of elected officials to the structural racism embedded in the state’s budget.  Yet it wasn’t until his unlikely appointment to the Department of Fish and Wildlife Resources that he understood the transformative power of the issues that bound his family with those in rural Appalachia. In coal country, he met citizens who, like those in the West End, suffered from extreme isolation, for whom fresh food and economic stability were scarce, who lacked the resources to overcome their cynicism about change. Through his work as the youngest Black state legislator in Kentucky, Booker built an unprecedented alliance between the hood and the holler. This coalition was the basis for a thrilling grassroots Senate campaign that nearly stunned the nation, putting Senators Mitch McConnell and Rand Paul on notice that the days of business as usual were over.  From the Hood to the Holler is both a moving coming-of-age story and an urgent political intervention—a much-needed blueprint for how equity and racial justice might transcend partisan divisions in Kentucky, throughout the South, and across America.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527290</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Apr 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207233/9780593506172.mp3" length="4837127" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527290 to listen full audiobooks. Title: From the Hood to the Holler: A Story of Separate Worlds, Shared Dreams, and the Fight for America's Future Author: Charles Booker Narrator: Charles...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527290" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527290</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: From the Hood to the Holler: A Story of Separate Worlds, Shared Dreams, and the Fight for America's Future Author: Charles Booker Narrator: Charles Booker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 26, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Kentucky State Representative Charles Booker tells the improbable story of his journey from one of the poorest neighborhoods in the country to a political career forging new alliances among forgotten communities across the New South and beyond. “Charles Booker is a rising leader in our nation, and an inspiration to me and all those who get to know his story and vision.”—Senator Cory Booker Charles Booker grew up in one of the poorest neighborhoods in Kentucky, living in the largely segregated West End of Louisville. Faith and love were everything in his family, but material comforts were scarce. The electricity was sometimes shut off. His mother often went hungry so her son could eat. Even after he graduated from law school, Booker rationed the insulin he took for diabetes. Determined to build a world in which poverty and racism would not plague future generations, he charted his own course into Kentucky politics, a world dominated by the myth of an urban-rural divide, and controlled by the formidable Republican establishment. In this stirring account, Booker unfolds his journey from the heart of Louisville to the deepest reaches of Kentucky’s rural landscapes, reflecting the journey America itself must make on the way to a progressive future. Robbed of multiple family members by gun violence, Booker found the roots of a system built to fail him and his neighbors in everything from the hypocrisy of elected officials to the structural racism embedded in the state’s budget.  Yet it wasn’t until his unlikely appointment to the Department of Fish and Wildlife Resources that he understood the transformative power of the issues that bound his family with those in rural Appalachia. In coal country, he met citizens who, like those in the West End, suffered from extreme isolation, for whom fresh food and economic stability were scarce, who lacked the resources to overcome their cynicism about change. Through his work as the youngest Black state legislator in Kentucky, Booker built an unprecedented alliance between the hood and the holler. This coalition was the basis for a thrilling grassroots Senate campaign that nearly stunned the nation, putting Senators Mitch McConnell and Rand Paul on notice that the days of business as usual were over.  From the Hood to the Holler is both a moving coming-of-age story and an urgent political intervention—a much-needed blueprint for how equity and racial justice might transcend partisan divisions in Kentucky, throughout the South, and across America.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5a47c23144f23cb2d751359038a5096d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>War Without Rules: China's Playbook for Global Domination by Robert Spalding</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/war-without-rules-china-s-playbook-for-global-domination-by-robert-spalding--65207240</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526905" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526905</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: War Without Rules: China's Playbook for Global Domination Author: Robert Spalding Narrator: David Bryson, Brett Boles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In its fight for global dominance, Communist China has thrown out the old rules of war. China expert General Robert Spalding walks us through their new playbook.   Many Americans are finally waking up to the alarming reality of China's stealth war on the United States and puzzling over how to push back against its insidious infiltration. What few realize is that we have one real advantage in this war: the Chinese Communist Party strategy for total war has been written out in Unrestricted Warfare, the Chinese book, well known there, that has become their new Art of War.   In War Without Rules, retired Air Force Brigadier General Rob Spalding takes Americans inside Unrestricted Warfare. He  walks readers through the principles of this book, revealing the Chinese belief that there is no sector of life outside the realm of war. He shows how the CCP itself has promised to use corporate espionage, global pandemics, and trade violations to achieve dominance. Most importantly, he provides insight into how, once Americans are aware of the tactics, we can fight back against CCP’s creeping influence. More than a vital read for those interested in China, War Without Rules is essential reading for anyone—from policymakers and diplomats to businessmen and investors—finally waking up to the stealth war. Knowledge is power, and it’s time to arm yourself.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526905</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Apr 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207240/9780593508862.mp3" length="4837149" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526905 to listen full audiobooks. Title: War Without Rules: China's Playbook for Global Domination Author: Robert Spalding Narrator: David Bryson, Brett Boles Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526905" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526905</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: War Without Rules: China's Playbook for Global Domination Author: Robert Spalding Narrator: David Bryson, Brett Boles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 19, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In its fight for global dominance, Communist China has thrown out the old rules of war. China expert General Robert Spalding walks us through their new playbook.   Many Americans are finally waking up to the alarming reality of China's stealth war on the United States and puzzling over how to push back against its insidious infiltration. What few realize is that we have one real advantage in this war: the Chinese Communist Party strategy for total war has been written out in Unrestricted Warfare, the Chinese book, well known there, that has become their new Art of War.   In War Without Rules, retired Air Force Brigadier General Rob Spalding takes Americans inside Unrestricted Warfare. He  walks readers through the principles of this book, revealing the Chinese belief that there is no sector of life outside the realm of war. He shows how the CCP itself has promised to use corporate espionage, global pandemics, and trade violations to achieve dominance. Most importantly, he provides insight into how, once Americans are aware of the tactics, we can fight back against CCP’s creeping influence. More than a vital read for those interested in China, War Without Rules is essential reading for anyone—from policymakers and diplomats to businessmen and investors—finally waking up to the stealth war. Knowledge is power, and it’s time to arm yourself.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6f99f87c2b63ebc9bd1a65e41a1066d7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Freezing Order: A True Story of Russian Money Laundering, State-Sponsored Murder, and Surviving Vladimir Putin's Wrath by Bill Browder</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/freezing-order-a-true-story-of-russian-money-laundering-state-sponsored-murder-and-surviving-vladimir-putin-s-wrath-by-bill-browder--65207266</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525332" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525332</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freezing Order: A True Story of Russian Money Laundering, State-Sponsored Murder, and Surviving Vladimir Putin's Wrath Author: Bill Browder Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 55   Ratings of Narrator: 4.56 of Total 16 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Following his explosive #1 New York Times bestseller, Red Notice, Bill Browder returns with another gripping thriller chronicling how he exposed Vladmir Putin's campaign to steal and launder hundreds of billions of dollars from Russia—and how Putin is willing to kill anyone who stands in his way.When Browder’s young Russian lawyer, Sergei Magnitsky, was beaten to death in a Moscow jail in 2009, Browder cast aside his business career and made it his life’s mission to pursue justice for Sergei. One of the first steps of that mission was to uncover who had killed Sergei and profited from the $230 million corruption scheme that he had exposed. As Browder and his team tracked the money that flowed out of Russia—through the Baltics and Cyprus and on to Western Europe and the Americas—they discovered that Vladimir Putin himself was one of the beneficiaries of the crime.After Western law-enforcement agencies began freezing the money, Putin retaliated. He and his cronies set honey traps for Browder, hired agents to chase him around the globe, murdered more of Browder’s Russian allies, and enlisted some of the West’s top lawyers and politicians in an attempt to bring Browder down. Putin will stop at nothing to protect his wealth and power. As Freezing Order reveals, Browder’s campaign was a main impetus for Putin’s intervention in the 2016 US presidential election.At once a financial caper, an international adventure, and a passionate plea for justice, Freezing Order is a stirring morality tale about how one man can take on one of the most dangerous and ruthless villains in the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525332</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Apr 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207266/9781980087717.mp3" length="2437272" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525332 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freezing Order: A True Story of Russian Money Laundering, State-Sponsored Murder, and Surviving Vladimir Putin's Wrath Author: Bill Browder Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525332" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525332</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freezing Order: A True Story of Russian Money Laundering, State-Sponsored Murder, and Surviving Vladimir Putin's Wrath Author: Bill Browder Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 29 minutes Release date: April 12, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 55   Ratings of Narrator: 4.56 of Total 16 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Following his explosive #1 New York Times bestseller, Red Notice, Bill Browder returns with another gripping thriller chronicling how he exposed Vladmir Putin's campaign to steal and launder hundreds of billions of dollars from Russia—and how Putin is willing to kill anyone who stands in his way.When Browder’s young Russian lawyer, Sergei Magnitsky, was beaten to death in a Moscow jail in 2009, Browder cast aside his business career and made it his life’s mission to pursue justice for Sergei. One of the first steps of that mission was to uncover who had killed Sergei and profited from the $230 million corruption scheme that he had exposed. As Browder and his team tracked the money that flowed out of Russia—through the Baltics and Cyprus and on to Western Europe and the Americas—they discovered that Vladimir Putin himself was one of the beneficiaries of the crime.After Western law-enforcement agencies began freezing the money, Putin retaliated. He and his cronies set honey traps for Browder, hired agents to chase him around the globe, murdered more of Browder’s Russian allies, and enlisted some of the West’s top lawyers and politicians in an attempt to bring Browder down. Putin will stop at nothing to protect his wealth and power. As Freezing Order reveals, Browder’s campaign was a main impetus for Putin’s intervention in the 2016 US presidential election.At once a financial caper, an international adventure, and a passionate plea for justice, Freezing Order is a stirring morality tale about how one man can take on one of the most dangerous and ruthless villains in the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d6c850ac59064868d0fbdc9651bdcd9c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>My Fourth Time, We Drowned: Seeking Refuge on the World’s Deadliest Migration Route by Sally Hayden</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-fourth-time-we-drowned-seeking-refuge-on-the-world-s-deadliest-migration-route-by-sally-hayden--65207328</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516568" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516568</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Fourth Time, We Drowned: Seeking Refuge on the World’s Deadliest Migration Route Author: Sally Hayden Narrator: Aoife Mcmahon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 31, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  WINNER OF THE ORWELL PRIZE           WINNER OF IRISH BOOK OF THE YEAR           SHORTLISTED FOR THE BAILLIE GIFFORD PRIZE           ‘The most important work of contemporary reporting I have ever read’ SALLY ROONEY           The treatment of refugees has become one of the most devastating human rights disasters in our history. In this book, award-winning journalist Sally Hayden unfolds a staggering investigation into the migrant crisis across North Africa.           This book follows the experiences of refugees, telling a range of shocking and eye-opening human stories. But it also surveys the bigger picture: the negligence of NGOs and corruption within the United Nations. The economics of the twenty-first-century slave trade and the EU’s bankrolling of Libyan militias. The trials of people smugglers, the frustrations of aid workers, the loopholes refugees seek out and the role of social media in crowdfunding ransoms. Who was accountable for the abuse? Where were the people finding solutions? Why wasn’t it being widely reported?           At its heart, this is a book about people who have made unimaginable choices, risking everything to survive in a system that wants them to be silent and disappear.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516568</guid><pubDate>Thu, 31 Mar 2022 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207328/9780008445607.mp3" length="2437261" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516568 to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Fourth Time, We Drowned: Seeking Refuge on the World’s Deadliest Migration Route Author: Sally Hayden Narrator: Aoife Mcmahon Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516568" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516568</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Fourth Time, We Drowned: Seeking Refuge on the World’s Deadliest Migration Route Author: Sally Hayden Narrator: Aoife Mcmahon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 31, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  WINNER OF THE ORWELL PRIZE           WINNER OF IRISH BOOK OF THE YEAR           SHORTLISTED FOR THE BAILLIE GIFFORD PRIZE           ‘The most important work of contemporary reporting I have ever read’ SALLY ROONEY           The treatment of refugees has become one of the most devastating human rights disasters in our history. In this book, award-winning journalist Sally Hayden unfolds a staggering investigation into the migrant crisis across North Africa.           This book follows the experiences of refugees, telling a range of shocking and eye-opening human stories. But it also surveys the bigger picture: the negligence of NGOs and corruption within the United Nations. The economics of the twenty-first-century slave trade and the EU’s bankrolling of Libyan militias. The trials of people smugglers, the frustrations of aid workers, the loopholes refugees seek out and the role of social media in crowdfunding ransoms. Who was accountable for the abuse? Where were the people finding solutions? Why wasn’t it being widely reported?           At its heart, this is a book about people who have made unimaginable choices, risking everything to survive in a system that wants them to be silent and disappear.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/67b61633e6402ba327098df413731c9b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Legacy of Violence: A History of the British Empire by Caroline Elkins</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/legacy-of-violence-a-history-of-the-british-empire-by-caroline-elkins--65207334</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516551" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516551</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Legacy of Violence: A History of the British Empire Author: Caroline Elkins Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 31 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From a Pulitzer Prize–winning historian: a searing study of the British Empire that probes the country's pervasive use of violence throughout the twentieth century and traces how these practices were exported, modified, and institutionalized in colonies around the globe Sprawling across a quarter of the world's land mass and claiming nearly seven hundred million people, Britain's twentieth-century empire was the largest empire in human history. For many Britons, it epitomized their nation's cultural superiority. But what legacy did the island nation deliver to the world? Covering more than two hundred years of history, Caroline Elkins reveals an evolutionary and racialized doctrine that espoused an unrelenting deployment of violence to secure and preserve the nation's imperial interests. She outlines how ideological foundations of violence were rooted in the Victorian era calls for punishing recalcitrant 'natives,' and how over time, its forms became increasingly systematized. And she makes clear that when Britain could no longer maintain control over the violence it provoked and enacted, it retreated from empire, destroying and hiding incriminating evidence of its policies and practices. Drawing on more than a decade of research on four continents, Legacy of Violence implicates all sides of Britain's political divide in the creation, execution, and cover-up of imperial violence. By demonstrating how and why violence was the most salient factor underwriting Britain's empire and the nation's imperial identity at home, Elkins upends long-held myths and sheds new light on empire's role in shaping the world today.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516551</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2022 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207334/9780593454206.mp3" length="4837144" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516551 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Legacy of Violence: A History of the British Empire Author: Caroline Elkins Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 31 hours 36...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516551" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516551</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Legacy of Violence: A History of the British Empire Author: Caroline Elkins Narrator: Adam Barr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 31 hours 36 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From a Pulitzer Prize–winning historian: a searing study of the British Empire that probes the country's pervasive use of violence throughout the twentieth century and traces how these practices were exported, modified, and institutionalized in colonies around the globe Sprawling across a quarter of the world's land mass and claiming nearly seven hundred million people, Britain's twentieth-century empire was the largest empire in human history. For many Britons, it epitomized their nation's cultural superiority. But what legacy did the island nation deliver to the world? Covering more than two hundred years of history, Caroline Elkins reveals an evolutionary and racialized doctrine that espoused an unrelenting deployment of violence to secure and preserve the nation's imperial interests. She outlines how ideological foundations of violence were rooted in the Victorian era calls for punishing recalcitrant 'natives,' and how over time, its forms became increasingly systematized. And she makes clear that when Britain could no longer maintain control over the violence it provoked and enacted, it retreated from empire, destroying and hiding incriminating evidence of its policies and practices. Drawing on more than a decade of research on four continents, Legacy of Violence implicates all sides of Britain's political divide in the creation, execution, and cover-up of imperial violence. By demonstrating how and why violence was the most salient factor underwriting Britain's empire and the nation's imperial identity at home, Elkins upends long-held myths and sheds new light on empire's role in shaping the world today.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8731c272d780c555d12538034320e3b0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>American Reboot: An Idealist's Guide to Getting Big Things Done by Will Hurd</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-reboot-an-idealist-s-guide-to-getting-big-things-done-by-will-hurd--65207230</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531089" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531089</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Reboot: An Idealist's Guide to Getting Big Things Done Author: Will Hurd Narrator: Will Hurd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From former US Congressman and CIA Officer Will Hurd, a “how-to guide with a prescription for getting the nation on the right footing” (Politico) and “a clarion call for a major political pivot” (San Antonio Report) rooted in the timeless ideals of bipartisanship, inclusivity, and democratic values.   “Hurd has the biography and the charisma and the God-given political chops to put the Republican Party—and the rest of the country—on notice.” —THE ATLANTIC It’s getting harder to get big things done in America. The gears of our democracy have been mucked up by political nonsense. To meet the era-defining challenges of the 21st century, our country needs a reboot.   In American Reboot, Hurd, called “the future of the GOP” by Politico, provides a “detailed blueprint” (Robert M. Gates, Secretary of Defense, 2006–2011) for America grounded by what Hurd calls pragmatic idealism—a concept forged from enduring American values to achieve what is actually achievable.   Hurd takes on five seismic problems facing a country in crisis: the Republican Party’s failure to present a principled vision for the future; the lack of honest leadership in Washington, DC; income inequality that threatens the livelihood of millions of Americans; US economic and military dominance that is no longer guaranteed; and how technological change in the next thirty years will make the advancements of the last thirty years look trivial.   Hurd has seen these challenges up close. A child of interracial parents in South Texas, Hurd survived the back alleys of dangerous places as a CIA officer. He carried that experience into three terms in Congress, where he was, for a time, the House’s only Black Republican, representing a seventy-one percent Latino swing district in Texas that runs along 820 miles of the US-Mexico border. As a cyber security executive and innovation crusader, Hurd has worked with entrepreneurs on the cutting edge of technology to anticipate the shockwaves of the future.   Hurd, who the Houston Chronicles calls “a refreshing contract to the panderers, petty demagogues, and political provocateurs who reign these days,” draws on his remarkable experience to present “a call to Americans to consider the most contentious issues of our times more holistically” (The Atlantic). He outlines how the Republican party can look like America by appealing to the middle, not the edges. He maps out how leaders should inspire rather than fearmonger. He forges a domestic policy based on the idea that prosperity should be a product of empowering people, not the government. He articulates a foreign policy where our enemies fear us and our friends love us. And lastly, he charts a forceful path forward for America’s technological future.   We all know we can do better. It’s time to hit “ctrl alt del” and start the American Reboot.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531089</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Mar 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207230/9781797137452.mp3" length="1478276" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531089 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Reboot: An Idealist's Guide to Getting Big Things Done Author: Will Hurd Narrator: Will Hurd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531089" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531089</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Reboot: An Idealist's Guide to Getting Big Things Done Author: Will Hurd Narrator: Will Hurd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 47 minutes Release date: March 29, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From former US Congressman and CIA Officer Will Hurd, a “how-to guide with a prescription for getting the nation on the right footing” (Politico) and “a clarion call for a major political pivot” (San Antonio Report) rooted in the timeless ideals of bipartisanship, inclusivity, and democratic values.   “Hurd has the biography and the charisma and the God-given political chops to put the Republican Party—and the rest of the country—on notice.” —THE ATLANTIC It’s getting harder to get big things done in America. The gears of our democracy have been mucked up by political nonsense. To meet the era-defining challenges of the 21st century, our country needs a reboot.   In American Reboot, Hurd, called “the future of the GOP” by Politico, provides a “detailed blueprint” (Robert M. Gates, Secretary of Defense, 2006–2011) for America grounded by what Hurd calls pragmatic idealism—a concept forged from enduring American values to achieve what is actually achievable.   Hurd takes on five seismic problems facing a country in crisis: the Republican Party’s failure to present a principled vision for the future; the lack of honest leadership in Washington, DC; income inequality that threatens the livelihood of millions of Americans; US economic and military dominance that is no longer guaranteed; and how technological change in the next thirty years will make the advancements of the last thirty years look trivial.   Hurd has seen these challenges up close. A child of interracial parents in South Texas, Hurd survived the back alleys of dangerous places as a CIA officer. He carried that experience into three terms in Congress, where he was, for a time, the House’s only Black Republican, representing a seventy-one percent Latino swing district in Texas that runs along 820 miles of the US-Mexico border. As a cyber security executive and innovation crusader, Hurd has worked with entrepreneurs on the cutting edge of technology to anticipate the shockwaves of the future.   Hurd, who the Houston Chronicles calls “a refreshing contract to the panderers, petty demagogues, and political provocateurs who reign these days,” draws on his remarkable experience to present “a call to Americans to consider the most contentious issues of our times more holistically” (The Atlantic). He outlines how the Republican party can look like America by appealing to the middle, not the edges. He maps out how leaders should inspire rather than fearmonger. He forges a domestic policy based on the idea that prosperity should be a product of empowering people, not the government. He articulates a foreign policy where our enemies fear us and our friends love us. And lastly, he charts a forceful path forward for America’s technological future.   We all know we can do better. It’s time to hit “ctrl alt del” and start the American Reboot.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f14ad4149da3a468e29dedb3ebca3103.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Horizons: A Global History of Science by James Poskett</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/horizons-a-global-history-of-science-by-james-poskett--65207286</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523301" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523301</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Horizons: A Global History of Science Author: James Poskett Narrator: Sid Sagar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 24, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. A radical retelling of the history of science that challenges the Eurocentric narrative. We are told that modern science was invented in Europe, the product of great minds like Nicolaus Copernicus, Isaac Newton, Charles Darwin and Albert Einstein. But this is wrong. Science is not, and has never been, a uniquely European endeavour. Copernicus relied on mathematical techniques borrowed from Arabic and Persian texts. When Newton set out the laws of motion, he relied on astronomical observations made in Asia and Africa. When Darwin was writing On the Origin of Species, he consulted a sixteenth-century Chinese encyclopaedia. And when Einstein was studying quantum mechanics, he was inspired by the Bengali physicist, Satyendra Nath Bose. Horizons pushes beyond Europe, exploring the ways in which scientists from Africa, America, Asia and the Pacific fit into the history of science, and arguing that it is best understood as a story of global cultural exchange. Challenging both the existing narrative and our perceptions of revered individuals, above all this is a celebration of the work of scientists neglected by history. Among many others, we meet Graman Kwasi, the seventeenth-century African botanist who discovered a new cure for malaria, Hantaro Nagaoka, the nineteenth-century Japanese scientist who first described the structure of the atom, and Zhao Zhongyao, the twentieth-century Chinese physicist who discovered antimatter (but whose American colleague received the Nobel prize). Scientists today are quick to recognise the international nature of their work. In this ambitious and revisionist history, James Poskett reveals that this tradition goes back much further than we think. © James Poskett 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523301</guid><pubDate>Thu, 24 Mar 2022 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207286/9780241994771.mp3" length="2437292" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523301 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Horizons: A Global History of Science Author: James Poskett Narrator: Sid Sagar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 21 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523301" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523301</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Horizons: A Global History of Science Author: James Poskett Narrator: Sid Sagar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 24, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. A radical retelling of the history of science that challenges the Eurocentric narrative. We are told that modern science was invented in Europe, the product of great minds like Nicolaus Copernicus, Isaac Newton, Charles Darwin and Albert Einstein. But this is wrong. Science is not, and has never been, a uniquely European endeavour. Copernicus relied on mathematical techniques borrowed from Arabic and Persian texts. When Newton set out the laws of motion, he relied on astronomical observations made in Asia and Africa. When Darwin was writing On the Origin of Species, he consulted a sixteenth-century Chinese encyclopaedia. And when Einstein was studying quantum mechanics, he was inspired by the Bengali physicist, Satyendra Nath Bose. Horizons pushes beyond Europe, exploring the ways in which scientists from Africa, America, Asia and the Pacific fit into the history of science, and arguing that it is best understood as a story of global cultural exchange. Challenging both the existing narrative and our perceptions of revered individuals, above all this is a celebration of the work of scientists neglected by history. Among many others, we meet Graman Kwasi, the seventeenth-century African botanist who discovered a new cure for malaria, Hantaro Nagaoka, the nineteenth-century Japanese scientist who first described the structure of the atom, and Zhao Zhongyao, the twentieth-century Chinese physicist who discovered antimatter (but whose American colleague received the Nobel prize). Scientists today are quick to recognise the international nature of their work. In this ambitious and revisionist history, James Poskett reveals that this tradition goes back much further than we think. © James Poskett 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d4ed02ab16c0d3e9c09b7e599e0feadb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Rethinking Sex: A Provocation by Christine Emba</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/rethinking-sex-a-provocation-by-christine-emba--65207282</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525638" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525638</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rethinking Sex: A Provocation Author: Christine Emba Narrator: Christine Emba Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Part searing examination, part call to arms—a bold case against modern sexual ethics, from young Washington Post columnist Christine Emba. For years now, modern-day sexual ethics has held that “anything goes” when it comes to sex—as long as everyone says yes, and does so enthusiastically. So why, even when consent has been ascertained, are so many of our sexual experiences filled with frustration, and disappointment, even shame?   The truth is that the rules that make up today’s consent-only sexual code may actually be the cause of our sexual malaise—not the solution. In Rethinking Sex, reporter Christine Emba shows how consent is a good ethical floor but a terrible ceiling. She spells out the cultural, historical, and psychological forces that have warped our idea of sex, what is permitted, and what is considered “safe.” In visiting critical points in recent years—from #MeToo and the Aziz Ansari scandal, to the phenomenal response to “Cat Person”—she reveals how a consent-only view of sex has hijacked our ability to form authentic and long-lasting connections, exposing us further to chronic isolation and resentment.   Reaching back to the wisdom of thinkers like Thomas Aquinas and Andrea Dworkin, and drawing from sociological studies, interviews with college students, and poignant examples from her own life, Emba calls for a more humane philosophy, one that starts with consent but accounts for the very real emotional, mental, social, and political implications of sex—even, she argues, if it means saying no to certain sexual practices or challenging societal expectations altogether.   More than a bold reassessment of modern norms, Rethinking Sex invites us to imagine what it means to will the good of others, and in turn, attain greater affirmation, fulfillment, and satisfaction for ourselves.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525638</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207282/9780593402559.mp3" length="4837176" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525638 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rethinking Sex: A Provocation Author: Christine Emba Narrator: Christine Emba Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525638" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525638</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rethinking Sex: A Provocation Author: Christine Emba Narrator: Christine Emba Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 39 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Part searing examination, part call to arms—a bold case against modern sexual ethics, from young Washington Post columnist Christine Emba. For years now, modern-day sexual ethics has held that “anything goes” when it comes to sex—as long as everyone says yes, and does so enthusiastically. So why, even when consent has been ascertained, are so many of our sexual experiences filled with frustration, and disappointment, even shame?   The truth is that the rules that make up today’s consent-only sexual code may actually be the cause of our sexual malaise—not the solution. In Rethinking Sex, reporter Christine Emba shows how consent is a good ethical floor but a terrible ceiling. She spells out the cultural, historical, and psychological forces that have warped our idea of sex, what is permitted, and what is considered “safe.” In visiting critical points in recent years—from #MeToo and the Aziz Ansari scandal, to the phenomenal response to “Cat Person”—she reveals how a consent-only view of sex has hijacked our ability to form authentic and long-lasting connections, exposing us further to chronic isolation and resentment.   Reaching back to the wisdom of thinkers like Thomas Aquinas and Andrea Dworkin, and drawing from sociological studies, interviews with college students, and poignant examples from her own life, Emba calls for a more humane philosophy, one that starts with consent but accounts for the very real emotional, mental, social, and political implications of sex—even, she argues, if it means saying no to certain sexual practices or challenging societal expectations altogether.   More than a bold reassessment of modern norms, Rethinking Sex invites us to imagine what it means to will the good of others, and in turn, attain greater affirmation, fulfillment, and satisfaction for ourselves.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1da15c82a83c0d263edb14de474146c2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Avoidable War: The Dangers of a Catastrophic Conflict between the US and Xi Jinping's China by Kevin Rudd</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-avoidable-war-the-dangers-of-a-catastrophic-conflict-between-the-us-and-xi-jinping-s-china-by-kevin-rudd--65207265</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525044" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525044</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Avoidable War: The Dangers of a Catastrophic Conflict between the US and Xi Jinping's China Author: Kevin Rudd Narrator: Kevin Rudd, Rafe Beckley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A war between China and the US would be catastrophic, deadly, and destructive. Unfortunately, it is no longer unthinkable.  The relationship between the US and China, the world’s two superpowers, is peculiarly volatile. It rests on a seismic fault—of cultural misunderstanding, historical grievance, and ideological incompatibility. No other nations are so quick to offend and be offended. Their militaries play a dangerous game of chicken, corporations steal intellectual property, intelligence satellites peer, and AI technicians plot. The capacity for either country to cross a fatal line grows daily.  Kevin Rudd, a former Australian prime minister who has studied, lived in, and worked with China for more than forty years, is one of the very few people who can offer real insight into the mindsets of the leadership whose judgment will determine if a war will be fought. The Avoidable War demystifies the actions of both sides, explaining and translating them for the benefit of the other. Geopolitical disaster is still avoidable, but only if these two giants can find a way to coexist without betraying their core interests through what Rudd calls “managed strategic competition.” Should they fail, down that path lies the possibility of a war that could rewrite the future of both countries, and the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525044</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Mar 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207265/9781549166327.mp3" length="1477711" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525044 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Avoidable War: The Dangers of a Catastrophic Conflict between the US and Xi Jinping's China Author: Kevin Rudd Narrator: Kevin Rudd, Rafe Beckley...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525044" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525044</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Avoidable War: The Dangers of a Catastrophic Conflict between the US and Xi Jinping's China Author: Kevin Rudd Narrator: Kevin Rudd, Rafe Beckley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A war between China and the US would be catastrophic, deadly, and destructive. Unfortunately, it is no longer unthinkable.  The relationship between the US and China, the world’s two superpowers, is peculiarly volatile. It rests on a seismic fault—of cultural misunderstanding, historical grievance, and ideological incompatibility. No other nations are so quick to offend and be offended. Their militaries play a dangerous game of chicken, corporations steal intellectual property, intelligence satellites peer, and AI technicians plot. The capacity for either country to cross a fatal line grows daily.  Kevin Rudd, a former Australian prime minister who has studied, lived in, and worked with China for more than forty years, is one of the very few people who can offer real insight into the mindsets of the leadership whose judgment will determine if a war will be fought. The Avoidable War demystifies the actions of both sides, explaining and translating them for the benefit of the other. Geopolitical disaster is still avoidable, but only if these two giants can find a way to coexist without betraying their core interests through what Rudd calls “managed strategic competition.” Should they fail, down that path lies the possibility of a war that could rewrite the future of both countries, and the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/57d02aa5ac7f4befad7bf786e1feffbe.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Things Are Never So Bad That They Can't Get Worse: Inside the Collapse of Venezuela by William Neuman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/things-are-never-so-bad-that-they-can-t-get-worse-inside-the-collapse-of-venezuela-by-william-neuman--65207383</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517922" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517922</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Things Are Never So Bad That They Can't Get Worse: Inside the Collapse of Venezuela Author: William Neuman Narrator: Michael Manuel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  —Named Foreign Affairs Best Books of 2022 and the National Endowment for Democracy Notable Books of 2022 —Winner of the 2022 Cornelius Ryan Award of the Overseas Press Club of America for the best nonfiction book on international affairs    —Foreign Affairs Best Books of 2022 —National Endowment for Democracy Notable Books of 2022 'Richly reported...a thorough and important history.' -Tim Padgett, The New York Times   A nuanced and deeply-reported account of the collapse of Venezuela, and what it could mean for the rest of the world. Today, Venezuela is a country of perpetual crisis—a country of rolling blackouts, nearly worthless currency, uncertain supply of water and food, and extreme poverty. In the same land where oil—the largest reserve in the world—sits so close to the surface that it bubbles from the ground, where gold and other mineral resources are abundant, and where the government spends billions of dollars on public works projects that go abandoned, the supermarket shelves are bare and the hospitals have no medicine. Twenty percent of the population has fled, creating the largest refugee exodus in the world, rivaling only war-torn Syria’s crisis. Venezuela’s collapse affects all of Latin America, as well as the United States and the international community. Republicans like to point to Venezuela as the perfect example of the emptiness of socialism, but it is a better model for something else: the destructive potential of charismatic populist leadership. The ascent of Hugo Chávez was a precursor to the emergence of strongmen that can now be seen all over the world, and the success of the corrupt economy he presided over only lasted while oil sold for more than $100 a barrel. Chávez’s regime and policies, which have been reinforced under Nicolás Maduro, squandered abundant resources and ultimately bankrupted the country. Things Are Never So Bad That They Can’t Get Worse is a fluid combination of journalism, memoir, and history that chronicles Venezuela’s tragic journey from petro-riches to poverty. Author William Neuman witnessed it all firsthand while living in Caracas and serving as the New York Times Andes Region Bureau Chief. His book paints a clear-eyed, riveting, and highly personal portrait of the crisis unfolding in real time, with all of its tropical surrealism, extremes of wealth and suffering, and gripping drama. It is also a heartfelt reflection of the country’s great beauty and vibrancy—and the energy, passion, and humor of its people, even under the most challenging circumstances. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517922</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2022 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207383/9781250839718.mp3" length="2437242" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517922 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Things Are Never So Bad That They Can't Get Worse: Inside the Collapse of Venezuela Author: William Neuman Narrator: Michael Manuel Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517922" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517922</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Things Are Never So Bad That They Can't Get Worse: Inside the Collapse of Venezuela Author: William Neuman Narrator: Michael Manuel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 46 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  —Named Foreign Affairs Best Books of 2022 and the National Endowment for Democracy Notable Books of 2022 —Winner of the 2022 Cornelius Ryan Award of the Overseas Press Club of America for the best nonfiction book on international affairs    —Foreign Affairs Best Books of 2022 —National Endowment for Democracy Notable Books of 2022 'Richly reported...a thorough and important history.' -Tim Padgett, The New York Times   A nuanced and deeply-reported account of the collapse of Venezuela, and what it could mean for the rest of the world. Today, Venezuela is a country of perpetual crisis—a country of rolling blackouts, nearly worthless currency, uncertain supply of water and food, and extreme poverty. In the same land where oil—the largest reserve in the world—sits so close to the surface that it bubbles from the ground, where gold and other mineral resources are abundant, and where the government spends billions of dollars on public works projects that go abandoned, the supermarket shelves are bare and the hospitals have no medicine. Twenty percent of the population has fled, creating the largest refugee exodus in the world, rivaling only war-torn Syria’s crisis. Venezuela’s collapse affects all of Latin America, as well as the United States and the international community. Republicans like to point to Venezuela as the perfect example of the emptiness of socialism, but it is a better model for something else: the destructive potential of charismatic populist leadership. The ascent of Hugo Chávez was a precursor to the emergence of strongmen that can now be seen all over the world, and the success of the corrupt economy he presided over only lasted while oil sold for more than $100 a barrel. Chávez’s regime and policies, which have been reinforced under Nicolás Maduro, squandered abundant resources and ultimately bankrupted the country. Things Are Never So Bad That They Can’t Get Worse is a fluid combination of journalism, memoir, and history that chronicles Venezuela’s tragic journey from petro-riches to poverty. Author William Neuman witnessed it all firsthand while living in Caracas and serving as the New York Times Andes Region Bureau Chief. His book paints a clear-eyed, riveting, and highly personal portrait of the crisis unfolding in real time, with all of its tropical surrealism, extremes of wealth and suffering, and gripping drama. It is also a heartfelt reflection of the country’s great beauty and vibrancy—and the energy, passion, and humor of its people, even under the most challenging circumstances. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/82f5d750b4d25f7861635f9db94cfc91.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Last Call at the Hotel Imperial: The Reporters Who Took On a World at War by Deborah Cohen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/last-call-at-the-hotel-imperial-the-reporters-who-took-on-a-world-at-war-by-deborah-cohen--65207281</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527279" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527279</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Call at the Hotel Imperial: The Reporters Who Took On a World at War Author: Deborah Cohen Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  WINNER OF THE MARK LYNTON HISTORY PRIZE • A prize-winning historian’s “effervescent” (The New Yorker) account of a close-knit band of wildly famous American reporters who, in the run-up to World War II, took on dictators and rewrote the rules of modern journalism “High-speed, four-lane storytelling . . . Cohen’s all-action narrative bursts with colour and incident.”—Financial Times   NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • WINNER OF THE GOLDSMITH BOOK PRIZE AND THE RALPH WALDO EMERSON AWARD • FINALIST FOR THE PROSE AWARD ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The New Yorker, Vanity Fair, NPR, BookPage, Booklist They were an astonishing group: glamorous, gutsy, and irreverent to the bone. As cub reporters in the 1920s, they roamed across a war-ravaged world, sometimes perched atop mules on wooden saddles, sometimes gliding through countries in the splendor of a first-class sleeper car. While empires collapsed and fledgling democracies faltered, they chased deposed empresses, international financiers, and Balkan gun-runners, and then knocked back doubles late into the night.  Last Call at the Hotel Imperial is the extraordinary story of John Gunther, H. R. Knickerbocker, Vincent Sheean, and Dorothy Thompson. In those tumultuous years, they landed exclusive interviews with Hitler and Mussolini, Nehru and Gandhi, and helped shape what Americans knew about the world. Alongside these backstage glimpses into the halls of power, they left another equally incredible set of records. Living in the heady afterglow of Freud, they subjected themselves to frank, critical scrutiny and argued about love, war, sex, death, and everything in between. Plunged into successive global crises, Gunther, Knickerbocker, Sheean, and Thompson could no longer separate themselves from the turmoil that surrounded them. To tell that story, they broke long-standing taboos. From their circle came not just the first modern account of illness in Gunther’s Death Be Not Proud—a memoir about his son’s death from cancer—but the first no-holds-barred chronicle of a marriage: Sheean’s Dorothy and Red, about Thompson’s fractious relationship with Sinclair Lewis.  Told with the immediacy of a conversation overheard, this revelatory book captures how the global upheavals of the twentieth century felt up close.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527279</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207281/9780593416334.mp3" length="4837168" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527279 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Call at the Hotel Imperial: The Reporters Who Took On a World at War Author: Deborah Cohen Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527279" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527279</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Call at the Hotel Imperial: The Reporters Who Took On a World at War Author: Deborah Cohen Narrator: Suzanne Toren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  WINNER OF THE MARK LYNTON HISTORY PRIZE • A prize-winning historian’s “effervescent” (The New Yorker) account of a close-knit band of wildly famous American reporters who, in the run-up to World War II, took on dictators and rewrote the rules of modern journalism “High-speed, four-lane storytelling . . . Cohen’s all-action narrative bursts with colour and incident.”—Financial Times   NEW YORK TIMES EDITORS’ CHOICE • WINNER OF THE GOLDSMITH BOOK PRIZE AND THE RALPH WALDO EMERSON AWARD • FINALIST FOR THE PROSE AWARD ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The New Yorker, Vanity Fair, NPR, BookPage, Booklist They were an astonishing group: glamorous, gutsy, and irreverent to the bone. As cub reporters in the 1920s, they roamed across a war-ravaged world, sometimes perched atop mules on wooden saddles, sometimes gliding through countries in the splendor of a first-class sleeper car. While empires collapsed and fledgling democracies faltered, they chased deposed empresses, international financiers, and Balkan gun-runners, and then knocked back doubles late into the night.  Last Call at the Hotel Imperial is the extraordinary story of John Gunther, H. R. Knickerbocker, Vincent Sheean, and Dorothy Thompson. In those tumultuous years, they landed exclusive interviews with Hitler and Mussolini, Nehru and Gandhi, and helped shape what Americans knew about the world. Alongside these backstage glimpses into the halls of power, they left another equally incredible set of records. Living in the heady afterglow of Freud, they subjected themselves to frank, critical scrutiny and argued about love, war, sex, death, and everything in between. Plunged into successive global crises, Gunther, Knickerbocker, Sheean, and Thompson could no longer separate themselves from the turmoil that surrounded them. To tell that story, they broke long-standing taboos. From their circle came not just the first modern account of illness in Gunther’s Death Be Not Proud—a memoir about his son’s death from cancer—but the first no-holds-barred chronicle of a marriage: Sheean’s Dorothy and Red, about Thompson’s fractious relationship with Sinclair Lewis.  Told with the immediacy of a conversation overheard, this revelatory book captures how the global upheavals of the twentieth century felt up close.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b8963d3c4b2e71fa0cf066c1fcc83afa.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Pay Up: The Future of Women and Work (and Why It's Different Than You Think) by Reshma Saujani</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/pay-up-the-future-of-women-and-work-and-why-it-s-different-than-you-think-by-reshma-saujani--65207235</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531080" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531080</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pay Up: The Future of Women and Work (and Why It's Different Than You Think) Author: Reshma Saujani Narrator: Reshma Saujani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  INSTANT NATIONAL BESTSELLER   The founder of Girls Who Code and bestselling author of Brave, Not Perfect confronts the “big lie” of corporate feminism and presents a bold plan to address the burnout and inequity harming America’s working women today. We told women that to break glass ceilings and succeed in their careers, all they needed to do is dream big, raise their hands, and lean in. But data tells a different story. Historic numbers of women left their jobs in 2021, resulting in their lowest workforce participation since 1988. Women’s unemployment rose to nearly fifteen percent, and globally women lost over $800 billion in wages. Fifty-one percent of women say that their mental health has declined, while anxiety and depression rates have skyrocketed.   In this urgent and rousing call to arms, Reshma Saujani dismantles the myth of “having it all” and lifts the burden we place on individual women to be primary caregivers, and to work around a system built for and by men. The time has come, she argues, for innovative corporate leadership, government intervention, and sweeping culture shift; it’s time to Pay Up.   Through powerful data and personal narrative, Saujani shows that the cost of inaction—for families, for our nation’s economy, and for women themselves—is too great to ignore. She lays out four key steps for creating lasting change: empower working women, educate corporate leaders, revise our narratives about what it means to be successful, and advocate for policy reform.   Both a direct call to action for business leaders and a pragmatic set of tools for women themselves, Pay Up offers a bold vision for change as America defines the future of work.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531080</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Mar 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207235/9781797136820.mp3" length="1478334" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531080 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pay Up: The Future of Women and Work (and Why It's Different Than You Think) Author: Reshma Saujani Narrator: Reshma Saujani Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531080" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531080</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pay Up: The Future of Women and Work (and Why It's Different Than You Think) Author: Reshma Saujani Narrator: Reshma Saujani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  INSTANT NATIONAL BESTSELLER   The founder of Girls Who Code and bestselling author of Brave, Not Perfect confronts the “big lie” of corporate feminism and presents a bold plan to address the burnout and inequity harming America’s working women today. We told women that to break glass ceilings and succeed in their careers, all they needed to do is dream big, raise their hands, and lean in. But data tells a different story. Historic numbers of women left their jobs in 2021, resulting in their lowest workforce participation since 1988. Women’s unemployment rose to nearly fifteen percent, and globally women lost over $800 billion in wages. Fifty-one percent of women say that their mental health has declined, while anxiety and depression rates have skyrocketed.   In this urgent and rousing call to arms, Reshma Saujani dismantles the myth of “having it all” and lifts the burden we place on individual women to be primary caregivers, and to work around a system built for and by men. The time has come, she argues, for innovative corporate leadership, government intervention, and sweeping culture shift; it’s time to Pay Up.   Through powerful data and personal narrative, Saujani shows that the cost of inaction—for families, for our nation’s economy, and for women themselves—is too great to ignore. She lays out four key steps for creating lasting change: empower working women, educate corporate leaders, revise our narratives about what it means to be successful, and advocate for policy reform.   Both a direct call to action for business leaders and a pragmatic set of tools for women themselves, Pay Up offers a bold vision for change as America defines the future of work.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/646df6035b3fec15db4696580910d954.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Left Behind: The Democrats' Failed Attempt to Solve Inequality by Lily Geismer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/left-behind-the-democrats-failed-attempt-to-solve-inequality-by-lily-geismer--65207279</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525054" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525054</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Left Behind: The Democrats' Failed Attempt to Solve Inequality Author: Lily Geismer Narrator: Christine Lakin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 55 minutes Release date: March  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The 40-year history of how Democrats chose political opportunity over addressing inequality—and how the poor have paid the price For decades, the Republican Party has been known as the party of the rich: arguing for “business-friendly” policies like deregulation and tax cuts. But this incisive political history shows that the current inequality crisis was also enabled by a Democratic Party that catered to the affluent. The result is one of the great missed opportunities in political history: a moment when we had the chance to change the lives of future generations and were too short-sighted to take it. Historian Lily Geismer recounts how the Clinton-era Democratic Party sought to curb poverty through economic growth and individual responsibility rather than asking the rich to make any sacrifices. Fueled by an ethos of “doing well by doing good,” microfinance, charter schools, and privately funded housing developments grew trendy. Though politically expedient and sometimes profitable in the short term, these programs fundamentally weakened the safety net for the poor. ​This piercingly intelligent book shows how bygone policy decisions have left us with skyrocketing income inequality and poverty in America and widened fractures within the Democratic Party that persist to this day.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525054</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207279/9781549166877.mp3" length="1477699" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525054 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Left Behind: The Democrats' Failed Attempt to Solve Inequality Author: Lily Geismer Narrator: Christine Lakin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525054" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525054</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Left Behind: The Democrats' Failed Attempt to Solve Inequality Author: Lily Geismer Narrator: Christine Lakin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 55 minutes Release date: March  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The 40-year history of how Democrats chose political opportunity over addressing inequality—and how the poor have paid the price For decades, the Republican Party has been known as the party of the rich: arguing for “business-friendly” policies like deregulation and tax cuts. But this incisive political history shows that the current inequality crisis was also enabled by a Democratic Party that catered to the affluent. The result is one of the great missed opportunities in political history: a moment when we had the chance to change the lives of future generations and were too short-sighted to take it. Historian Lily Geismer recounts how the Clinton-era Democratic Party sought to curb poverty through economic growth and individual responsibility rather than asking the rich to make any sacrifices. Fueled by an ethos of “doing well by doing good,” microfinance, charter schools, and privately funded housing developments grew trendy. Though politically expedient and sometimes profitable in the short term, these programs fundamentally weakened the safety net for the poor. ​This piercingly intelligent book shows how bygone policy decisions have left us with skyrocketing income inequality and poverty in America and widened fractures within the Democratic Party that persist to this day.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c3cdae2c7eaae2c355c35f5d76139ef1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Black Ops: The Life of a CIA Shadow Warrior by Ric Prado</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/black-ops-the-life-of-a-cia-shadow-warrior-by-ric-prado--65207258</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529846" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529846</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Ops: The Life of a CIA Shadow Warrior Author: Ric Prado Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: March  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 28   Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A memoir by the highest-ranking covert warrior to lift the veil of secrecy and offer a glimpse into the shadow wars that America has fought since the Vietnam Era. Enrique Prado found himself in his first firefight at age seven. The son of a middle-class Cuban family caught in the midst of the Castro Revolution, his family fled their war-torn home for the hope of a better life in America. Fifty years later, the Cuban refugee retired from the Central Intelligence Agency as the CIA equivalent of a two-star general. Black Ops is the story of Ric’s legendary career that spanned two eras, the Cold War and the Age of Terrorism. Operating in the shadows, Ric and his fellow CIA officers fought a little-seen and virtually unknown war to keep USA safe from those who would do it harm.  After duty stations in Central, South America, and the Philippines, Black Ops follows Ric into the highest echelons of the CIA’s headquarters at Langley, Virginia. In late 1995, he became Deputy Chief of Station and co-founding member of the Bin Laden Task Force. Three years later, after serving as head of Korean Operations, Ric took on one of the most dangerous missions of his career: re-establish a once-abandoned CIA station inside a hostile nation long since considered a front line of the fight against Islamic terrorism. He and his team carried out covert operations and developed assets that proved pivotal in the coming War on Terror.  A harrowing memoir of life in the shadowy world of assassins, terrorists, spies and revolutionaries, Black Ops is a testament to the courage, creativity and dedication of the Agency’s Special Activities Group and its elite shadow warriors. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529846</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Mar 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207258/9781250837516.mp3" length="2437189" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529846 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Ops: The Life of a CIA Shadow Warrior Author: Ric Prado Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529846" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529846</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Black Ops: The Life of a CIA Shadow Warrior Author: Ric Prado Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 40 minutes Release date: March  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 28   Ratings of Narrator: 4.75 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A memoir by the highest-ranking covert warrior to lift the veil of secrecy and offer a glimpse into the shadow wars that America has fought since the Vietnam Era. Enrique Prado found himself in his first firefight at age seven. The son of a middle-class Cuban family caught in the midst of the Castro Revolution, his family fled their war-torn home for the hope of a better life in America. Fifty years later, the Cuban refugee retired from the Central Intelligence Agency as the CIA equivalent of a two-star general. Black Ops is the story of Ric’s legendary career that spanned two eras, the Cold War and the Age of Terrorism. Operating in the shadows, Ric and his fellow CIA officers fought a little-seen and virtually unknown war to keep USA safe from those who would do it harm.  After duty stations in Central, South America, and the Philippines, Black Ops follows Ric into the highest echelons of the CIA’s headquarters at Langley, Virginia. In late 1995, he became Deputy Chief of Station and co-founding member of the Bin Laden Task Force. Three years later, after serving as head of Korean Operations, Ric took on one of the most dangerous missions of his career: re-establish a once-abandoned CIA station inside a hostile nation long since considered a front line of the fight against Islamic terrorism. He and his team carried out covert operations and developed assets that proved pivotal in the coming War on Terror.  A harrowing memoir of life in the shadowy world of assassins, terrorists, spies and revolutionaries, Black Ops is a testament to the courage, creativity and dedication of the Agency’s Special Activities Group and its elite shadow warriors. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/986406b92393ee1a308f385cc44dd19e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Revenge of Power: How Autocrats are Reinventing Politics for the 21st Century by Moisés Naím</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-revenge-of-power-how-autocrats-are-reinventing-politics-for-the-21st-century-by-moises-naim--65207317</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521861" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521861</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Revenge of Power: How Autocrats are Reinventing Politics for the 21st Century Author: Moisés Naím Narrator: Larry Herron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Moisés Naím’s The Revenge of Power is an urgent, thrilling, and original look at the future of democracy. It illuminates one of the most important battles of our time: the future of freedom and how to contain and defeat the autocrats mushrooming around the world. In his New York Times bestselling book The End of Power, Moisés Naím examined power-diluting forces. In The Revenge of Power, Naím turns to the trends, conditions, and behaviors that are contributing to the concentration of power, and to the clash between those forces that weaken power and those that strengthen it. He concentrates on the three “P”s—populism, polarization, and post-truths. All of which are as old as time, but are combined by today’s autocrats to undermine democratic life in new and frightening ways. Power has not changed. But the way people go about gaining it and using it has been transformed. The Revenge of Power connects the dots between global events and political tactics that, when taken together, show a profound and often stealthy transformation in power and politics worldwide. Using the best available data and insights taken from recent research in the social sciences, Naím reveals how, on close examination, the same set of strategies to consolidate power pop up again and again in places with vastly different political, economic, and social circumstances, and offers insights about what can be done to ensure that freedom and democracy prevail. The outcomes of these battles for power will determine if our future will be more autocratic or more democratic. These outcomes will, in turn, depend on the capacity of our democracies to survive the attacks and dirty tricks of autocratic leaders bent on weakening the checks and balances that limit their power. Naím addresses the questions at the heart of the matter: What are, in practice, those attacks and tricks? Why is power concentrating in some places while in others it is fragmenting and degrading? And the big question: What is the future of freedom?   A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521861</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2022 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207317/9781250846136.mp3" length="2437268" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521861 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Revenge of Power: How Autocrats are Reinventing Politics for the 21st Century Author: Moisés Naím Narrator: Larry Herron Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521861" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521861</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Revenge of Power: How Autocrats are Reinventing Politics for the 21st Century Author: Moisés Naím Narrator: Larry Herron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Moisés Naím’s The Revenge of Power is an urgent, thrilling, and original look at the future of democracy. It illuminates one of the most important battles of our time: the future of freedom and how to contain and defeat the autocrats mushrooming around the world. In his New York Times bestselling book The End of Power, Moisés Naím examined power-diluting forces. In The Revenge of Power, Naím turns to the trends, conditions, and behaviors that are contributing to the concentration of power, and to the clash between those forces that weaken power and those that strengthen it. He concentrates on the three “P”s—populism, polarization, and post-truths. All of which are as old as time, but are combined by today’s autocrats to undermine democratic life in new and frightening ways. Power has not changed. But the way people go about gaining it and using it has been transformed. The Revenge of Power connects the dots between global events and political tactics that, when taken together, show a profound and often stealthy transformation in power and politics worldwide. Using the best available data and insights taken from recent research in the social sciences, Naím reveals how, on close examination, the same set of strategies to consolidate power pop up again and again in places with vastly different political, economic, and social circumstances, and offers insights about what can be done to ensure that freedom and democracy prevail. The outcomes of these battles for power will determine if our future will be more autocratic or more democratic. These outcomes will, in turn, depend on the capacity of our democracies to survive the attacks and dirty tricks of autocratic leaders bent on weakening the checks and balances that limit their power. Naím addresses the questions at the heart of the matter: What are, in practice, those attacks and tricks? Why is power concentrating in some places while in others it is fragmenting and degrading? And the big question: What is the future of freedom?   A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/33183865457cc8da98536950c2db5790.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Rebels Against the Raj: Western Fighters for India's Freedom by Ramachandra Guha</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/rebels-against-the-raj-western-fighters-for-india-s-freedom-by-ramachandra-guha--65207285</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525597" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525597</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebels Against the Raj: Western Fighters for India's Freedom Author: Ramachandra Guha Narrator: Vidish Athavale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An extraordinary history of resistance and the fight for Indian independence—the little-known story of seven foreigners to India who joined the movement fighting for freedom from British colonial rule. Rebels Against the Raj tells the story of seven people who chose to struggle for a country other than their own: foreigners to India who across the late 19th to late 20th century arrived to join the freedom movement fighting for independence from British colonial rule.   Of the seven, four were British, two American, and one Irish. Four men, three women. Before and after being jailed or deported they did remarkable and pioneering work in a variety of fields: journalism, social reform, education, the emancipation of women, environmentalism. This book tells their stories, each renegade motivated by idealism and genuine sacrifice; each connected to Gandhi, though some as acolytes where others found endless infuriation in his views; each understanding they would likely face prison sentences for their resistance, and likely live and die in India; each one leaving a profound impact on the region in which they worked, their legacies continuing through the institutions they founded and the generations and individuals they inspired.   Through these entwined lives, wonderfully told by one of the world’s finest historians, we reach deep insights into relations between India and the West, and India’s story as a country searching for its identity and liberty beyond British colonial rule.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525597</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Feb 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207285/9780593551066.mp3" length="4837079" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525597 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebels Against the Raj: Western Fighters for India's Freedom Author: Ramachandra Guha Narrator: Vidish Athavale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525597" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525597</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebels Against the Raj: Western Fighters for India's Freedom Author: Ramachandra Guha Narrator: Vidish Athavale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 22, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An extraordinary history of resistance and the fight for Indian independence—the little-known story of seven foreigners to India who joined the movement fighting for freedom from British colonial rule. Rebels Against the Raj tells the story of seven people who chose to struggle for a country other than their own: foreigners to India who across the late 19th to late 20th century arrived to join the freedom movement fighting for independence from British colonial rule.   Of the seven, four were British, two American, and one Irish. Four men, three women. Before and after being jailed or deported they did remarkable and pioneering work in a variety of fields: journalism, social reform, education, the emancipation of women, environmentalism. This book tells their stories, each renegade motivated by idealism and genuine sacrifice; each connected to Gandhi, though some as acolytes where others found endless infuriation in his views; each understanding they would likely face prison sentences for their resistance, and likely live and die in India; each one leaving a profound impact on the region in which they worked, their legacies continuing through the institutions they founded and the generations and individuals they inspired.   Through these entwined lives, wonderfully told by one of the world’s finest historians, we reach deep insights into relations between India and the West, and India’s story as a country searching for its identity and liberty beyond British colonial rule.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3685b1f838da23e01c5420fa32d4f8ab.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>America Second: How America's Elites Are Making China Stronger by Isaac Stone Fish</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/america-second-how-america-s-elites-are-making-china-stronger-by-isaac-stone-fish--65207283</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525622" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525622</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America Second: How America's Elites Are Making China Stronger Author: Isaac Stone Fish Narrator: William Demeritt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A timely, provocative exposé of American political and business leadership’s deep ties to China: a network of people who believe they are doing the right thing—at a profound and often hidden cost to U.S. interests. The past few years have seen relations between China and the United States shift, from enthusiastic economic partners, to wary frenemies, to open rivals. Americans have been slow to wake up to the challenges posed by the Chinese Communist Party. Why did this happen? And what can we do about it?   In America Second, Isaac Stone Fish traces the evolution of the Party’s influence in America. He shows how America’s leaders initially welcomed China’s entry into the U.S. economy, believing that trade and engagement would lead to a more democratic China. And he explains how—although this belief has proved misguided--many of our businesspeople and politicians have become too dependent on China to challenge it.   America Second exposes a deep network of Beijing’s influence in America, built quietly over the years through prominent figures like former secretaries of state Henry Kissinger and Madeleine Albright, Disney chairman Bob Iger, and members of the Bush family. And it shows how to fight that influence–without being paranoid, xenophobic, or racist. This is an authoritative and important story of corruption and good intentions gone wrong, with serious implications not only for the future of the United States, but for the world at large.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525622</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207283/9780593551028.mp3" length="4837074" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525622 to listen full audiobooks. Title: America Second: How America's Elites Are Making China Stronger Author: Isaac Stone Fish Narrator: William Demeritt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525622" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525622</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: America Second: How America's Elites Are Making China Stronger Author: Isaac Stone Fish Narrator: William Demeritt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A timely, provocative exposé of American political and business leadership’s deep ties to China: a network of people who believe they are doing the right thing—at a profound and often hidden cost to U.S. interests. The past few years have seen relations between China and the United States shift, from enthusiastic economic partners, to wary frenemies, to open rivals. Americans have been slow to wake up to the challenges posed by the Chinese Communist Party. Why did this happen? And what can we do about it?   In America Second, Isaac Stone Fish traces the evolution of the Party’s influence in America. He shows how America’s leaders initially welcomed China’s entry into the U.S. economy, believing that trade and engagement would lead to a more democratic China. And he explains how—although this belief has proved misguided--many of our businesspeople and politicians have become too dependent on China to challenge it.   America Second exposes a deep network of Beijing’s influence in America, built quietly over the years through prominent figures like former secretaries of state Henry Kissinger and Madeleine Albright, Disney chairman Bob Iger, and members of the Bush family. And it shows how to fight that influence–without being paranoid, xenophobic, or racist. This is an authoritative and important story of corruption and good intentions gone wrong, with serious implications not only for the future of the United States, but for the world at large.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fa76ae2c21eabb8f377c69a6c4ddfd84.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Impossible City: A Hong Kong Memoir by Karen Cheung</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-impossible-city-a-hong-kong-memoir-by-karen-cheung--65207261</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525642" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525642</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Impossible City: A Hong Kong Memoir Author: Karen Cheung Narrator: Karen Cheung Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A boldly rendered—and deeply intimate—account of Hong Kong today, from a resilient young woman whose stories explore what it means to survive in a city teeming with broken promises.  “[A] pulsing debut . . . about what it means to find your place in a city as it vanishes before your eyes.”—The New York Times Book Review ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The Washington Post Hong Kong is known as a place of extremes: a former colony of the United Kingdom that now exists at the margins of an ascendant China; a city rocked by mass protests, where residents rally—often in vain—against threats to their fundamental freedoms. But it is also misunderstood, and often romanticized. Drawing from her own experience reporting on the politics and culture of her hometown, as well as interviews with musicians, protesters, and writers who have watched their home transform, Karen Cheung gives us a rare insider’s view of this remarkable city at a pivotal moment—for Hong Kong and, ultimately, for herself. Born just before the handover to China in 1997, Cheung grew up questioning what version of Hong Kong she belonged to. Not quite at ease within the middle-class, cosmopolitan identity available to her at her English-speaking international school, she also resisted the conservative values of her deeply traditional, often dysfunctional family. Through vivid and character-rich stories, Cheung braids a dual narrative of her own coming of age alongside that of her generation. With heartbreaking candor, she recounts her yearslong struggle to find reliable mental health care in a city reeling from the traumatic aftermath of recent protests. Cheung also captures moments of miraculous triumph, documenting Hong Kong’s vibrant counterculture and taking us deep into its indie music and creative scenes. Inevitably, she brings us to the protests, where her understanding of what it means to belong to Hong Kong finally crystallized. An exhilarating blend of memoir and reportage, The Impossible City charts the parallel journeys of both a young woman and a city as they navigate the various, sometimes contradictory paths of coming into one’s own.  LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525642</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Feb 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207261/9780593555934.mp3" length="4837084" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525642 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Impossible City: A Hong Kong Memoir Author: Karen Cheung Narrator: Karen Cheung Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525642" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525642</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Impossible City: A Hong Kong Memoir Author: Karen Cheung Narrator: Karen Cheung Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 15, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A boldly rendered—and deeply intimate—account of Hong Kong today, from a resilient young woman whose stories explore what it means to survive in a city teeming with broken promises.  “[A] pulsing debut . . . about what it means to find your place in a city as it vanishes before your eyes.”—The New York Times Book Review ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR: The Washington Post Hong Kong is known as a place of extremes: a former colony of the United Kingdom that now exists at the margins of an ascendant China; a city rocked by mass protests, where residents rally—often in vain—against threats to their fundamental freedoms. But it is also misunderstood, and often romanticized. Drawing from her own experience reporting on the politics and culture of her hometown, as well as interviews with musicians, protesters, and writers who have watched their home transform, Karen Cheung gives us a rare insider’s view of this remarkable city at a pivotal moment—for Hong Kong and, ultimately, for herself. Born just before the handover to China in 1997, Cheung grew up questioning what version of Hong Kong she belonged to. Not quite at ease within the middle-class, cosmopolitan identity available to her at her English-speaking international school, she also resisted the conservative values of her deeply traditional, often dysfunctional family. Through vivid and character-rich stories, Cheung braids a dual narrative of her own coming of age alongside that of her generation. With heartbreaking candor, she recounts her yearslong struggle to find reliable mental health care in a city reeling from the traumatic aftermath of recent protests. Cheung also captures moments of miraculous triumph, documenting Hong Kong’s vibrant counterculture and taking us deep into its indie music and creative scenes. Inevitably, she brings us to the protests, where her understanding of what it means to belong to Hong Kong finally crystallized. An exhilarating blend of memoir and reportage, The Impossible City charts the parallel journeys of both a young woman and a city as they navigate the various, sometimes contradictory paths of coming into one’s own.  LONGLISTED FOR THE ANDREW CARNEGIE MEDAL]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/52a9ee1fd3a58e2d588d07f942d2727a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Founders' Fortunes: How Money Shaped the Birth of America by Willard Sterne Randall</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-founders-fortunes-how-money-shaped-the-birth-of-america-by-willard-sterne-randall--65207260</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525634" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525634</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Founders' Fortunes: How Money Shaped the Birth of America Author: Willard Sterne Randall Narrator: Steve Hendrickson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: February  8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An illuminating financial history of the Founding Fathers, revealing how their personal finances shaped the Constitution and the new nation In 1776, upon the signing of the Declaration of Independence, the Founding Fathers concluded America’s most consequential document with a curious note, pledging “our lives, our fortunes and our sacred honor.” Lives and honor did indeed hang in the balance, yet just what were their fortunes? How much did the Founders stand to gain or lose through independence? And what lingering consequences did their respective financial stakes have on liberty, justice, and the fate of the fledgling United States of America? In this landmark account, historian Willard Sterne Randall investigates the private financial affairs of the Founders, illuminating like never before how and why the Revolution came about. The Founders’ Fortunes uncovers how these leaders waged war, crafted a constitution, and forged a new nation influenced in part by their own financial interests. In an era where these very issues have become daily national questions, the result is a remarkable and insightful new understanding of our nation’s bedrock values.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525634</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Feb 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207260/9780593292495.mp3" length="4837136" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525634 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Founders' Fortunes: How Money Shaped the Birth of America Author: Willard Sterne Randall Narrator: Steve Hendrickson Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525634" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525634</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Founders' Fortunes: How Money Shaped the Birth of America Author: Willard Sterne Randall Narrator: Steve Hendrickson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 15 minutes Release date: February  8, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An illuminating financial history of the Founding Fathers, revealing how their personal finances shaped the Constitution and the new nation In 1776, upon the signing of the Declaration of Independence, the Founding Fathers concluded America’s most consequential document with a curious note, pledging “our lives, our fortunes and our sacred honor.” Lives and honor did indeed hang in the balance, yet just what were their fortunes? How much did the Founders stand to gain or lose through independence? And what lingering consequences did their respective financial stakes have on liberty, justice, and the fate of the fledgling United States of America? In this landmark account, historian Willard Sterne Randall investigates the private financial affairs of the Founders, illuminating like never before how and why the Revolution came about. The Founders’ Fortunes uncovers how these leaders waged war, crafted a constitution, and forged a new nation influenced in part by their own financial interests. In an era where these very issues have become daily national questions, the result is a remarkable and insightful new understanding of our nation’s bedrock values.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bc0101f66889b1b8e825442576bb3943.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Black Agenda: Bold Solutions for a Broken System by Anna Gifty Opoku-Agyeman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-black-agenda-bold-solutions-for-a-broken-system-by-anna-gifty-opoku-agyeman--65207306</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517901" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517901</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black Agenda: Bold Solutions for a Broken System Author: Anna Gifty Opoku-Agyeman Narrator: Anna Gifty Opoku-Agyeman, Terrence Kidd, Chanté Mccormick, Keylor Leigh, Donna Allen, Michael Ward, Robin Eller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: February  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.31 of Total 13   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The first book of its kind, a collection bringing together leading Black scholars and experts for a policy-oriented approach to the fight for racial justice in America. From ongoing reports of police brutality to the disproportionate impact COVID-19 has had on Black Americans, the year 2020 brought a renewed awareness to the deep-rootedness of racism and white supremacy in every facet of American life. As people have looked both inward and to their communities to understand the impact of systemic oppression, they have turned in droves to books for guidance in working toward a more just and equitable world. Until now, however, there has yet to be a book published for a general audience from the perspective of Black scholars and experts proposing ideas from a policy-oriented standpoint. The Black Agenda: Bold Solutions for a Broken System features Black voices across economics, education, health, climate, and technology, speaking to the question 'What's next?' as it pertains to centering Black people in policy matters in our country. Essayists including Dr. Sandy Darity, Dr. Hedwig Lee, Mary Heglar, and Janelle Jones present groundbreaking ideas ranging from Black maternal and infant health to reparations to AI bias to inclusive economic policy, with the potential to uplift and heal not only Black America, but the entire country. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517901</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2022 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207306/9781250839657.mp3" length="2437269" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517901 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black Agenda: Bold Solutions for a Broken System Author: Anna Gifty Opoku-Agyeman Narrator: Anna Gifty Opoku-Agyeman, Terrence Kidd, Chanté...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517901" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517901</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Black Agenda: Bold Solutions for a Broken System Author: Anna Gifty Opoku-Agyeman Narrator: Anna Gifty Opoku-Agyeman, Terrence Kidd, Chanté Mccormick, Keylor Leigh, Donna Allen, Michael Ward, Robin Eller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: February  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.31 of Total 13   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The first book of its kind, a collection bringing together leading Black scholars and experts for a policy-oriented approach to the fight for racial justice in America. From ongoing reports of police brutality to the disproportionate impact COVID-19 has had on Black Americans, the year 2020 brought a renewed awareness to the deep-rootedness of racism and white supremacy in every facet of American life. As people have looked both inward and to their communities to understand the impact of systemic oppression, they have turned in droves to books for guidance in working toward a more just and equitable world. Until now, however, there has yet to be a book published for a general audience from the perspective of Black scholars and experts proposing ideas from a policy-oriented standpoint. The Black Agenda: Bold Solutions for a Broken System features Black voices across economics, education, health, climate, and technology, speaking to the question 'What's next?' as it pertains to centering Black people in policy matters in our country. Essayists including Dr. Sandy Darity, Dr. Hedwig Lee, Mary Heglar, and Janelle Jones present groundbreaking ideas ranging from Black maternal and infant health to reparations to AI bias to inclusive economic policy, with the potential to uplift and heal not only Black America, but the entire country. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4fc8110b23d74236cd686b424939ac66.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Price Wars: How the Commodities Markets Made Our Chaotic World by Rupert Russell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/price-wars-how-the-commodities-markets-made-our-chaotic-world-by-rupert-russell--65207287</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525615" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525615</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Price Wars: How the Commodities Markets Made Our Chaotic World Author: Rupert Russell Narrator: Ben Deery Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: February  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A fascinating, groundbreaking exposé of how commodity traders in New York and London have destabilized societies all over the world, leaving the most vulnerable at the mercy of hunger, chaos, and war. For Rupert Russell, the Brexit vote was only the latest shock in a decade full of them: the unstoppable war in Syria, huge migrant flows into Europe, beheadings in Iraq, children placed in cages on the U.S. border. In Price Wars, he sets out on a worldwide journey to investigate what caused the wave of chaos that consumed the world in the 2010s. Russell travels to Tunisia, Iraq, Venezuela, Ukraine, East Africa, and Central America and discovers that unrest in all these places was triggered by dramatic and mysterious swings in the price of essential commodities. Deregulation of the commodities markets means that food prices can shoot up even in years of abundant harvests, causing hunger and protest. Oil prices and real-estate values can surge even when supplies are normal, enriching and emboldening dictators. It is this instability--fueled by banks and hedge funds in faraway New York and London--that has toppled regimes and unsettled the West.  Price Wars is a fascinating, original, and groundbreaking exposé of the power of the commodities markets to disrupt the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525615</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207287/9780593508237.mp3" length="4837078" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525615 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Price Wars: How the Commodities Markets Made Our Chaotic World Author: Rupert Russell Narrator: Ben Deery Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525615" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525615</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Price Wars: How the Commodities Markets Made Our Chaotic World Author: Rupert Russell Narrator: Ben Deery Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: February  1, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A fascinating, groundbreaking exposé of how commodity traders in New York and London have destabilized societies all over the world, leaving the most vulnerable at the mercy of hunger, chaos, and war. For Rupert Russell, the Brexit vote was only the latest shock in a decade full of them: the unstoppable war in Syria, huge migrant flows into Europe, beheadings in Iraq, children placed in cages on the U.S. border. In Price Wars, he sets out on a worldwide journey to investigate what caused the wave of chaos that consumed the world in the 2010s. Russell travels to Tunisia, Iraq, Venezuela, Ukraine, East Africa, and Central America and discovers that unrest in all these places was triggered by dramatic and mysterious swings in the price of essential commodities. Deregulation of the commodities markets means that food prices can shoot up even in years of abundant harvests, causing hunger and protest. Oil prices and real-estate values can surge even when supplies are normal, enriching and emboldening dictators. It is this instability--fueled by banks and hedge funds in faraway New York and London--that has toppled regimes and unsettled the West.  Price Wars is a fascinating, original, and groundbreaking exposé of the power of the commodities markets to disrupt the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/60c8a171d18268136ed77906673c51fc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Toufah: The Woman Who Inspired an African #MeToo Movement by Toufah Jallow</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/toufah-the-woman-who-inspired-an-african-metoo-movement-by-toufah-jallow--65207277</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524558" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524558</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toufah: The Woman Who Inspired an African #MeToo Movement Author: Toufah Jallow Narrator: Toufah Jallow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: February  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NATIONAL BESTSELLER “This powerful story shouldn’t be missed.” Publishers Weekly (starred) “A fiercely readable, potent memoir of a survivor who refuses to be silenced. . . . An inspirational page-turner.' Kirkus Reviews (starred) An incandescent and inspiring memoir from a courageous young woman who, after she was forced to flee to Canada from her home in The Gambia, became the first woman to publicly call the country’s dictator to account for sexual assault—launching an unprecedented protest movement in West Africa. In 2015, Toufah Jallow was a nineteen-year-old dreaming of a scholarship. Encouraged by her mother, she entered a presidential competition designed to identify and support the country’s smart young women, and she won. Which brought her to the attention of Yahya Jammeh, the country’s dictator, who styled himself as a pious yet progressive protector of women. At first, he behaved in a fatherly fashion towards his winner, but then he proposed marriage. When Toufah turned him down, he drugged and raped her. She could not tell anyone what happened. Not only was there no word for rape in her native language, if she told her parents, they would take action and incur Jammeh’s wrath. Wearing a niqab to hide her identity, she gave his security operatives the slip and fled to Senegal, eventually making her way to safety in Canada. Then Jammeh was deposed. In July 2019, Toufah Jallow went home to testify against him in a public hearing, sparking marches of support and a social media outpouring of shared stories among West African women. Each bold decision Toufah made helped secure the future Jammeh had tried to steal from her, and also showed her a new path of leadership and advocacy for survivors of sexual violence.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524558</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Feb 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207277/9781039002890.mp3" length="4837100" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524558 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toufah: The Woman Who Inspired an African #MeToo Movement Author: Toufah Jallow Narrator: Toufah Jallow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524558" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524558</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toufah: The Woman Who Inspired an African #MeToo Movement Author: Toufah Jallow Narrator: Toufah Jallow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 39 minutes Release date: February  1, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NATIONAL BESTSELLER “This powerful story shouldn’t be missed.” Publishers Weekly (starred) “A fiercely readable, potent memoir of a survivor who refuses to be silenced. . . . An inspirational page-turner.' Kirkus Reviews (starred) An incandescent and inspiring memoir from a courageous young woman who, after she was forced to flee to Canada from her home in The Gambia, became the first woman to publicly call the country’s dictator to account for sexual assault—launching an unprecedented protest movement in West Africa. In 2015, Toufah Jallow was a nineteen-year-old dreaming of a scholarship. Encouraged by her mother, she entered a presidential competition designed to identify and support the country’s smart young women, and she won. Which brought her to the attention of Yahya Jammeh, the country’s dictator, who styled himself as a pious yet progressive protector of women. At first, he behaved in a fatherly fashion towards his winner, but then he proposed marriage. When Toufah turned him down, he drugged and raped her. She could not tell anyone what happened. Not only was there no word for rape in her native language, if she told her parents, they would take action and incur Jammeh’s wrath. Wearing a niqab to hide her identity, she gave his security operatives the slip and fled to Senegal, eventually making her way to safety in Canada. Then Jammeh was deposed. In July 2019, Toufah Jallow went home to testify against him in a public hearing, sparking marches of support and a social media outpouring of shared stories among West African women. Each bold decision Toufah made helped secure the future Jammeh had tried to steal from her, and also showed her a new path of leadership and advocacy for survivors of sexual violence.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>metoo</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/933ddc7602e9fbce2b293421d39f768c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Rebels Against the Raj: Western Fighters for India’s Freedom by Ramachandra Guha</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/rebels-against-the-raj-western-fighters-for-india-s-freedom-by-ramachandra-guha--65207327</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514534" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514534</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebels Against the Raj: Western Fighters for India’s Freedom Author: Ramachandra Guha Narrator: Sam Dastor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 20, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  WINNER OF THE ELIZABETH LONGFORD PRIZE FOR HISTORICAL BIOGRAPHY                                   ‘A narrative of startling originality … As discussions of Britain’s colonial legacy become increasingly polarised, we are in ever more need of nuanced books like this one’ SAM DALRYMPLE, SPECTATOR                      Rebels Against the Raj tells the little-known story of seven people who chose to struggle for a country other than their own: foreigners to India who across the late 19th to late 20th century arrived to join the freedom movement fighting for independence.           Of the seven, four were British, two American, and one Irish. Four men, three women. Before and after being jailed or deported they did remarkable and pioneering work in a variety of fields: journalism, social reform, education, organic agriculture, environmentalism.           This book tells their stories, each renegade motivated by idealism and genuine sacrifice; each connected to Gandhi, though some as acolytes where others found endless infuriation in his views; each understanding they would likely face prison sentences for their resistance, and likely live and die in India; each one leaving a profound impact on the region in which they worked, their legacies continuing through the institutions they founded and the generations and individuals they inspired.           Through the entwined lives, wonderfully told by one of the world’s finest historians, we reach deep insights into relations between India and the West, and India’s story as a country searching for its identity and liberty beyond British colonial rule.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514534</guid><pubDate>Thu, 20 Jan 2022 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207327/9780008498795.mp3" length="2437155" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514534 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebels Against the Raj: Western Fighters for India’s Freedom Author: Ramachandra Guha Narrator: Sam Dastor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514534" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514534</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebels Against the Raj: Western Fighters for India’s Freedom Author: Ramachandra Guha Narrator: Sam Dastor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 20, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  WINNER OF THE ELIZABETH LONGFORD PRIZE FOR HISTORICAL BIOGRAPHY                                   ‘A narrative of startling originality … As discussions of Britain’s colonial legacy become increasingly polarised, we are in ever more need of nuanced books like this one’ SAM DALRYMPLE, SPECTATOR                      Rebels Against the Raj tells the little-known story of seven people who chose to struggle for a country other than their own: foreigners to India who across the late 19th to late 20th century arrived to join the freedom movement fighting for independence.           Of the seven, four were British, two American, and one Irish. Four men, three women. Before and after being jailed or deported they did remarkable and pioneering work in a variety of fields: journalism, social reform, education, organic agriculture, environmentalism.           This book tells their stories, each renegade motivated by idealism and genuine sacrifice; each connected to Gandhi, though some as acolytes where others found endless infuriation in his views; each understanding they would likely face prison sentences for their resistance, and likely live and die in India; each one leaving a profound impact on the region in which they worked, their legacies continuing through the institutions they founded and the generations and individuals they inspired.           Through the entwined lives, wonderfully told by one of the world’s finest historians, we reach deep insights into relations between India and the West, and India’s story as a country searching for its identity and liberty beyond British colonial rule.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b9fd1f5230e31b3d08107b286a0b2e24.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Longshot: The Inside Story of the Race for a COVID-19 Vaccine by David Heath</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/longshot-the-inside-story-of-the-race-for-a-covid-19-vaccine-by-david-heath--65207321</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519863" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519863</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Longshot: The Inside Story of the Race for a COVID-19 Vaccine Author: David Heath Narrator: Eric Jason Martin, David Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This is the incredible story of the scientists who created a coronavirus vaccine in record time.    In Longshot, investigative journalist David Heath takes readers inside the small group of scientists whose groundbreaking work was once largely dismissed but whose feat will now eclipse the importance of Jonas Salk’s polio vaccine in medical history. With never-before-reported details, Heath reveals how these scientists overcame countless obstacles to give the world an unprecedented head start when we needed a COVID-19 vaccine.    The story really begins in the 1990s, with a series of discoveries that were timed perfectly to prepare us for the worst pandemic since 1918. Readers will meet Katalin Karikó, who made it possible to use messenger RNA in vaccines but struggled for years just to hang on to her job. There’s also Derrick Rossi, who leveraged Karikó’s work to found Moderna but was eventually expelled from his company. And then there’s Barney Graham at the National Institutes of Health, who had a career-long obsession with solving the riddle of why two toddlers died in a vaccine trial in 1966,  a tragedy that ultimately led to a critical breakthrough in vaccine science.  With both foresight and luck, Graham and these other crucial scientists set the course for a coronavirus vaccine years before COVID-19 emerged in Wuhan, China. The author draws on hundreds of hours of interviews with key players to tell the definitive story about how the race to create the vaccine sparked a revolution in medical science.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519863</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jan 2022 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207321/9781549164682.mp3" length="1478300" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519863 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Longshot: The Inside Story of the Race for a COVID-19 Vaccine Author: David Heath Narrator: Eric Jason Martin, David Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519863" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519863</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Longshot: The Inside Story of the Race for a COVID-19 Vaccine Author: David Heath Narrator: Eric Jason Martin, David Heath Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 0 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This is the incredible story of the scientists who created a coronavirus vaccine in record time.    In Longshot, investigative journalist David Heath takes readers inside the small group of scientists whose groundbreaking work was once largely dismissed but whose feat will now eclipse the importance of Jonas Salk’s polio vaccine in medical history. With never-before-reported details, Heath reveals how these scientists overcame countless obstacles to give the world an unprecedented head start when we needed a COVID-19 vaccine.    The story really begins in the 1990s, with a series of discoveries that were timed perfectly to prepare us for the worst pandemic since 1918. Readers will meet Katalin Karikó, who made it possible to use messenger RNA in vaccines but struggled for years just to hang on to her job. There’s also Derrick Rossi, who leveraged Karikó’s work to found Moderna but was eventually expelled from his company. And then there’s Barney Graham at the National Institutes of Health, who had a career-long obsession with solving the riddle of why two toddlers died in a vaccine trial in 1966,  a tragedy that ultimately led to a critical breakthrough in vaccine science.  With both foresight and luck, Graham and these other crucial scientists set the course for a coronavirus vaccine years before COVID-19 emerged in Wuhan, China. The author draws on hundreds of hours of interviews with key players to tell the definitive story about how the race to create the vaccine sparked a revolution in medical science.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0956ac49741aee6a365fe87d112e63c3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Just Pursuit: A Black Prosecutor's Fight for Fairness by Laura Coates</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/just-pursuit-a-black-prosecutor-s-fight-for-fairness-by-laura-coates--65207231</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531112" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531112</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Pursuit: A Black Prosecutor's Fight for Fairness Author: Laura Coates Narrator: Laura Coates Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This instant New York Times bestseller offers “a firsthand, eye-opening story of a prosecutor that exposes the devastating criminal punishment system” (Ibram X. Kendi, National Book Award–winning author of How to Be an Antiracist) in this “compelling collection of engaging, well-written, keenly observed vignettes from [Laura Coates’s] years as a lawyer with the US Department of Justice” (The New York Times Book Review). When Laura Coates joined the Department of Justice as a prosecutor, she wanted to advocate for the most vulnerable among us. But she quickly realized that even with the best intentions, “the pursuit of justice creates injustice.”   Coates’s experiences show that no matter how fair you try to fight, being Black, a woman, and a mother are identities often at odds in the justice system. She and her colleagues face seemingly impossible situations as they teeter between what is right and what is just.    On the front lines of our legal system, Coates saw how Black communities are policed differently; Black cases are prosecuted differently; Black defendants are judged differently. How the court system seems to be the one place where minorities are overrepresented, an unrelenting parade of Black and Brown defendants in numbers that belie their percentage in the population and overfill American prisons. She also witnessed how others in the system either abused power or were abused by it—for example, when an undocumented witness was arrested by ICE, when a white colleague taught Coates how to unfairly interrogate a young Black defendant, or when a judge victim-blamed a young sexual assault survivor based on her courtroom attire.    Through these “searing, eye-opening” (People) scenes from the courtroom, Laura Coates explores the tension between the idealism of the law and the reality of working within the parameters of our flawed legal system, exposing the chasm between what is right and what is lawful.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531112</guid><pubDate>Tue, 18 Jan 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207231/9781797135298.mp3" length="1478254" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531112 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Pursuit: A Black Prosecutor's Fight for Fairness Author: Laura Coates Narrator: Laura Coates Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531112" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531112</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Just Pursuit: A Black Prosecutor's Fight for Fairness Author: Laura Coates Narrator: Laura Coates Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 18, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 8   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This instant New York Times bestseller offers “a firsthand, eye-opening story of a prosecutor that exposes the devastating criminal punishment system” (Ibram X. Kendi, National Book Award–winning author of How to Be an Antiracist) in this “compelling collection of engaging, well-written, keenly observed vignettes from [Laura Coates’s] years as a lawyer with the US Department of Justice” (The New York Times Book Review). When Laura Coates joined the Department of Justice as a prosecutor, she wanted to advocate for the most vulnerable among us. But she quickly realized that even with the best intentions, “the pursuit of justice creates injustice.”   Coates’s experiences show that no matter how fair you try to fight, being Black, a woman, and a mother are identities often at odds in the justice system. She and her colleagues face seemingly impossible situations as they teeter between what is right and what is just.    On the front lines of our legal system, Coates saw how Black communities are policed differently; Black cases are prosecuted differently; Black defendants are judged differently. How the court system seems to be the one place where minorities are overrepresented, an unrelenting parade of Black and Brown defendants in numbers that belie their percentage in the population and overfill American prisons. She also witnessed how others in the system either abused power or were abused by it—for example, when an undocumented witness was arrested by ICE, when a white colleague taught Coates how to unfairly interrogate a young Black defendant, or when a judge victim-blamed a young sexual assault survivor based on her courtroom attire.    Through these “searing, eye-opening” (People) scenes from the courtroom, Laura Coates explores the tension between the idealism of the law and the reality of working within the parameters of our flawed legal system, exposing the chasm between what is right and what is lawful.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/363abddf6cc5770c16ba6d6099dd4247.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How Civil Wars Start: And How to Stop Them by Barbara F. Walter</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-civil-wars-start-and-how-to-stop-them-by-barbara-f-walter--65207252</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527316" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527316</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Civil Wars Start: And How to Stop Them Author: Barbara F. Walter Narrator: Beth Hicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January  6, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  Civil wars are the biggest danger to world peace today - this book shows us why they happen, and how to avoid them. Most of us don't know it, but we are living in the world's greatest era of civil wars. While violence has declined worldwide, civil wars have increased. This is a new phenomenon. With the exception of a handful of cases - the American and English civil wars, the French Revolution - historically it has been rare for people to organise and fight their governments. This has changed. Since 1946, over 250 armed conflicts have broken out around the world, a number that continues to rise. Major civil wars are now being fought in countries including Iraq, Syria and Libya. Smaller civil wars are being fought in Ukraine, India, and Malaysia. Even countries we thought could never experience another civil war - such as the USA, Sweden and Ireland - are showing signs of unrest. In How Civil Wars Start, acclaimed expert Barbara F. Walter, who has advised on political violence everywhere from the CIA to the U.S. Senate to the United Nations, explains the rise of civil war and the conditions that create it. As democracies across the world backslide and citizens become more polarised, civil wars will become even more widespread and last longer than they have in the past. This urgent and important book shows us a path back toward peace. © Barbara F. Walter 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527316</guid><pubDate>Thu, 06 Jan 2022 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207252/9780241993101.mp3" length="2437204" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527316 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Civil Wars Start: And How to Stop Them Author: Barbara F. Walter Narrator: Beth Hicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527316" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527316</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Civil Wars Start: And How to Stop Them Author: Barbara F. Walter Narrator: Beth Hicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 17 minutes Release date: January  6, 2022 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  Civil wars are the biggest danger to world peace today - this book shows us why they happen, and how to avoid them. Most of us don't know it, but we are living in the world's greatest era of civil wars. While violence has declined worldwide, civil wars have increased. This is a new phenomenon. With the exception of a handful of cases - the American and English civil wars, the French Revolution - historically it has been rare for people to organise and fight their governments. This has changed. Since 1946, over 250 armed conflicts have broken out around the world, a number that continues to rise. Major civil wars are now being fought in countries including Iraq, Syria and Libya. Smaller civil wars are being fought in Ukraine, India, and Malaysia. Even countries we thought could never experience another civil war - such as the USA, Sweden and Ireland - are showing signs of unrest. In How Civil Wars Start, acclaimed expert Barbara F. Walter, who has advised on political violence everywhere from the CIA to the U.S. Senate to the United Nations, explains the rise of civil war and the conditions that create it. As democracies across the world backslide and citizens become more polarised, civil wars will become even more widespread and last longer than they have in the past. This urgent and important book shows us a path back toward peace. © Barbara F. Walter 2022 (P) Penguin Audio 2022]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/eaf306dbee6ea9e81e5fcdf95a278d67.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Haitians: A Decolonial History by Jean Casimir</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-haitians-a-decolonial-history-by-jean-casimir--65207404</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521335" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521335</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Haitians: A Decolonial History Author: Jean Casimir Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this sweeping history, leading Haitian intellectual Jean Casimir argues that the story of Haiti should not begin with the usual image of Saint-Domingue as the richest colony of the eighteenth century. Rather, it begins with a reconstruction of how individuals from Africa, in the midst of the golden age of imperialism, created a sovereign society based on political imagination and a radical rejection of the colonial order, persisting even through the US occupation in 1915. The Haitians also critically retheorizes the very nature of slavery, colonialism, and sovereignty. Here, Casimir centers the perspectives of Haiti's moun andeyo—the largely African-descended rural peasantry. Asking how these systematically marginalized and silenced people survived in the face of almost complete political disenfranchisement, Casimir identifies what he calls a counter-plantation system. Derived from Caribbean political and cultural practices, the counter-plantation encompassed consistent reliance on small-scale landholding. Casimir shows how lakou, small plots of land often inhabited by generations of the same family, were and continue to be sites of resistance even in the face of structural disadvantages originating in colonial times, some of which continue to be maintained by the Haitian government with support from outside powers.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521335</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Dec 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207404/9781666131406.mp3" length="14437162" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521335 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Haitians: A Decolonial History Author: Jean Casimir Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 39 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521335" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521335</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Haitians: A Decolonial History Author: Jean Casimir Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 39 minutes Release date: December 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In this sweeping history, leading Haitian intellectual Jean Casimir argues that the story of Haiti should not begin with the usual image of Saint-Domingue as the richest colony of the eighteenth century. Rather, it begins with a reconstruction of how individuals from Africa, in the midst of the golden age of imperialism, created a sovereign society based on political imagination and a radical rejection of the colonial order, persisting even through the US occupation in 1915. The Haitians also critically retheorizes the very nature of slavery, colonialism, and sovereignty. Here, Casimir centers the perspectives of Haiti's moun andeyo—the largely African-descended rural peasantry. Asking how these systematically marginalized and silenced people survived in the face of almost complete political disenfranchisement, Casimir identifies what he calls a counter-plantation system. Derived from Caribbean political and cultural practices, the counter-plantation encompassed consistent reliance on small-scale landholding. Casimir shows how lakou, small plots of land often inhabited by generations of the same family, were and continue to be sites of resistance even in the face of structural disadvantages originating in colonial times, some of which continue to be maintained by the Haitian government with support from outside powers.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c1f2e6c2d95d5f6fa45ce77c353093c9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Republican Rescue: Saving the Party from Truth Deniers, Conspiracy Theorists, and the Dangerous Policies of Joe Biden by Chris Christie</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/republican-rescue-saving-the-party-from-truth-deniers-conspiracy-theorists-and-the-dangerous-policies-of-joe-biden-by-chris-christie--65207364</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516524" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516524</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Republican Rescue: Saving the Party from Truth Deniers, Conspiracy Theorists, and the Dangerous Policies of Joe Biden Author: Chris Christie Narrator: Chris Christie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Enough with the infighting, the truth-denying, the wild conspiracy claims, the looking backward, and the refusal to focus on the dangerous Biden agenda. Here’s Chris Christie’s urgent guide for recapturing Republican glory and winning elections again, told with all the New Jersey frankness and news-breaking insights that have made the two-term governor and presidential candidate an indispensable voice and instant New York Times bestselling author.  As governor of New Jersey and a key Trump insider and longtime friend, Chris Christie has always been known for speaking his mind. Now that the depressing 2020 election is finally behind us, he shares his bold insights on how a battered Republican Party can soar into the future and start winning big elections again.   The wrong answers are everywhere. Dangerous conspiracy theorists. A tired establishment. Truth deniers and political cowards. In Republican Rescue, Christie reveals exactly how absurd grievances and self-inflicted wounds sabotaged Donald Trump’s many successes and allowed Democrats to capture the White House, the House, and Senate in two years—a first for the GOP since the days of Herbert Hoover. In his frank and compelling voice, Christie dissects the last year of the Trump administration—which provoked nothing but conspiracy theories and infighting—and he lays out an honest and hopeful vision, explaining how Republicans can capture the future and save America from today’s damaging Democratic excesses.   The core Republican values of Abraham Lincoln, Teddy Roosevelt, and Ronald Reagan are as relevant now as they’ve ever been, Christie writes. Opportunity for all. A strong national defense. Leaders we can all be proud of. Americans in charge of their own lives. A federal government that answers to the people—not the other way around. But these Republican ideals need to be reinvigorated with fresh clarity and open arms. Christie watched in horror as some in his beloved party embraced paranoia and explained away violence. Determined to restore the party’s integrity and success, he shows how to build a movement voters will flock to again, a Republicanism that’s blunt, smart, conservative, potent, and perfectly suited for the 21st century.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516524</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 Nov 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207364/9781797134604.mp3" length="1478252" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516524 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Republican Rescue: Saving the Party from Truth Deniers, Conspiracy Theorists, and the Dangerous Policies of Joe Biden Author: Chris Christie Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516524" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516524</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Republican Rescue: Saving the Party from Truth Deniers, Conspiracy Theorists, and the Dangerous Policies of Joe Biden Author: Chris Christie Narrator: Chris Christie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.6 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Enough with the infighting, the truth-denying, the wild conspiracy claims, the looking backward, and the refusal to focus on the dangerous Biden agenda. Here’s Chris Christie’s urgent guide for recapturing Republican glory and winning elections again, told with all the New Jersey frankness and news-breaking insights that have made the two-term governor and presidential candidate an indispensable voice and instant New York Times bestselling author.  As governor of New Jersey and a key Trump insider and longtime friend, Chris Christie has always been known for speaking his mind. Now that the depressing 2020 election is finally behind us, he shares his bold insights on how a battered Republican Party can soar into the future and start winning big elections again.   The wrong answers are everywhere. Dangerous conspiracy theorists. A tired establishment. Truth deniers and political cowards. In Republican Rescue, Christie reveals exactly how absurd grievances and self-inflicted wounds sabotaged Donald Trump’s many successes and allowed Democrats to capture the White House, the House, and Senate in two years—a first for the GOP since the days of Herbert Hoover. In his frank and compelling voice, Christie dissects the last year of the Trump administration—which provoked nothing but conspiracy theories and infighting—and he lays out an honest and hopeful vision, explaining how Republicans can capture the future and save America from today’s damaging Democratic excesses.   The core Republican values of Abraham Lincoln, Teddy Roosevelt, and Ronald Reagan are as relevant now as they’ve ever been, Christie writes. Opportunity for all. A strong national defense. Leaders we can all be proud of. Americans in charge of their own lives. A federal government that answers to the people—not the other way around. But these Republican ideals need to be reinvigorated with fresh clarity and open arms. Christie watched in horror as some in his beloved party embraced paranoia and explained away violence. Determined to restore the party’s integrity and success, he shows how to build a movement voters will flock to again, a Republicanism that’s blunt, smart, conservative, potent, and perfectly suited for the 21st century.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3a381dc380f8a61683c0b004486dadd5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Betrayal: The Final Act of the Trump Show by Jonathan Karl</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/betrayal-the-final-act-of-the-trump-show-by-jonathan-karl--65207236</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531028" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531028</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Betrayal: The Final Act of the Trump Show Author: Jonathan Karl Narrator: Jonathan Karl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 54   Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 14 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ***THE INSTANT New York Times, Wall Street Journal, USA Today, and IndieBound BESTSELLER***    An NPR Book of the Day Picking up where the New York Times bestselling Front Row at the Trump Show left off, this is the explosive look at the aftermath of the 2020 election—and the events that followed Donald Trump’s leaving the White House all the way to January 6—from ABC News' chief Washington correspondent. Nobody is in a better position to tell the story of the shocking final chapter of the Trump show than Jonathan Karl. As the reporter who has known Donald Trump longer than any other White House correspondent, Karl told the story of Trump’s rise in the New York Times bestseller Front Row at the Trump Show. Now he tells the story of Trump’s downfall, complete with riveting behind-the-scenes accounts of some of the darkest days in the history of the American presidency and packed with original reporting and on-the-record interviews with central figures in this drama who are telling their stories for the first time.   This is a definitive account of what was really going on during the final weeks and months of the Trump presidency and what it means for the future of the Republican Party, by a reporter who was there for it all. He has been taunted, praised, and vilified by Donald Trump, and now Jonathan Karl finds himself in a singular position to deliver the truth.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531028</guid><pubDate>Tue, 16 Nov 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207236/9780593559086.mp3" length="4837065" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531028 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Betrayal: The Final Act of the Trump Show Author: Jonathan Karl Narrator: Jonathan Karl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531028" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/531028</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Betrayal: The Final Act of the Trump Show Author: Jonathan Karl Narrator: Jonathan Karl Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 32 minutes Release date: November 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.26 of Total 54   Ratings of Narrator: 4.71 of Total 14 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ***THE INSTANT New York Times, Wall Street Journal, USA Today, and IndieBound BESTSELLER***    An NPR Book of the Day Picking up where the New York Times bestselling Front Row at the Trump Show left off, this is the explosive look at the aftermath of the 2020 election—and the events that followed Donald Trump’s leaving the White House all the way to January 6—from ABC News' chief Washington correspondent. Nobody is in a better position to tell the story of the shocking final chapter of the Trump show than Jonathan Karl. As the reporter who has known Donald Trump longer than any other White House correspondent, Karl told the story of Trump’s rise in the New York Times bestseller Front Row at the Trump Show. Now he tells the story of Trump’s downfall, complete with riveting behind-the-scenes accounts of some of the darkest days in the history of the American presidency and packed with original reporting and on-the-record interviews with central figures in this drama who are telling their stories for the first time.   This is a definitive account of what was really going on during the final weeks and months of the Trump presidency and what it means for the future of the Republican Party, by a reporter who was there for it all. He has been taunted, praised, and vilified by Donald Trump, and now Jonathan Karl finds himself in a singular position to deliver the truth.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f413ff3960e88c37ef1f3051459a2712.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Misfire: Inside the Downfall of the NRA by Tim Mak</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/misfire-inside-the-downfall-of-the-nra-by-tim-mak--65207356</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518039" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518039</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Misfire: Inside the Downfall of the NRA Author: Tim Mak Narrator: Feodor Chin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: November  2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A blistering exposé of the National Rifle Association, revealing its people, power, corruption, and ongoing downfall, from acclaimed NPR investigative reporter Tim Mak “Tenacious, careful and incisive.”—Jonathan Swan • “Deeply and meticulously reported, colorfully and precisely written.”—Olivia Nuzzi • “Nonstop revelations are told with gripping detail and intimate insider knowledge.”—David Frum • “Fantastic.”—Chris Hayes  The NRA once compelled respect—even fear—from Republicans and Democrats alike. Once a grassroots club dedicated to gun safety, the NRA ballooned into a powerful lobbyist organization that maintained an iron hold on gun legislation in America. This influential nonprofit raised millions in small fees from members across the country, which funded hidden, lavish lifestyles of designer suits, private jets and yachts, martini lunches and Champagne dinners—while the group manipulated legislators and flirted with a Russian spy.     Yet in 2012, the NRA’s grip on Washington began to loosen in the wake of the massacre at Sandy Hook Elementary. Facing nationwide outrage, NRA CEO Wayne LaPierre gave a speech claiming the solution was not fewer guns, but more guns, in schools. The group’s rhetoric only escalated from there, a misstep that sparked a backlash and invited the scrutiny of the government.     Unveiled here for the first time ever are surprising, revelatory details spotlighting decades of poor leadership and mismanagement by LaPierre; the NRA’s long association with marketing firm Ackerman-McQueen; NRA executives’ 2015 trip to Moscow, a by-invitation affair packed with meetings with Russian government officials, diplomats, and oligarchs seeking influence in American politics; as well as the power struggle between LaPierre and former NRA president Oliver North that fractured the organization.       Misfire is the result of a four-year investigation by journalist Tim Mak, who scoured thousands of pages of never-before-publicized documents and cultivated dozens of confidential sources inside the NRA's orbit to paint a vivid picture of the gun group's rampant corruption and slow decline, marking a sea change in the battle over gun rights and control in America.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518039</guid><pubDate>Tue, 02 Nov 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207356/9780593504253.mp3" length="4837064" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518039 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Misfire: Inside the Downfall of the NRA Author: Tim Mak Narrator: Feodor Chin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518039" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518039</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Misfire: Inside the Downfall of the NRA Author: Tim Mak Narrator: Feodor Chin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 31 minutes Release date: November  2, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A blistering exposé of the National Rifle Association, revealing its people, power, corruption, and ongoing downfall, from acclaimed NPR investigative reporter Tim Mak “Tenacious, careful and incisive.”—Jonathan Swan • “Deeply and meticulously reported, colorfully and precisely written.”—Olivia Nuzzi • “Nonstop revelations are told with gripping detail and intimate insider knowledge.”—David Frum • “Fantastic.”—Chris Hayes  The NRA once compelled respect—even fear—from Republicans and Democrats alike. Once a grassroots club dedicated to gun safety, the NRA ballooned into a powerful lobbyist organization that maintained an iron hold on gun legislation in America. This influential nonprofit raised millions in small fees from members across the country, which funded hidden, lavish lifestyles of designer suits, private jets and yachts, martini lunches and Champagne dinners—while the group manipulated legislators and flirted with a Russian spy.     Yet in 2012, the NRA’s grip on Washington began to loosen in the wake of the massacre at Sandy Hook Elementary. Facing nationwide outrage, NRA CEO Wayne LaPierre gave a speech claiming the solution was not fewer guns, but more guns, in schools. The group’s rhetoric only escalated from there, a misstep that sparked a backlash and invited the scrutiny of the government.     Unveiled here for the first time ever are surprising, revelatory details spotlighting decades of poor leadership and mismanagement by LaPierre; the NRA’s long association with marketing firm Ackerman-McQueen; NRA executives’ 2015 trip to Moscow, a by-invitation affair packed with meetings with Russian government officials, diplomats, and oligarchs seeking influence in American politics; as well as the power struggle between LaPierre and former NRA president Oliver North that fractured the organization.       Misfire is the result of a four-year investigation by journalist Tim Mak, who scoured thousands of pages of never-before-publicized documents and cultivated dozens of confidential sources inside the NRA's orbit to paint a vivid picture of the gun group's rampant corruption and slow decline, marking a sea change in the battle over gun rights and control in America.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8fbe08f000d17495b5d838c0883d50f5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Free: Coming of Age at the End of History by Lea Ypi</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/free-coming-of-age-at-the-end-of-history-by-lea-ypi--65207307</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520668" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520668</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free: Coming of Age at the End of History Author: Lea Ypi Narrator: Lea Ypi, Rachel Bavidge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Shortlisted for the 2021 Baillie Gifford prize and the 2021 Costa Biography Award. Lea Ypi grew up in one of the most isolated countries on earth, a place where communist ideals had officially replaced religion. Albania, the last Stalinist outpost in Europe, was almost impossible to visit, almost impossible to leave. It was a place of queuing and scarcity, of political executions and secret police. To Lea, it was home. People were equal, neighbours helped each other, and children were expected to build a better world. There was community and hope. Then, in December 1990, a year after the fall of the Berlin Wall, everything changed. The statues of Stalin and Hoxha were toppled. Almost overnight, people could vote freely, wear what they liked and worship as they wished. There was no longer anything to fear from prying ears. But factories shut, jobs disappeared and thousands fled to Italy on crowded ships, only to be sent back. Predatory pyramid schemes eventually bankrupted the country, leading to violent conflict. As one generation's aspirations became another's disillusionment, and as her own family's secrets were revealed, Lea found herself questioning what freedom really meant. Free is an engrossing memoir of coming of age amid political upheaval. With acute insight and wit, Lea Ypi traces the limits of progress and the burden of the past, illuminating the spaces between ideals and reality, and the hopes and fears of people pulled up by the sweep of history. 'Funny, moving but also deadly serious, this book will be read for years to come. . . Beautifully brings together the personal and the political to create an unforgettable account of oppression, freedom and what it means to acquire knowledge about the world' David Runciman © Lea Ypi 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520668</guid><pubDate>Thu, 28 Oct 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207307/9780141999142.mp3" length="2437263" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520668 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free: Coming of Age at the End of History Author: Lea Ypi Narrator: Lea Ypi, Rachel Bavidge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520668" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520668</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Free: Coming of Age at the End of History Author: Lea Ypi Narrator: Lea Ypi, Rachel Bavidge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. Shortlisted for the 2021 Baillie Gifford prize and the 2021 Costa Biography Award. Lea Ypi grew up in one of the most isolated countries on earth, a place where communist ideals had officially replaced religion. Albania, the last Stalinist outpost in Europe, was almost impossible to visit, almost impossible to leave. It was a place of queuing and scarcity, of political executions and secret police. To Lea, it was home. People were equal, neighbours helped each other, and children were expected to build a better world. There was community and hope. Then, in December 1990, a year after the fall of the Berlin Wall, everything changed. The statues of Stalin and Hoxha were toppled. Almost overnight, people could vote freely, wear what they liked and worship as they wished. There was no longer anything to fear from prying ears. But factories shut, jobs disappeared and thousands fled to Italy on crowded ships, only to be sent back. Predatory pyramid schemes eventually bankrupted the country, leading to violent conflict. As one generation's aspirations became another's disillusionment, and as her own family's secrets were revealed, Lea found herself questioning what freedom really meant. Free is an engrossing memoir of coming of age amid political upheaval. With acute insight and wit, Lea Ypi traces the limits of progress and the burden of the past, illuminating the spaces between ideals and reality, and the hopes and fears of people pulled up by the sweep of history. 'Funny, moving but also deadly serious, this book will be read for years to come. . . Beautifully brings together the personal and the political to create an unforgettable account of oppression, freedom and what it means to acquire knowledge about the world' David Runciman © Lea Ypi 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/aa582c2e2f9680939f70b0b77eb62cd1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Woke Racism: How a New Religion has Betrayed Black America by John Mcwhorter</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/woke-racism-how-a-new-religion-has-betrayed-black-america-by-john-mcwhorter--65207302</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522884" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522884</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Woke Racism: How a New Religion has Betrayed Black America Author: John Mcwhorter Narrator: John Mcwhorter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 46   Ratings of Narrator: 4.23 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   New York Times bestselling author and acclaimed linguist John McWhorter argues that an illiberal neoracism, disguised as antiracism, is hurting Black communities and weakening the American social fabric. Americans of good will on both the left and the right are secretly asking themselves the same question: how has the conversation on race in America gone so crazy? We’re told to read books and listen to music by people of color but that wearing certain clothes is “appropriation.” We hear that being white automatically gives you privilege and that being Black makes you a victim. We want to speak up but fear we’ll be seen as unwoke, or worse, labeled a racist. According to John McWhorter, the problem is that a well-meaning but pernicious form of antiracism has become, not a progressive ideology, but a religion—and one that’s illogical, unreachable, and unintentionally neoracist.   In Woke Racism, McWhorter reveals the workings of this new religion, from the original sin of “white privilege” and the weaponization of cancel culture to ban heretics, to the evangelical fervor of the “woke mob.” He shows how this religion that claims to “dismantle racist structures” is actually harming his fellow Black Americans by infantilizing Black people, setting Black students up for failure, and passing policies that disproportionately damage Black communities. The new religion might be called “antiracism,” but it features a racial essentialism that’s barely distinguishable from racist arguments of the past.   Fortunately for Black America, and for all of us, it’s not too late to push back against woke racism. McWhorter shares scripts and encouragement with those trying to deprogram friends and family. And most importantly, he offers a roadmap to justice that actually will help, not hurt, Black America.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522884</guid><pubDate>Tue, 26 Oct 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207302/9780593509906.mp3" length="4837102" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522884 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Woke Racism: How a New Religion has Betrayed Black America Author: John Mcwhorter Narrator: John Mcwhorter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522884" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522884</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Woke Racism: How a New Religion has Betrayed Black America Author: John Mcwhorter Narrator: John Mcwhorter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 46   Ratings of Narrator: 4.23 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   New York Times bestselling author and acclaimed linguist John McWhorter argues that an illiberal neoracism, disguised as antiracism, is hurting Black communities and weakening the American social fabric. Americans of good will on both the left and the right are secretly asking themselves the same question: how has the conversation on race in America gone so crazy? We’re told to read books and listen to music by people of color but that wearing certain clothes is “appropriation.” We hear that being white automatically gives you privilege and that being Black makes you a victim. We want to speak up but fear we’ll be seen as unwoke, or worse, labeled a racist. According to John McWhorter, the problem is that a well-meaning but pernicious form of antiracism has become, not a progressive ideology, but a religion—and one that’s illogical, unreachable, and unintentionally neoracist.   In Woke Racism, McWhorter reveals the workings of this new religion, from the original sin of “white privilege” and the weaponization of cancel culture to ban heretics, to the evangelical fervor of the “woke mob.” He shows how this religion that claims to “dismantle racist structures” is actually harming his fellow Black Americans by infantilizing Black people, setting Black students up for failure, and passing policies that disproportionately damage Black communities. The new religion might be called “antiracism,” but it features a racial essentialism that’s barely distinguishable from racist arguments of the past.   Fortunately for Black America, and for all of us, it’s not too late to push back against woke racism. McWhorter shares scripts and encouragement with those trying to deprogram friends and family. And most importantly, he offers a roadmap to justice that actually will help, not hurt, Black America.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6308da2477d647b12db26b432897dc07.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Citizenship Education Program and Black Women's Political Culture by Deanna M. Gillespie</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-citizenship-education-program-and-black-women-s-political-culture-by-deanna-m-gillespie--65207316</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526861" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526861</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Citizenship Education Program and Black Women's Political Culture Author: Deanna M. Gillespie Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Deanna Gillespie traces the history of the Citizenship Education Program (CEP), a grassroots initiative that taught people to read and write in preparation for literacy tests required for voter registration—a profoundly powerful objective in the Jim Crow South. Born in 1957 as a result of discussions between community activist Esau Jenkins, schoolteacher Septima Clark, and Highlander Folk School director Myles Horton, the CEP became a part of the Southern Christian Leadership Conference in 1961. The teachers, mostly Black women, gathered friends and neighbors in living rooms, churches, beauty salons, and community centers. Through the work of the CEP, literate black men and women were able to gather their own information, determine fair compensation for a day's work, and register formal complaints. Drawing on teachers' reports and correspondence, oral history interviews, and papers from a variety of civil rights organizations, Gillespie follows the growth of the CEP from its beginnings in the South Carolina Sea Islands to southeastern Georgia, the Mississippi Delta, and Alabama's Black Belt. This book retells the story of the civil rights movement from the vantage point of activists who have often been overlooked and makeshift classrooms where local people discussed, organized, and demanded change.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526861</guid><pubDate>Tue, 19 Oct 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207316/9781666127003.mp3" length="14437254" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526861 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Citizenship Education Program and Black Women's Political Culture Author: Deanna M. Gillespie Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526861" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526861</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Citizenship Education Program and Black Women's Political Culture Author: Deanna M. Gillespie Narrator: Lisa Reneé Pitts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 30 minutes Release date: October 19, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Deanna Gillespie traces the history of the Citizenship Education Program (CEP), a grassroots initiative that taught people to read and write in preparation for literacy tests required for voter registration—a profoundly powerful objective in the Jim Crow South. Born in 1957 as a result of discussions between community activist Esau Jenkins, schoolteacher Septima Clark, and Highlander Folk School director Myles Horton, the CEP became a part of the Southern Christian Leadership Conference in 1961. The teachers, mostly Black women, gathered friends and neighbors in living rooms, churches, beauty salons, and community centers. Through the work of the CEP, literate black men and women were able to gather their own information, determine fair compensation for a day's work, and register formal complaints. Drawing on teachers' reports and correspondence, oral history interviews, and papers from a variety of civil rights organizations, Gillespie follows the growth of the CEP from its beginnings in the South Carolina Sea Islands to southeastern Georgia, the Mississippi Delta, and Alabama's Black Belt. This book retells the story of the civil rights movement from the vantage point of activists who have often been overlooked and makeshift classrooms where local people discussed, organized, and demanded change.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/21dd982f3ab1f1e034f49c1f67d67ea9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>To Rescue the Republic: Ulysses S. Grant, the Fragile Union, and the Crisis of 1876 by Catherine Whitney, Bret Baier</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/to-rescue-the-republic-ulysses-s-grant-the-fragile-union-and-the-crisis-of-1876-by-catherine-whitney-bret-baier--65207337</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520856" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520856</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Rescue the Republic: Ulysses S. Grant, the Fragile Union, and the Crisis of 1876 Author: Catherine Whitney, Bret Baier Narrator: Bret Baier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 44   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  #1 New York Times Bestseller Fox News Channel’s Chief Political Anchor illuminates the heroic life of Ulysses S. Grant  ''To Rescue the Republic is narrative history at its absolute finest. A fast-paced, thrilling and enormously important book.'' —Douglas Brinkley An epic history spanning the battlegrounds of the Civil War and the violent turmoil of Reconstruction to the forgotten electoral crisis that nearly fractured a reunited nation, Bret Baier’s To Rescue the Republic dramatically reveals Ulysses S. Grant’s essential yet underappreciated role in preserving the United States during an unprecedented period of division. Born a tanner’s son in rugged Ohio in 1822 and battle-tested by the Mexican American War, Grant met his destiny on the bloody fields of the Civil War. His daring and resolve as a general gained the attention of President Lincoln, then desperate for bold leadership. Lincoln appointed Grant as Lieutenant General of the Union Army in March 1864. Within a year, Grant’s forces had seized Richmond and forced Robert E. Lee to surrender. Four years later, the reunified nation faced another leadership void after Lincoln’s assassination and an unworthy successor completed his term. Again, Grant answered the call. At stake once more was the future of the Union, for though the Southern states had been defeated, it remained to be seen if the former Confederacy could be reintegrated into the country—and if the Union could ensure the rights and welfare of African Americans in the South. Grant met the challenge by boldly advancing an agenda of Reconstruction and aggressively countering the Ku Klux Klan.  In his final weeks in the White House, however, Grant faced a crisis that threatened to undo his life’s work. The contested presidential election of 1876 produced no clear victory for either Republican Rutherford B. Hayes or Democrat Samuel Tilden, who carried most of the former Confederacy. Soon Southern states vowed to revolt if Tilden was not declared the victor. Grant was determined to use his influence to preserve the Union, establishing an electoral commission to peaceably settle the issue. Grant brokered a grand bargain: the installation of Republican Hayes to the presidency, with concessions to the Democrats that effectively ended Reconstruction. This painful compromise saved the nation, but tragically condemned the South to another century of civil-rights oppression. Deep with contemporary resonance and brimming with fresh detail that takes readers from the battlefields of the Civil War to the corridors of power where men decided the fate of the nation in back rooms, To Rescue the Republic reveals Grant, for all his complexity, to be among the first rank of American heroes.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520856</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Oct 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207337/9780063039575.mp3" length="2437216" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520856 to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Rescue the Republic: Ulysses S. Grant, the Fragile Union, and the Crisis of 1876 Author: Catherine Whitney, Bret Baier Narrator: Bret Baier Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520856" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520856</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: To Rescue the Republic: Ulysses S. Grant, the Fragile Union, and the Crisis of 1876 Author: Catherine Whitney, Bret Baier Narrator: Bret Baier Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 44   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  #1 New York Times Bestseller Fox News Channel’s Chief Political Anchor illuminates the heroic life of Ulysses S. Grant  ''To Rescue the Republic is narrative history at its absolute finest. A fast-paced, thrilling and enormously important book.'' —Douglas Brinkley An epic history spanning the battlegrounds of the Civil War and the violent turmoil of Reconstruction to the forgotten electoral crisis that nearly fractured a reunited nation, Bret Baier’s To Rescue the Republic dramatically reveals Ulysses S. Grant’s essential yet underappreciated role in preserving the United States during an unprecedented period of division. Born a tanner’s son in rugged Ohio in 1822 and battle-tested by the Mexican American War, Grant met his destiny on the bloody fields of the Civil War. His daring and resolve as a general gained the attention of President Lincoln, then desperate for bold leadership. Lincoln appointed Grant as Lieutenant General of the Union Army in March 1864. Within a year, Grant’s forces had seized Richmond and forced Robert E. Lee to surrender. Four years later, the reunified nation faced another leadership void after Lincoln’s assassination and an unworthy successor completed his term. Again, Grant answered the call. At stake once more was the future of the Union, for though the Southern states had been defeated, it remained to be seen if the former Confederacy could be reintegrated into the country—and if the Union could ensure the rights and welfare of African Americans in the South. Grant met the challenge by boldly advancing an agenda of Reconstruction and aggressively countering the Ku Klux Klan.  In his final weeks in the White House, however, Grant faced a crisis that threatened to undo his life’s work. The contested presidential election of 1876 produced no clear victory for either Republican Rutherford B. Hayes or Democrat Samuel Tilden, who carried most of the former Confederacy. Soon Southern states vowed to revolt if Tilden was not declared the victor. Grant was determined to use his influence to preserve the Union, establishing an electoral commission to peaceably settle the issue. Grant brokered a grand bargain: the installation of Republican Hayes to the presidency, with concessions to the Democrats that effectively ended Reconstruction. This painful compromise saved the nation, but tragically condemned the South to another century of civil-rights oppression. Deep with contemporary resonance and brimming with fresh detail that takes readers from the battlefields of the Civil War to the corridors of power where men decided the fate of the nation in back rooms, To Rescue the Republic reveals Grant, for all his complexity, to be among the first rank of American heroes.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3bd2d0ad14e280261e149a2139103410.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>San Fransicko: Why Progressives Ruin Cities by Michael Shellenberger</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/san-fransicko-why-progressives-ruin-cities-by-michael-shellenberger--65207268</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525029" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525029</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: San Fransicko: Why Progressives Ruin Cities Author: Michael Shellenberger Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 17   Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  National bestselling author of APOCALYPSE NEVER skewers progressives for the mishandling of America’s faltering cities.  Progressives claimed they knew how to solve homelessness, inequality, and crime. But in cities they control, progressives made those problems worse.  Michael Shellenberger has lived in the San Francisco Bay Area for thirty years. During that time, he advocated for the decriminalization of drugs, affordable housing, and alternatives to jail and prison. But as homeless encampments spread, and overdose deaths skyrocketed, Shellenberger decided to take a closer look at the problem. What he discovered shocked him. The problems had grown worse not despite but because of progressive policies. San Francisco and other West Coast cities — Los Angeles, Seattle, Portland — had gone beyond merely tolerating homelessness, drug dealing, and crime to actively enabling them. San Fransicko reveals that the underlying problem isn’t a lack of housing or money for social programs. The real problem is an ideology that designates some people, by identity or experience, as victims entitled to destructive behaviors. The result is an undermining of the values that make cities, and civilization itself, possible.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525029</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Oct 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207268/9780063093645.mp3" length="2437162" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525029 to listen full audiobooks. Title: San Fransicko: Why Progressives Ruin Cities Author: Michael Shellenberger Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525029" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/525029</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: San Fransicko: Why Progressives Ruin Cities Author: Michael Shellenberger Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 12, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.35 of Total 17   Ratings of Narrator: 4.88 of Total 8 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  National bestselling author of APOCALYPSE NEVER skewers progressives for the mishandling of America’s faltering cities.  Progressives claimed they knew how to solve homelessness, inequality, and crime. But in cities they control, progressives made those problems worse.  Michael Shellenberger has lived in the San Francisco Bay Area for thirty years. During that time, he advocated for the decriminalization of drugs, affordable housing, and alternatives to jail and prison. But as homeless encampments spread, and overdose deaths skyrocketed, Shellenberger decided to take a closer look at the problem. What he discovered shocked him. The problems had grown worse not despite but because of progressive policies. San Francisco and other West Coast cities — Los Angeles, Seattle, Portland — had gone beyond merely tolerating homelessness, drug dealing, and crime to actively enabling them. San Fransicko reveals that the underlying problem isn’t a lack of housing or money for social programs. The real problem is an ideology that designates some people, by identity or experience, as victims entitled to destructive behaviors. The result is an undermining of the values that make cities, and civilization itself, possible.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/56f85942ad110a4de0cc3c17f0c90ef9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Student Resistance in the Age of Chaos Book 1, 1999 - 2009: Globalization, Human Rights, Religion, War, and the Age of the Internet by Mark</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/student-resistance-in-the-age-of-chaos-book-1-1999-2009-globalization-human-rights-religion-war-and-the-age-of-the-internet-by-mark--65207363</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520485" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520485</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Student Resistance in the Age of Chaos Book 1, 1999 - 2009: Globalization, Human Rights, Religion, War, and the Age of the Internet Author: Mark Edelman Boren Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October  5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The first all-encompassing history of today's global student activism movement. Student resistance in the first decade of the twenty-first century was the single most powerful liberating force around the globe during those years. Challenging governments—in a few cases, overturning governments—at a time when representational democracies appeared weak and authoritarian regimes were on the rise. In Student Resistance in the Age of Chaos, Book 1, Mark Boren goes continent by continent, country by country, to show us the contours of the new frontlines of resistance, the sacrifices that were made, the seismic changes caused by the Internet, and the new powers of surveillance and military technology that governments across the globe used to monitor and suppress student groups, raising the stakes and the human cost of resistance in many countries. Student Resistance in the Age of Chaos, Book 1, takes us forward into the eventful first decade of the new century. As Mark Boren writes in the book, 'Student resistance throws into relief the relationships within our societies between the rulers and the people. It defines cultural moments and indicates the directions in which nations are heading. And if student activism has a rich and storied past, it is just as true that student movements are shaping the world more than they ever have before.']]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520485</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Oct 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207363/9781666131680.mp3" length="14437242" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520485 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Student Resistance in the Age of Chaos Book 1, 1999 - 2009: Globalization, Human Rights, Religion, War, and the Age of the Internet Author: Mark...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520485" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520485</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Student Resistance in the Age of Chaos Book 1, 1999 - 2009: Globalization, Human Rights, Religion, War, and the Age of the Internet Author: Mark Edelman Boren Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 58 minutes Release date: October  5, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The first all-encompassing history of today's global student activism movement. Student resistance in the first decade of the twenty-first century was the single most powerful liberating force around the globe during those years. Challenging governments—in a few cases, overturning governments—at a time when representational democracies appeared weak and authoritarian regimes were on the rise. In Student Resistance in the Age of Chaos, Book 1, Mark Boren goes continent by continent, country by country, to show us the contours of the new frontlines of resistance, the sacrifices that were made, the seismic changes caused by the Internet, and the new powers of surveillance and military technology that governments across the globe used to monitor and suppress student groups, raising the stakes and the human cost of resistance in many countries. Student Resistance in the Age of Chaos, Book 1, takes us forward into the eventful first decade of the new century. As Mark Boren writes in the book, 'Student resistance throws into relief the relationships within our societies between the rulers and the people. It defines cultural moments and indicates the directions in which nations are heading. And if student activism has a rich and storied past, it is just as true that student movements are shaping the world more than they ever have before.']]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/24b25e35fd2ba4256a84bdcae51c0235.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>A Confederacy of Dumptys: Portraits of American Scoundrels in Verse by John Lithgow</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-confederacy-of-dumptys-portraits-of-american-scoundrels-in-verse-by-john-lithgow--65207330</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519875" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519875</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Confederacy of Dumptys: Portraits of American Scoundrels in Verse Series: #3 of Dumpty Author: John Lithgow Narrator: John Lithgow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 44 minutes Release date: October  5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The next book in John Lithgow's New York Times bestselling series Following the success of New York Times bestsellers Dumpty and Trumpty Dumpty Wanted a Crown, award-winning actor, author, and illustrator John Lithgow presents the third book in his runaway hit series. A Confederacy of Dumptys takes us through a history of twenty-five 'American Scoundrels' in this all-new collection of Lithgow's satirical poems and illustrations. While the Trump Era was rife with corruption and abuse of power, it was nothing new. Through Lithgow's cutting humor, you will read about a rogues' gallery of villains that came before Donald J. Trump, powerful men and women who were corrupt, venal, criminal, adulterous, racist, or just plain disgusting. With dark and lyrical stories from across American history, you will learn about long-forgotten figures and bad actors of today, including the first Grand Wizard of the Ku Klux Klan, the perpetrator of 19th century women's pyramid schemes, and participants in both the Watergate scandal and the Capitol insurrection. Trump and Nixon show up, of course, but also Leona Helmsley, Boss Tweed, Typhoid Mary, Newt Gingrich, Ted Cruz, and many more. Skipping through time, and delivered with classic Lithgow wit and style, A Confederacy of Dumptys is an exuberant reminder of how not to repeat history. Digital audio edition read by the author. The perfect book for: • Political satire fans—viewers of The Daily Show with Trevor Noah, Last Week Tonight with John Oliver, and The Late Show with Stephen Colbert. • American history buffs and trivia enthusiasts—readers of Jon's Stewart's America (The Book): A Citizen's Guide to Democracy Inaction and Josh Clark's Stuff You Should Know: An Incomplete Compendium of Mostly Interesting Things. • Poetry, art, and illustration aficionados.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519875</guid><pubDate>Tue, 05 Oct 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207330/9781797209524.mp3" length="1478312" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519875 to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Confederacy of Dumptys: Portraits of American Scoundrels in Verse Series: #3 of Dumpty Author: John Lithgow Narrator: John Lithgow Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519875" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519875</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Confederacy of Dumptys: Portraits of American Scoundrels in Verse Series: #3 of Dumpty Author: John Lithgow Narrator: John Lithgow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 44 minutes Release date: October  5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The next book in John Lithgow's New York Times bestselling series Following the success of New York Times bestsellers Dumpty and Trumpty Dumpty Wanted a Crown, award-winning actor, author, and illustrator John Lithgow presents the third book in his runaway hit series. A Confederacy of Dumptys takes us through a history of twenty-five 'American Scoundrels' in this all-new collection of Lithgow's satirical poems and illustrations. While the Trump Era was rife with corruption and abuse of power, it was nothing new. Through Lithgow's cutting humor, you will read about a rogues' gallery of villains that came before Donald J. Trump, powerful men and women who were corrupt, venal, criminal, adulterous, racist, or just plain disgusting. With dark and lyrical stories from across American history, you will learn about long-forgotten figures and bad actors of today, including the first Grand Wizard of the Ku Klux Klan, the perpetrator of 19th century women's pyramid schemes, and participants in both the Watergate scandal and the Capitol insurrection. Trump and Nixon show up, of course, but also Leona Helmsley, Boss Tweed, Typhoid Mary, Newt Gingrich, Ted Cruz, and many more. Skipping through time, and delivered with classic Lithgow wit and style, A Confederacy of Dumptys is an exuberant reminder of how not to repeat history. Digital audio edition read by the author. The perfect book for: • Political satire fans—viewers of The Daily Show with Trevor Noah, Last Week Tonight with John Oliver, and The Late Show with Stephen Colbert. • American history buffs and trivia enthusiasts—readers of Jon's Stewart's America (The Book): A Citizen's Guide to Democracy Inaction and Josh Clark's Stuff You Should Know: An Incomplete Compendium of Mostly Interesting Things. • Poetry, art, and illustration aficionados.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0c359672b78ab6f190d109fae6f9e7f1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Our Fair Share: How One Small Change Can Create a More Equitable American Economy by Brian C. Johnson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/our-fair-share-how-one-small-change-can-create-a-more-equitable-american-economy-by-brian-c-johnson--65207398</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519114" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519114</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Fair Share: How One Small Change Can Create a More Equitable American Economy Author: Brian C. Johnson Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  We are a nation founded on the ideals of coming together across differences to forge a common future. Yet over the past fifty years, our economy has been pulling us apart at unprecedented rates. By allowing top income earners and the wealthiest Americans to hoard wealth like almost never before, we belie what makes our country great. This is a threat to our well-being, our democracy, and our values. Brian C. Johnson combines accessible scholarship on wealth and income inequality in America with deeply personal accounts of six Americans of diverse backgrounds who are each wrestling with what it means to survive and thrive in this new economic world. In so doing, he offers a solution that is as visionary as it is practical. Dubbed the Citizen Dividend, this revolutionary model assumes that economic growth is built off of the wealth we have created together as a country, and together we all reap its benefits. In Our Fair Share, Johnson lays the groundwork for implementing this solution, detailing what the Citizen Dividend is, offering examples of similar existing models, outlining the benefits of such systems, tackling some of the common concerns that arise, and offering a path toward making it a reality.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519114</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Sep 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207398/9781666137422.mp3" length="14437189" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519114 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Fair Share: How One Small Change Can Create a More Equitable American Economy Author: Brian C. Johnson Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519114" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519114</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Fair Share: How One Small Change Can Create a More Equitable American Economy Author: Brian C. Johnson Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  We are a nation founded on the ideals of coming together across differences to forge a common future. Yet over the past fifty years, our economy has been pulling us apart at unprecedented rates. By allowing top income earners and the wealthiest Americans to hoard wealth like almost never before, we belie what makes our country great. This is a threat to our well-being, our democracy, and our values. Brian C. Johnson combines accessible scholarship on wealth and income inequality in America with deeply personal accounts of six Americans of diverse backgrounds who are each wrestling with what it means to survive and thrive in this new economic world. In so doing, he offers a solution that is as visionary as it is practical. Dubbed the Citizen Dividend, this revolutionary model assumes that economic growth is built off of the wealth we have created together as a country, and together we all reap its benefits. In Our Fair Share, Johnson lays the groundwork for implementing this solution, detailing what the Citizen Dividend is, offering examples of similar existing models, outlining the benefits of such systems, tackling some of the common concerns that arise, and offering a path toward making it a reality.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4a2131117a91e78a30465bd4e79ab5e2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Virtue Politics: Soulcraft and Statecraft in Renaissance Italy by James Hankins</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/virtue-politics-soulcraft-and-statecraft-in-renaissance-italy-by-james-hankins--65207360</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519232" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519232</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Virtue Politics: Soulcraft and Statecraft in Renaissance Italy Author: James Hankins Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Convulsed by a civilizational crisis, the great thinkers of the Renaissance set out to reconceive the nature of society. Corrupt and reckless tyrants sowing discord and ruling through fear; elites who prized wealth and status over the common good; military leaders waging endless wars. Their solution was simple and radical. They would rebuild their city, and their civilization, by transforming the moral character of its citizens. Soulcraft, they believed, was a precondition of successful statecraft. A dazzlingly ambitious reappraisal of Renaissance political thought by one of our generation's foremost intellectual historians, Virtue Politics challenges the traditional narrative that looks to the Renaissance as the seedbed of modern republicanism and sees Machiavelli as its exemplary thinker. James Hankins reveals that what most concerned the humanists was not reforming laws or institutions so much as shaping citizens. If character mattered more than constitutions, it would have to be nurtured through a new program of education they called the studia humanitatis: the humanities. We owe liberal arts education and much else besides to the bold experiment of these passionate and principled thinkers. The questions they asked would have a profound impact on later debates about good government and seem as vital today as they did then.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519232</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Sep 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207360/9781666127287.mp3" length="4837065" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519232 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Virtue Politics: Soulcraft and Statecraft in Renaissance Italy Author: James Hankins Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519232" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519232</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Virtue Politics: Soulcraft and Statecraft in Renaissance Italy Author: James Hankins Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 23 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Convulsed by a civilizational crisis, the great thinkers of the Renaissance set out to reconceive the nature of society. Corrupt and reckless tyrants sowing discord and ruling through fear; elites who prized wealth and status over the common good; military leaders waging endless wars. Their solution was simple and radical. They would rebuild their city, and their civilization, by transforming the moral character of its citizens. Soulcraft, they believed, was a precondition of successful statecraft. A dazzlingly ambitious reappraisal of Renaissance political thought by one of our generation's foremost intellectual historians, Virtue Politics challenges the traditional narrative that looks to the Renaissance as the seedbed of modern republicanism and sees Machiavelli as its exemplary thinker. James Hankins reveals that what most concerned the humanists was not reforming laws or institutions so much as shaping citizens. If character mattered more than constitutions, it would have to be nurtured through a new program of education they called the studia humanitatis: the humanities. We owe liberal arts education and much else besides to the bold experiment of these passionate and principled thinkers. The questions they asked would have a profound impact on later debates about good government and seem as vital today as they did then.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/484102cc8258a74ea0f8b477997092a0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Russia Upside Down: An Exit Strategy for the Second Cold War by Joseph Weisberg</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/russia-upside-down-an-exit-strategy-for-the-second-cold-war-by-joseph-weisberg--65207254</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529852" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529852</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russia Upside Down: An Exit Strategy for the Second Cold War Author: Joseph Weisberg Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A former CIA officer and the creator of the hit TV series The Americans makes the case that America's policy towards Russia is failing--and we'll never fix it until we rethink our relationship.  Coming of age in America in the 1970s and 80s, Joe Weisberg was a Cold Warrior. After briefly studying Russian in Leningrad, he joined the CIA in 1990--just in time to watch the Soviet Union collapse.  But less than a decade after the first Cold War ended, a new one broke out. Russia changed in many of the ways that America hoped it might--more capitalist, more religious, more open to Western ideas. But US sanctions have crippled Russia's economy; and Russia's interventions have exacerbated political problems in America. The old paradigm--America, the free capitalist good guys, fighting Russia, the repressive communist bad guys--simply doesn't apply anymore. But we've continued to act as if it does. In this bold and controversial book, Joe Weisberg interrogates these assumptions, asking hard questions about American policy and attempting to understand what Russia truly wants. Russia Upside Down makes the case against the new Cold War. It suggests that we are fighting an enemy with whom we have few if any serious conflicts of interest. It argues that we are fighting with ineffective and dangerous tools. And most of all, it aims to demonstrate that our approach is not working. With our own political system in peril and continually buffeted by Russian attacks, we need a new framework, urgently. Russia Upside Down shows the stakes and begins to lay out that new plan, at a time when it is badly needed.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529852</guid><pubDate>Tue, 28 Sep 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207254/9781549109461.mp3" length="1477635" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529852 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russia Upside Down: An Exit Strategy for the Second Cold War Author: Joseph Weisberg Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529852" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529852</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Russia Upside Down: An Exit Strategy for the Second Cold War Author: Joseph Weisberg Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 18 minutes Release date: September 28, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A former CIA officer and the creator of the hit TV series The Americans makes the case that America's policy towards Russia is failing--and we'll never fix it until we rethink our relationship.  Coming of age in America in the 1970s and 80s, Joe Weisberg was a Cold Warrior. After briefly studying Russian in Leningrad, he joined the CIA in 1990--just in time to watch the Soviet Union collapse.  But less than a decade after the first Cold War ended, a new one broke out. Russia changed in many of the ways that America hoped it might--more capitalist, more religious, more open to Western ideas. But US sanctions have crippled Russia's economy; and Russia's interventions have exacerbated political problems in America. The old paradigm--America, the free capitalist good guys, fighting Russia, the repressive communist bad guys--simply doesn't apply anymore. But we've continued to act as if it does. In this bold and controversial book, Joe Weisberg interrogates these assumptions, asking hard questions about American policy and attempting to understand what Russia truly wants. Russia Upside Down makes the case against the new Cold War. It suggests that we are fighting an enemy with whom we have few if any serious conflicts of interest. It argues that we are fighting with ineffective and dangerous tools. And most of all, it aims to demonstrate that our approach is not working. With our own political system in peril and continually buffeted by Russian attacks, we need a new framework, urgently. Russia Upside Down shows the stakes and begins to lay out that new plan, at a time when it is badly needed.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b2598c330ed46e21d5479d56c4c41774.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Revolutionary Power: An Activist's Guide to the Energy Transition by Shalanda H. Baker</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/revolutionary-power-an-activist-s-guide-to-the-energy-transition-by-shalanda-h-baker--65207406</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514684" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514684</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolutionary Power: An Activist's Guide to the Energy Transition Author: Shalanda H. Baker Narrator: Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In September 2017, Hurricane Maria hit Puerto Rico, completely upending the energy grid of the small island. The nearly year-long power outage that followed vividly shows how the new climate reality intersects with race and access to energy. The island is home to brown and black US citizens who lack the political power of those living in the continental US. As the world continues to warm and storms like Maria become more commonplace, it is critical that we rethink our current energy system to enable reliable, locally produced, and locally controlled energy without replicating the current structures of power and control. In Revolutionary Power, Shalanda Baker arms those made most vulnerable by our current energy system with the tools they need to remake the system in the service of their humanity. She argues that people of color, poor people, and indigenous people must engage in the creation of the new energy system in order to upend the unequal power dynamics of the current system. Climate change will force us to rethink the way we generate and distribute energy and regulate the system. But how much are we willing to change the system? This unique moment in history provides an unprecedented opening for a deeper transformation of the energy system, and thus, an opportunity to transform society. Revolutionary Power shows us how.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514684</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Sep 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207406/9781666131727.mp3" length="14437210" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514684 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolutionary Power: An Activist's Guide to the Energy Transition Author: Shalanda H. Baker Narrator: Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514684" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514684</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolutionary Power: An Activist's Guide to the Energy Transition Author: Shalanda H. Baker Narrator: Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In September 2017, Hurricane Maria hit Puerto Rico, completely upending the energy grid of the small island. The nearly year-long power outage that followed vividly shows how the new climate reality intersects with race and access to energy. The island is home to brown and black US citizens who lack the political power of those living in the continental US. As the world continues to warm and storms like Maria become more commonplace, it is critical that we rethink our current energy system to enable reliable, locally produced, and locally controlled energy without replicating the current structures of power and control. In Revolutionary Power, Shalanda Baker arms those made most vulnerable by our current energy system with the tools they need to remake the system in the service of their humanity. She argues that people of color, poor people, and indigenous people must engage in the creation of the new energy system in order to upend the unequal power dynamics of the current system. Climate change will force us to rethink the way we generate and distribute energy and regulate the system. But how much are we willing to change the system? This unique moment in history provides an unprecedented opening for a deeper transformation of the energy system, and thus, an opportunity to transform society. Revolutionary Power shows us how.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c543d1d8f2b675010c4ccb8b5bcf6b63.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Uncontrolled Spread: Why COVID-19 Crushed Us and How We Can Defeat the Next Pandemic by Scott Gottlieb</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/uncontrolled-spread-why-covid-19-crushed-us-and-how-we-can-defeat-the-next-pandemic-by-scott-gottlieb--65207370</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514346" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514346</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncontrolled Spread: Why COVID-19 Crushed Us and How We Can Defeat the Next Pandemic Author: Scott Gottlieb Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER "Uncontrolled Spread is everything you'd hope: a smart and insightful account of what happened and, currently, the best guide to what needs to be done to avoid a future pandemic.' -Wall Street Journal "Informative and well paced."-The Guardian "An intense ride through the pandemic with chilling details of what really happened. It is also sprinkled with notes of true wisdom that may help all of us better prepare for the future."-Sanjay Gupta, MD, chief medical correspondent, CNNP hysician and former FDA commissioner Scott Gottlieb asks: Has America's COVID-19 catastrophe taught us anything? In Uncontrolled Spread, he shows how the coronavirus and its variants were able to trounce America's pandemic preparations, and he outlines the steps that must be taken to protect against the next outbreak. As the pandemic unfolded, Gottlieb was in regular contact with all the key players in Congress, the Trump administration, and the drug and diagnostic industries. He provides an inside account of how level after level of American government crumbled as the COVID-19 crisis advanced. A system-wide failure across government institutions left the nation blind to the threat, and unable to mount an effective response. We'd prepared for the wrong virus. We failed to identify the contagion early enough and became overly reliant on costly and sometimes divisive tactics that couldn't fully slow the spread. We never considered asymptomatic transmission and we assumed people would follow public health guidance. Key bureaucracies like the CDC were hidebound and outmatched. Weak political leadership aggravated these woes. We didn't view a public health disaster as a threat to our national security. Many of the woes sprung from the CDC, which has very little real-time reporting capability to inform us of Covid's twists and turns or assess our defenses. The agency lacked an operational capacity and mindset to mobilize the kind of national response that was needed. To guard against future pandemic risks, we must remake the CDC and properly equip it to better confront crises. We must also get our intelligence services more engaged in the global public health mission, to gather information and uncover emerging risks before they hit our shores so we can head them off. For this role, our clandestine agencies have tools and capabilities that the CDC lacks. Uncontrolled Spread argues we must fix our systems and prepare for a deadlier coronavirus variant, a flu pandemic, or whatever else nature -- or those wishing us harm -- may threaten us with. Gottlieb outlines policies and investments that are essential to prepare the United States and the world for future threats.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514346</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Sep 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207370/9780063080034.mp3" length="2437165" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514346 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncontrolled Spread: Why COVID-19 Crushed Us and How We Can Defeat the Next Pandemic Author: Scott Gottlieb Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514346" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514346</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Uncontrolled Spread: Why COVID-19 Crushed Us and How We Can Defeat the Next Pandemic Author: Scott Gottlieb Narrator: Fred Sanders Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER "Uncontrolled Spread is everything you'd hope: a smart and insightful account of what happened and, currently, the best guide to what needs to be done to avoid a future pandemic.' -Wall Street Journal "Informative and well paced."-The Guardian "An intense ride through the pandemic with chilling details of what really happened. It is also sprinkled with notes of true wisdom that may help all of us better prepare for the future."-Sanjay Gupta, MD, chief medical correspondent, CNNP hysician and former FDA commissioner Scott Gottlieb asks: Has America's COVID-19 catastrophe taught us anything? In Uncontrolled Spread, he shows how the coronavirus and its variants were able to trounce America's pandemic preparations, and he outlines the steps that must be taken to protect against the next outbreak. As the pandemic unfolded, Gottlieb was in regular contact with all the key players in Congress, the Trump administration, and the drug and diagnostic industries. He provides an inside account of how level after level of American government crumbled as the COVID-19 crisis advanced. A system-wide failure across government institutions left the nation blind to the threat, and unable to mount an effective response. We'd prepared for the wrong virus. We failed to identify the contagion early enough and became overly reliant on costly and sometimes divisive tactics that couldn't fully slow the spread. We never considered asymptomatic transmission and we assumed people would follow public health guidance. Key bureaucracies like the CDC were hidebound and outmatched. Weak political leadership aggravated these woes. We didn't view a public health disaster as a threat to our national security. Many of the woes sprung from the CDC, which has very little real-time reporting capability to inform us of Covid's twists and turns or assess our defenses. The agency lacked an operational capacity and mindset to mobilize the kind of national response that was needed. To guard against future pandemic risks, we must remake the CDC and properly equip it to better confront crises. We must also get our intelligence services more engaged in the global public health mission, to gather information and uncover emerging risks before they hit our shores so we can head them off. For this role, our clandestine agencies have tools and capabilities that the CDC lacks. Uncontrolled Spread argues we must fix our systems and prepare for a deadlier coronavirus variant, a flu pandemic, or whatever else nature -- or those wishing us harm -- may threaten us with. Gottlieb outlines policies and investments that are essential to prepare the United States and the world for future threats.  THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/17d645893ff81dd883c8d6598524a6f8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Shattered Bonds: The Color of Child Welfare by Dorothy Roberts</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/shattered-bonds-the-color-of-child-welfare-by-dorothy-roberts--65207348</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519960" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519960</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shattered Bonds: The Color of Child Welfare Author: Dorothy Roberts Narrator: Dorothy Roberts, Allyson Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The story of foster care in the United States is the story of the failure of the social safety net to aid poor, largely black, parents in their attempt to make a home for their children.  Shattered Bonds tells this story as no other book has before -- from the perspective of a prominent black, female legal theoretician. The current state of the child-welfare system in America is a well-known tragedy. Thousands of children every year are removed from their parents' homes, often for little reason other than the endemic poverty that afflicts women and children more than any other group in the United States. Dorothy Roberts, an acclaimed legal scholar and social critic, reveals the racial politics of child welfare in America through extensive legal research and original interviews with Chicago families in the foster care system. She describes the racial imbalance in foster care, the concentration of state intervention in certain neighborhoods, the alarming percentages of children in substitute care, the difficulty that poor and black families have in meeting state's standards for regaining custody of children placed in foster care, and the relationship between state supervision of families and continuing racial inequality.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519960</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Sep 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207348/9780593501146.mp3" length="4837101" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519960 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shattered Bonds: The Color of Child Welfare Author: Dorothy Roberts Narrator: Dorothy Roberts, Allyson Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519960" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519960</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shattered Bonds: The Color of Child Welfare Author: Dorothy Roberts Narrator: Dorothy Roberts, Allyson Johnson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The story of foster care in the United States is the story of the failure of the social safety net to aid poor, largely black, parents in their attempt to make a home for their children.  Shattered Bonds tells this story as no other book has before -- from the perspective of a prominent black, female legal theoretician. The current state of the child-welfare system in America is a well-known tragedy. Thousands of children every year are removed from their parents' homes, often for little reason other than the endemic poverty that afflicts women and children more than any other group in the United States. Dorothy Roberts, an acclaimed legal scholar and social critic, reveals the racial politics of child welfare in America through extensive legal research and original interviews with Chicago families in the foster care system. She describes the racial imbalance in foster care, the concentration of state intervention in certain neighborhoods, the alarming percentages of children in substitute care, the difficulty that poor and black families have in meeting state's standards for regaining custody of children placed in foster care, and the relationship between state supervision of families and continuing racial inequality.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a013b3c4fce0d2a8add6543ff62a1a12.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Resistance: How Women Saved Democracy from Donald Trump by Jennifer Rubin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/resistance-how-women-saved-democracy-from-donald-trump-by-jennifer-rubin--65207331</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519929" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519929</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resistance: How Women Saved Democracy from Donald Trump Author: Jennifer Rubin Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In the tradition of Shattered and Game Change, Washington Post columnist Jennifer Rubin provides an insider’s look at how women across the political spectrum carried a revolution to the ballot box and defeated Donald Trump, based on interviews with key figures such as Kamala Harris, Amy Klobuchar, Stacey Abrams, Nancy Pelosi, and many more.  In a compelling narrative, bookended by Donald Trump’s 2016 victory and his 2020 defeat, Rubin delivers an absorbing analysis of the women’s counter-Trump revolution. Resistance tracks a set of dynamic women voters, activists and politicians who rose up when Donald Trump took the White House and fundamentally changed the political landscape. From the first Women’s March the day after Trump’s inauguration to the Blue Wave in the 2018 midterms to the flood of female presidential candidates in 2020 to the inauguration of Kamala Harris, women from across the ideological spectrum entered the political arena and became energized in a way America had not witnessed in decades. They marched, they organized, they donated vast sums of cash, they ran for office, they made new alliances. And they defeated Donald Trump. Democratic women candidates learned that they could win in large numbers, even in red districts. Black women voters in 2020 surged in Georgia and in suburbs in key swing states. Women across the country voted in greater numbers than in any previous election, flipped the Senate, and ensured victory for the first female Vice President in the nation’s history. While Democrats recorded impressive victories, Republican women delivered critical victories of their own. From the White House to Congress, from activists to protestors, from liberals to conservatives, Resistance delivers the first comprehensive portrait of women’s historic political surge provoked by the horror of President Trump. This is the indelible story of how American women transformed their own lives, vanquished Trump, secured unprecedented positions of power and redefined US politics decades to come. Resistance is essential reading for understanding the most important election in American history and the role women played in redesigning modern politics.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519929</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Sep 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207331/9780063140165.mp3" length="2437161" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519929 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resistance: How Women Saved Democracy from Donald Trump Author: Jennifer Rubin Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 50...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519929" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519929</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resistance: How Women Saved Democracy from Donald Trump Author: Jennifer Rubin Narrator: Hillary Huber Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In the tradition of Shattered and Game Change, Washington Post columnist Jennifer Rubin provides an insider’s look at how women across the political spectrum carried a revolution to the ballot box and defeated Donald Trump, based on interviews with key figures such as Kamala Harris, Amy Klobuchar, Stacey Abrams, Nancy Pelosi, and many more.  In a compelling narrative, bookended by Donald Trump’s 2016 victory and his 2020 defeat, Rubin delivers an absorbing analysis of the women’s counter-Trump revolution. Resistance tracks a set of dynamic women voters, activists and politicians who rose up when Donald Trump took the White House and fundamentally changed the political landscape. From the first Women’s March the day after Trump’s inauguration to the Blue Wave in the 2018 midterms to the flood of female presidential candidates in 2020 to the inauguration of Kamala Harris, women from across the ideological spectrum entered the political arena and became energized in a way America had not witnessed in decades. They marched, they organized, they donated vast sums of cash, they ran for office, they made new alliances. And they defeated Donald Trump. Democratic women candidates learned that they could win in large numbers, even in red districts. Black women voters in 2020 surged in Georgia and in suburbs in key swing states. Women across the country voted in greater numbers than in any previous election, flipped the Senate, and ensured victory for the first female Vice President in the nation’s history. While Democrats recorded impressive victories, Republican women delivered critical victories of their own. From the White House to Congress, from activists to protestors, from liberals to conservatives, Resistance delivers the first comprehensive portrait of women’s historic political surge provoked by the horror of President Trump. This is the indelible story of how American women transformed their own lives, vanquished Trump, secured unprecedented positions of power and redefined US politics decades to come. Resistance is essential reading for understanding the most important election in American history and the role women played in redesigning modern politics.  Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3c2b8df62feb0439aadddf7dfd14478e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Disorientation: Being Black in the World by Ian Williams</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/disorientation-being-black-in-the-world-by-ian-williams--65207292</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524556" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524556</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disorientation: Being Black in the World Author: Ian Williams Narrator: Ian Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A FINALIST FOR THE 2021 HILARY WESTON WRITERS' TRUST PRIZE FOR NONFICTION   Bestselling, Scotiabank Giller Award-winning writer Ian Williams brings fresh eyes and new insights to today's urgent conversation on race and racism in startling, illuminating essays that grow out of his own experience as a Black man moving through the world.       With that one eloquent word, disorientation, Ian Williams captures the impact of racial encounters on racialized people—the whiplash of race that occurs while minding one's own business. Sometimes the consequences are only irritating, but sometimes they are deadly. Spurred by the police killings and street protests of 2020, Williams realized he could offer a perspective distinct from the almost exclusively America-centric books on race topping the bestseller lists, because of one salient fact: he has lived in Trinidad (where he was never the only Black person in the room), in Canada (where he often was), and in the United States (where as a Black man from the Caribbean, he was a different kind of 'only').       Inspired by the essays of James Baldwin, in which the personal becomes the gateway to larger ideas, Williams explores such things as the unmistakable moment when a child realizes they are Black; the ten characteristics of institutional whiteness; how friendship forms a bulwark against being a target of racism; the meaning and uses of a Black person's smile; and blame culture—or how do we make meaningful change when no one feels responsible for the systemic structures of the past. With these essays, Williams wants to reach a multi-racial audience of people who believe that civil conversation on even the most charged subjects is possible. Examining the past and the present in order to speak to the future, he offers new thinking, honest feeling, and his astonishing, piercing gift of language.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524556</guid><pubDate>Tue, 21 Sep 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207292/9781039002838.mp3" length="4837082" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524556 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disorientation: Being Black in the World Author: Ian Williams Narrator: Ian Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524556" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524556</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disorientation: Being Black in the World Author: Ian Williams Narrator: Ian Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A FINALIST FOR THE 2021 HILARY WESTON WRITERS' TRUST PRIZE FOR NONFICTION   Bestselling, Scotiabank Giller Award-winning writer Ian Williams brings fresh eyes and new insights to today's urgent conversation on race and racism in startling, illuminating essays that grow out of his own experience as a Black man moving through the world.       With that one eloquent word, disorientation, Ian Williams captures the impact of racial encounters on racialized people—the whiplash of race that occurs while minding one's own business. Sometimes the consequences are only irritating, but sometimes they are deadly. Spurred by the police killings and street protests of 2020, Williams realized he could offer a perspective distinct from the almost exclusively America-centric books on race topping the bestseller lists, because of one salient fact: he has lived in Trinidad (where he was never the only Black person in the room), in Canada (where he often was), and in the United States (where as a Black man from the Caribbean, he was a different kind of 'only').       Inspired by the essays of James Baldwin, in which the personal becomes the gateway to larger ideas, Williams explores such things as the unmistakable moment when a child realizes they are Black; the ten characteristics of institutional whiteness; how friendship forms a bulwark against being a target of racism; the meaning and uses of a Black person's smile; and blame culture—or how do we make meaningful change when no one feels responsible for the systemic structures of the past. With these essays, Williams wants to reach a multi-racial audience of people who believe that civil conversation on even the most charged subjects is possible. Examining the past and the present in order to speak to the future, he offers new thinking, honest feeling, and his astonishing, piercing gift of language.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/896f6b992282cad960df052ab2428557.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Washington Bullets: A History of the CIA, Coups, and Assassinations by Vijay Prashad</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/washington-bullets-a-history-of-the-cia-coups-and-assassinations-by-vijay-prashad--65207388</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514656" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514656</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Washington Bullets: A History of the CIA, Coups, and Assassinations Author: Vijay Prashad Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Washington Bullets is written in the best traditions of Marxist journalism and history-writing. It is a book of fluent stories, full of detail about US imperialism, but never letting the minutiae obscure the larger political point. It is a book that could easily have been a song of despair—a lament of lost causes; it is, after all, a roll call of butchers and assassins; of plots against people's movements and governments; of the assassinations of socialists, Marxists, communists all over the Third World by the country where liberty is a statue. Despite all this, Washington Bullets is a book about possibilities, about hope, about genuine heroes. One such is Thomas Sankara of Burkina Faso—also assassinated—who said: 'You cannot carry out fundamental change without a certain amount of madness. In this case, it comes from nonconformity, the courage to turn your back on the old formulas, the courage to invent the future. It took the madmen of yesterday for us to be able to act with extreme clarity today. I want to be one of those madmen. We must dare to invent the future.' Washington Bullets is a book infused with this madness, the madness that dares to invent the future.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514656</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Sep 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207388/9781666121025.mp3" length="14437164" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514656 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Washington Bullets: A History of the CIA, Coups, and Assassinations Author: Vijay Prashad Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514656" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514656</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Washington Bullets: A History of the CIA, Coups, and Assassinations Author: Vijay Prashad Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Washington Bullets is written in the best traditions of Marxist journalism and history-writing. It is a book of fluent stories, full of detail about US imperialism, but never letting the minutiae obscure the larger political point. It is a book that could easily have been a song of despair—a lament of lost causes; it is, after all, a roll call of butchers and assassins; of plots against people's movements and governments; of the assassinations of socialists, Marxists, communists all over the Third World by the country where liberty is a statue. Despite all this, Washington Bullets is a book about possibilities, about hope, about genuine heroes. One such is Thomas Sankara of Burkina Faso—also assassinated—who said: 'You cannot carry out fundamental change without a certain amount of madness. In this case, it comes from nonconformity, the courage to turn your back on the old formulas, the courage to invent the future. It took the madmen of yesterday for us to be able to act with extreme clarity today. I want to be one of those madmen. We must dare to invent the future.' Washington Bullets is a book infused with this madness, the madness that dares to invent the future.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/20def5eaf912fb86d394e0817a1dff3b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Race After Technology: Abolitionist Tools for the New Jim Code by Ruha Benjamin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/race-after-technology-abolitionist-tools-for-the-new-jim-code-by-ruha-benjamin--65207373</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526869" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526869</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Race After Technology: Abolitionist Tools for the New Jim Code Author: Ruha Benjamin Narrator: Mia Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From everyday apps to complex algorithms, Ruha Benjamin cuts through tech-industry hype to understand how emerging technologies can reinforce White supremacy and deepen social inequity. Benjamin argues that automation, far from being a sinister story of racist programmers scheming on the dark web, has the potential to hide, speed up, and deepen discrimination while appearing neutral and even benevolent when compared to the racism of a previous era. Presenting the concept of the 'New Jim Code,' she shows how a range of discriminatory designs encode inequity by explicitly amplifying racial hierarchies; by ignoring but thereby replicating social divisions; or by aiming to fix racial bias but ultimately doing quite the opposite. Moreover, she makes a compelling case for race itself as a kind of technology, designed to stratify and sanctify social injustice in the architecture of everyday life. This illuminating guide provides conceptual tools for decoding tech promises with sociologically informed skepticism. In doing so, it challenges us to question not only the technologies we are sold but also the ones we ourselves manufacture.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526869</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Sep 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207373/9781666127980.mp3" length="14437191" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526869 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Race After Technology: Abolitionist Tools for the New Jim Code Author: Ruha Benjamin Narrator: Mia Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526869" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526869</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Race After Technology: Abolitionist Tools for the New Jim Code Author: Ruha Benjamin Narrator: Mia Ellis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From everyday apps to complex algorithms, Ruha Benjamin cuts through tech-industry hype to understand how emerging technologies can reinforce White supremacy and deepen social inequity. Benjamin argues that automation, far from being a sinister story of racist programmers scheming on the dark web, has the potential to hide, speed up, and deepen discrimination while appearing neutral and even benevolent when compared to the racism of a previous era. Presenting the concept of the 'New Jim Code,' she shows how a range of discriminatory designs encode inequity by explicitly amplifying racial hierarchies; by ignoring but thereby replicating social divisions; or by aiming to fix racial bias but ultimately doing quite the opposite. Moreover, she makes a compelling case for race itself as a kind of technology, designed to stratify and sanctify social injustice in the architecture of everyday life. This illuminating guide provides conceptual tools for decoding tech promises with sociologically informed skepticism. In doing so, it challenges us to question not only the technologies we are sold but also the ones we ourselves manufacture.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c1fb12239501f0f5479cc3ac46614d7f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - My Vanishing Country  Mi país se desvanece (Spanish edition): Memorias by Bakari Sellers</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-my-vanishing-country-mi-pais-se-desvanece-spanish-edition-memorias-by-bakari-sellers--65207243</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529551" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529551</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - My Vanishing Country  Mi país se desvanece (Spanish edition): Memorias Author: Bakari Sellers Narrator: Daniel Cubillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  En estas memorias, el analista político y representante de estado más joven de Carolina del Sur ahonda sobre las vidas del olvidado sur negro.  «Soy del llamado País Bajo de Carolina del Sur, donde se entrelazan la belleza, la historia y la desgracia. Basta conducir cincuenta millas en cualquier dirección para hallarse en los mismos campos donde los esclavos —algunos de ellos, ancestros no tan lejanos— sudaban sobre el algodón, el índigo, la caña de azúcar, el arroz, el trigo y la soja. Específicamente, soy de Dinamarca, Carolina del Sur, un lugar donde todo el mundo conocía mi apellido; un apellido, según descubrí en mi infancia, teñido por el honor y la infamia». En cada capítulo, Bakari Sellers nos permite presenciar las vidas y luchas cotidianas de la población afroamericana rural del sur de los Estados Unidos a través de tanto sus vivencias como anécdotas históricas y políticas. Mi país se desvanece es un recorrido nostálgico, conmovedor y sincero sobre los acontecimientos e injusticas que marcaron a generaciones de hombres y mujeres negras, incluida la familia Sellers, hasta hoy día. Con estas memorias, Sellers adopta una nueva vía de lucha por los derechos civiles afroamericanos. Bakari Sellers es analista político en CNN y el miembro más joven en toda la historia de la legislatura estatal de Carolina del Sur. Incluido en la lista de «Los 40 de menos de 40» de la revista Time en 2010, también es abogado que lucha por dar voz a los que no la tienen.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529551</guid><pubDate>Tue, 14 Sep 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207243/9780063076570.mp3" length="2437237" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529551 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - My Vanishing Country  Mi país se desvanece (Spanish edition): Memorias Author: Bakari Sellers Narrator: Daniel Cubillo Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529551" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529551</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - My Vanishing Country  Mi país se desvanece (Spanish edition): Memorias Author: Bakari Sellers Narrator: Daniel Cubillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 5 minutes Release date: September 14, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  En estas memorias, el analista político y representante de estado más joven de Carolina del Sur ahonda sobre las vidas del olvidado sur negro.  «Soy del llamado País Bajo de Carolina del Sur, donde se entrelazan la belleza, la historia y la desgracia. Basta conducir cincuenta millas en cualquier dirección para hallarse en los mismos campos donde los esclavos —algunos de ellos, ancestros no tan lejanos— sudaban sobre el algodón, el índigo, la caña de azúcar, el arroz, el trigo y la soja. Específicamente, soy de Dinamarca, Carolina del Sur, un lugar donde todo el mundo conocía mi apellido; un apellido, según descubrí en mi infancia, teñido por el honor y la infamia». En cada capítulo, Bakari Sellers nos permite presenciar las vidas y luchas cotidianas de la población afroamericana rural del sur de los Estados Unidos a través de tanto sus vivencias como anécdotas históricas y políticas. Mi país se desvanece es un recorrido nostálgico, conmovedor y sincero sobre los acontecimientos e injusticas que marcaron a generaciones de hombres y mujeres negras, incluida la familia Sellers, hasta hoy día. Con estas memorias, Sellers adopta una nueva vía de lucha por los derechos civiles afroamericanos. Bakari Sellers es analista político en CNN y el miembro más joven en toda la historia de la legislatura estatal de Carolina del Sur. Incluido en la lista de «Los 40 de menos de 40» de la revista Time en 2010, también es abogado que lucha por dar voz a los que no la tienen.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/501fac0dc49821ed750ed00042f37bac.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Why you should give a f*ck about farming: Because you eat by Gabrielle Chan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-you-should-give-a-f-ck-about-farming-because-you-eat-by-gabrielle-chan--65207301</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523084" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523084</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why you should give a f*ck about farming: Because you eat Author: Gabrielle Chan Narrator: Gabrielle Chan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 10, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  There is no farmers and others. If you eat or wear clothes, the decisions you make influence farming. 'Eaters will be the ultimate arbiter of where and how food is grown and how the land is cared for . We all have a stake in the future of food and farming. I am going to show you why.' Farming sits at the intersection of the world's biggest challenges around climate change, soil, water, energy, natural disasters and zoonotic diseases. Yet Australia has no national food policy. No national agriculture strategy. Our water policy is close to the Hunger Games. People with means can shop at farmers' markets and order brunch, by the provenance of their eggs, bacon, butter, tomatoes and greens. But do they really understand the trade-offs required to grow it?  In this book Gabrielle Chan examines the past, present and future of farming with her characteristically forensic eye. She lays out how our nation, its leaders, farmers and eaters can usher in new ways for us to work and live on our unique and precious land.  We must forge a new social contract if we are to grow healthy food on a thriving landscape, while mitigating climate and biodiversity loss. This important book will change your thinking about food, farming and how you eat.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523084</guid><pubDate>Fri, 10 Sep 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207301/9781761045097.mp3" length="2437185" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523084 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why you should give a f*ck about farming: Because you eat Author: Gabrielle Chan Narrator: Gabrielle Chan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523084" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523084</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why you should give a f*ck about farming: Because you eat Author: Gabrielle Chan Narrator: Gabrielle Chan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 41 minutes Release date: September 10, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  There is no farmers and others. If you eat or wear clothes, the decisions you make influence farming. 'Eaters will be the ultimate arbiter of where and how food is grown and how the land is cared for . We all have a stake in the future of food and farming. I am going to show you why.' Farming sits at the intersection of the world's biggest challenges around climate change, soil, water, energy, natural disasters and zoonotic diseases. Yet Australia has no national food policy. No national agriculture strategy. Our water policy is close to the Hunger Games. People with means can shop at farmers' markets and order brunch, by the provenance of their eggs, bacon, butter, tomatoes and greens. But do they really understand the trade-offs required to grow it?  In this book Gabrielle Chan examines the past, present and future of farming with her characteristically forensic eye. She lays out how our nation, its leaders, farmers and eaters can usher in new ways for us to work and live on our unique and precious land.  We must forge a new social contract if we are to grow healthy food on a thriving landscape, while mitigating climate and biodiversity loss. This important book will change your thinking about food, farming and how you eat.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/79456ce6484d740d7ec2d2a6ef030b44.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Vision or Mirage: Saudi Arabia at the Crossroads by David Rundell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/vision-or-mirage-saudi-arabia-at-the-crossroads-by-david-rundell--65207343</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514148" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514148</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vision or Mirage: Saudi Arabia at the Crossroads Author: David Rundell Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 41 minutes Release date: September  8, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Something extraordinary is happening in Saudi Arabia. A traditional, tribal society once known for its lack of tolerance is rapidly implementing significant economic and social reforms. An army of foreign consultants is rewriting the social contract, King Salman has cracked down hard on corruption, and his dynamic though inexperienced son, the Crown Prince Mohammad bin Salman, is promoting a more tolerant Islam. But is all this a new vision for Saudi Arabia or merely a mirage likely to dissolve into Iranian-style revolution? David Rundell—one of America's foremost experts on Saudi Arabia—explains how the country has been stable for so long, why it is less so today, and what is most likely to happen in the future. The book is based on the author's close contacts and intimate knowledge of the country where he spent fifteen years living and working as a diplomat. Vision or Mirage demystifies one of the most powerful, but least understood, states in the Middle East and is essential for anyone interested in the power dynamics and politics of the Arab World.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514148</guid><pubDate>Wed, 08 Sep 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207343/9781666124705.mp3" length="4837077" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514148 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vision or Mirage: Saudi Arabia at the Crossroads Author: David Rundell Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 41...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514148" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514148</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Vision or Mirage: Saudi Arabia at the Crossroads Author: David Rundell Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 41 minutes Release date: September  8, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Something extraordinary is happening in Saudi Arabia. A traditional, tribal society once known for its lack of tolerance is rapidly implementing significant economic and social reforms. An army of foreign consultants is rewriting the social contract, King Salman has cracked down hard on corruption, and his dynamic though inexperienced son, the Crown Prince Mohammad bin Salman, is promoting a more tolerant Islam. But is all this a new vision for Saudi Arabia or merely a mirage likely to dissolve into Iranian-style revolution? David Rundell—one of America's foremost experts on Saudi Arabia—explains how the country has been stable for so long, why it is less so today, and what is most likely to happen in the future. The book is based on the author's close contacts and intimate knowledge of the country where he spent fifteen years living and working as a diplomat. Vision or Mirage demystifies one of the most powerful, but least understood, states in the Middle East and is essential for anyone interested in the power dynamics and politics of the Arab World.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0be4c562ed915bc20242dea16fed83ed.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Three Dangerous Men: Russia, China, Iran and the Rise of Irregular Warfare by Seth G. Jones</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/three-dangerous-men-russia-china-iran-and-the-rise-of-irregular-warfare-by-seth-g-jones--65207324</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521832" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521832</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Dangerous Men: Russia, China, Iran and the Rise of Irregular Warfare Author: Seth G. Jones Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: September  7, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How three key figures in Moscow, Beijing, and Tehran built ruthless irregular warfare campaigns that are eroding American power. In Three Dangerous Men, defense expert Seth Jones argues that the US is woefully unprepared for the future of global competition. While America has focused on building fighter jets, missiles, and conventional warfighting capabilities, its three principal rivals—Russia, Iran, and China—have increasingly adopted irregular warfare: cyber attacks, the use of proxy forces, propaganda, espionage, and disinformation to undermine American power. Jones profiles three pioneers of irregular warfare in Moscow, Beijing, and Tehran who adapted American techniques and made huge gains without waging traditional warfare: Russian Chief of Staff Valery Gerasimov; the deceased Iranian Major General Qassem Soleimani; and vice chairman of China’s Central Military Commission Zhang Youxia. Each has spent his career studying American power and devised techniques to avoid a conventional or nuclear war with the US. Gerasimov helped oversee a resurgence of Russian irregular warfare, which included attempts to undermine the 2016 and 2020 US presidential elections and the SolarWinds cyber attack. Soleimani was so effective in expanding Iranian power in the Middle East that Washington targeted him for assassination. Zhang Youxia presents the most alarming challenge because China has more power and potential at its disposal. Drawing on interviews with dozens of US military, diplomatic, and intelligence officials, as well as hundreds of documents translated from Russian, Farsi, and Mandarin, Jones shows how America’s rivals have bloodied its reputation and seized territory worldwide. Instead of standing up to autocratic regimes, Jones demonstrates that the United States has largely abandoned the kind of information, special operations, intelligence, and economic and diplomatic action that helped win the Cold War. In a powerful conclusion, Jones details the key steps the United States must take to alter how it thinks about—and engages in—competition before it is too late.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521832</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Sep 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207324/9780593553466.mp3" length="4837060" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521832 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Dangerous Men: Russia, China, Iran and the Rise of Irregular Warfare Author: Seth G. Jones Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521832" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521832</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Dangerous Men: Russia, China, Iran and the Rise of Irregular Warfare Author: Seth G. Jones Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: September  7, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How three key figures in Moscow, Beijing, and Tehran built ruthless irregular warfare campaigns that are eroding American power. In Three Dangerous Men, defense expert Seth Jones argues that the US is woefully unprepared for the future of global competition. While America has focused on building fighter jets, missiles, and conventional warfighting capabilities, its three principal rivals—Russia, Iran, and China—have increasingly adopted irregular warfare: cyber attacks, the use of proxy forces, propaganda, espionage, and disinformation to undermine American power. Jones profiles three pioneers of irregular warfare in Moscow, Beijing, and Tehran who adapted American techniques and made huge gains without waging traditional warfare: Russian Chief of Staff Valery Gerasimov; the deceased Iranian Major General Qassem Soleimani; and vice chairman of China’s Central Military Commission Zhang Youxia. Each has spent his career studying American power and devised techniques to avoid a conventional or nuclear war with the US. Gerasimov helped oversee a resurgence of Russian irregular warfare, which included attempts to undermine the 2016 and 2020 US presidential elections and the SolarWinds cyber attack. Soleimani was so effective in expanding Iranian power in the Middle East that Washington targeted him for assassination. Zhang Youxia presents the most alarming challenge because China has more power and potential at its disposal. Drawing on interviews with dozens of US military, diplomatic, and intelligence officials, as well as hundreds of documents translated from Russian, Farsi, and Mandarin, Jones shows how America’s rivals have bloodied its reputation and seized territory worldwide. Instead of standing up to autocratic regimes, Jones demonstrates that the United States has largely abandoned the kind of information, special operations, intelligence, and economic and diplomatic action that helped win the Cold War. In a powerful conclusion, Jones details the key steps the United States must take to alter how it thinks about—and engages in—competition before it is too late.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/029d7f5d60542134ff374d5d9b115c35.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>System Error: Where Big Tech Went Wrong and How We Can Reboot by Jeremy M. Weinstein, Mehran Sahami, Rob Reich</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/system-error-where-big-tech-went-wrong-and-how-we-can-reboot-by-jeremy-m-weinstein-mehran-sahami-rob-reich--65207313</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522373" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522373</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: System Error: Where Big Tech Went Wrong and How We Can Reboot Author: Jeremy M. Weinstein, Mehran Sahami, Rob Reich Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 28 minutes Release date: September  7, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “Read this if you want to understand how to shape our technological future and reinvigorate democracy along the way.”—Reed Hastings, cofounder and CEO of Netflix ''A triumph: an analysis of the critical challenges facing our digital society that is as accessible as it is sophisticated.'' — Anne-Marie Slaughter, CEO of New America A forward-thinking manifesto from three Stanford professors—experts who have worked at ground zero of the tech revolution for decades—that reveals how big tech’s obsession with optimization and efficiency has sacrificed fundamental human values and outlines steps we can take to change course, renew our democracy, and save ourselves. In no more than the blink of an eye, a naïve optimism about technology’s liberating potential has given way to a dystopian obsession with biased algorithms, surveillance capitalism, and job-displacing robots. Yet too few of us see any alternative to accepting the onward march of technology. We have simply accepted a technological future designed for us by technologists, the venture capitalists who fund them, and the politicians who give them free rein. It doesn’t need to be this way. System Error exposes the root of our current predicament: how big tech’s relentless focus on optimization is driving a future that reinforces discrimination, erodes privacy, displaces workers, and pollutes the information we get. This optimization mindset substitutes what companies care about for the values that we as a democratic society might choose to prioritize. Well-intentioned optimizers fail to measure all that is meaningful and, when their creative disruptions achieve great scale, they impose their values upon the rest of us. Armed with an understanding of how technologists think and exercise their power, three Stanford professors—a philosopher working at the intersection of tech and ethics, a political scientist who served under Obama, and the director of the undergraduate Computer Science program at Stanford (also an early Google engineer)—reveal how we can hold that power to account. Troubled by the values that permeate the university’s student body and its culture, they worked together to chart a new path forward, creating a popular course to transform how tomorrow’s technologists approach their profession. Now, as the dominance of big tech becomes an explosive societal conundrum, they share their provocative insights and concrete solutions to help everyone understand what is happening, what is at stake, and what we can do to control technology instead of letting it control us.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522373</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Sep 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207313/9780063064904.mp3" length="2437251" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522373 to listen full audiobooks. Title: System Error: Where Big Tech Went Wrong and How We Can Reboot Author: Jeremy M. Weinstein, Mehran Sahami, Rob Reich Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522373" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522373</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: System Error: Where Big Tech Went Wrong and How We Can Reboot Author: Jeremy M. Weinstein, Mehran Sahami, Rob Reich Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 28 minutes Release date: September  7, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  “Read this if you want to understand how to shape our technological future and reinvigorate democracy along the way.”—Reed Hastings, cofounder and CEO of Netflix ''A triumph: an analysis of the critical challenges facing our digital society that is as accessible as it is sophisticated.'' — Anne-Marie Slaughter, CEO of New America A forward-thinking manifesto from three Stanford professors—experts who have worked at ground zero of the tech revolution for decades—that reveals how big tech’s obsession with optimization and efficiency has sacrificed fundamental human values and outlines steps we can take to change course, renew our democracy, and save ourselves. In no more than the blink of an eye, a naïve optimism about technology’s liberating potential has given way to a dystopian obsession with biased algorithms, surveillance capitalism, and job-displacing robots. Yet too few of us see any alternative to accepting the onward march of technology. We have simply accepted a technological future designed for us by technologists, the venture capitalists who fund them, and the politicians who give them free rein. It doesn’t need to be this way. System Error exposes the root of our current predicament: how big tech’s relentless focus on optimization is driving a future that reinforces discrimination, erodes privacy, displaces workers, and pollutes the information we get. This optimization mindset substitutes what companies care about for the values that we as a democratic society might choose to prioritize. Well-intentioned optimizers fail to measure all that is meaningful and, when their creative disruptions achieve great scale, they impose their values upon the rest of us. Armed with an understanding of how technologists think and exercise their power, three Stanford professors—a philosopher working at the intersection of tech and ethics, a political scientist who served under Obama, and the director of the undergraduate Computer Science program at Stanford (also an early Google engineer)—reveal how we can hold that power to account. Troubled by the values that permeate the university’s student body and its culture, they worked together to chart a new path forward, creating a popular course to transform how tomorrow’s technologists approach their profession. Now, as the dominance of big tech becomes an explosive societal conundrum, they share their provocative insights and concrete solutions to help everyone understand what is happening, what is at stake, and what we can do to control technology instead of letting it control us.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2a2646338faebba25c7ab44cf19f5824.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Reflections of a Nonpolitical Man by Thomas Mann</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/reflections-of-a-nonpolitical-man-by-thomas-mann--65207323</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523669" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523669</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reflections of a Nonpolitical Man Author: Thomas Mann Narrator: Graham Rowat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 10 minutes Release date: September  7, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A classic, controversial book exploring German culture and identity by the author of Death in Venice and The Magic Mountain, now back in print. When the Great War broke out in August 1914, Thomas Mann, like so many people on both sides of the conflict, was exhilarated. Finally, the era of decadence that he had anatomized in Death in Venice had come to an end; finally, there was a cause worth fighting and even dying for, or, at least when it came to Mann himself, writing about. Mann immediately picked up his pen to compose a paean to the German cause. Soon after, his elder brother and lifelong rival, the novelist Heinrich Mann, responded with a no less determined denunciation. Thomas took it as an unforgivable stab in the back. The bitter dispute between the brothers would swell into the strange, tortured, brilliant, sometimes perverse literary performance that is Reflections of a Nonpolitical Man, a book that Mann worked on and added to throughout the war and that bears an intimate relation to his postwar masterpiece The Magic Mountain. Wild and ungainly though Mann's reflections can be, they nonetheless constitute, as Mark Lilla demonstrates in a new introduction, a key meditation on the freedom of the artist and the distance between literature and politics.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523669</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Sep 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207323/9781666137668.mp3" length="14437200" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523669 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reflections of a Nonpolitical Man Author: Thomas Mann Narrator: Graham Rowat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 10 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523669" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523669</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reflections of a Nonpolitical Man Author: Thomas Mann Narrator: Graham Rowat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 10 minutes Release date: September  7, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A classic, controversial book exploring German culture and identity by the author of Death in Venice and The Magic Mountain, now back in print. When the Great War broke out in August 1914, Thomas Mann, like so many people on both sides of the conflict, was exhilarated. Finally, the era of decadence that he had anatomized in Death in Venice had come to an end; finally, there was a cause worth fighting and even dying for, or, at least when it came to Mann himself, writing about. Mann immediately picked up his pen to compose a paean to the German cause. Soon after, his elder brother and lifelong rival, the novelist Heinrich Mann, responded with a no less determined denunciation. Thomas took it as an unforgivable stab in the back. The bitter dispute between the brothers would swell into the strange, tortured, brilliant, sometimes perverse literary performance that is Reflections of a Nonpolitical Man, a book that Mann worked on and added to throughout the war and that bears an intimate relation to his postwar masterpiece The Magic Mountain. Wild and ungainly though Mann's reflections can be, they nonetheless constitute, as Mark Lilla demonstrates in a new introduction, a key meditation on the freedom of the artist and the distance between literature and politics.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/27f964324a48a94d2b4c5a3e28365b9d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Return: Why We Go Back to Where We Come From by Kamal Al-Solaylee</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/return-why-we-go-back-to-where-we-come-from-by-kamal-al-solaylee--65207238</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530097" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530097</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Return: Why We Go Back to Where We Come From Author: Kamal Al-Solaylee Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September  7, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A Globe and Mail, Hill Times and CBC Best Book of the Year Have you ever wondered what it would be like to return to your roots? Drawing on astute political analysis and extensive reporting from around the world, Return: Why We Go Back to Where We Come From illuminates a personal quest. Kamal Al-Solaylee, author of the bestselling and award-winning Intolerable: A Memoir of Extremes and Brown: What Being Brown in the World Today Means (to Everyone), yearns to return to his homeland of Yemen, now wracked by war, starvation and daily violence, to reconnect with his family. Yemen, as well as Egypt, another childhood home, call to him, even though he ran away from them in his youth and found peace and prosperity in Canada. In Return, Al-Solaylee interviews dozens of people who have chosen to or long to return to their homelands, from Basques to Irish to Taiwanese. He does make a return of sorts himself, to the Middle East, visiting Israel and the West Bank, as well as Egypt. A chronicle of love and loss, of global reach and personal desires, Return is a book for anyone who has ever wondered what it would be like to return to their roots.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530097</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Sep 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207238/9781443463775.mp3" length="2437193" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530097 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Return: Why We Go Back to Where We Come From Author: Kamal Al-Solaylee Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530097" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530097</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Return: Why We Go Back to Where We Come From Author: Kamal Al-Solaylee Narrator: Fajer Al-Kaisi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: September  7, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A Globe and Mail, Hill Times and CBC Best Book of the Year Have you ever wondered what it would be like to return to your roots? Drawing on astute political analysis and extensive reporting from around the world, Return: Why We Go Back to Where We Come From illuminates a personal quest. Kamal Al-Solaylee, author of the bestselling and award-winning Intolerable: A Memoir of Extremes and Brown: What Being Brown in the World Today Means (to Everyone), yearns to return to his homeland of Yemen, now wracked by war, starvation and daily violence, to reconnect with his family. Yemen, as well as Egypt, another childhood home, call to him, even though he ran away from them in his youth and found peace and prosperity in Canada. In Return, Al-Solaylee interviews dozens of people who have chosen to or long to return to their homelands, from Basques to Irish to Taiwanese. He does make a return of sorts himself, to the Middle East, visiting Israel and the West Bank, as well as Egypt. A chronicle of love and loss, of global reach and personal desires, Return is a book for anyone who has ever wondered what it would be like to return to their roots.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1288aee166488d9ba237e25a36856253.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Charlie Brown's America: The Popular Politics of Peanuts by Blake Scott Ball</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/charlie-brown-s-america-the-popular-politics-of-peanuts-by-blake-scott-ball--65207397</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523631" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523631</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charlie Brown's America: The Popular Politics of Peanuts Author: Blake Scott Ball Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 31, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In postwar America, there was no newspaper comic strip more recognizable than Charles Schulz's Peanuts. It was everywhere, not just in thousands of daily newspapers. For nearly fifty years, Peanuts was a mainstay of American popular culture in television, movies, and merchandising, from the Macy's Thanksgiving Day Parade to the White House to the breakfast table. Most people have come to associate Peanuts with the innocence of childhood, not the social and political turmoil of the 1960s and 1970s. Some have even argued that Peanuts was so beloved because it was apolitical. The truth, as Blake Scott Ball shows, is that Peanuts was very political. Whether it was the battles over the Vietnam War, racial integration, feminism, or the future of a nuclear world, Peanuts was a daily conversation about very real hopes and fears and the political realities of the Cold War world. As thousands of fan letters, interviews, and behind-the-scenes documents reveal, Charles Schulz used his comic strip to project his ideas to a mass audience and comment on the rapidly changing politics of America. Charlie Brown's America covers all of these debates and much more in a historical journey through the tumultuous decades of the Cold War as seen through the eyes of Charlie Brown, Lucy, Linus, Peppermint Patty, Snoopy, and the rest of the Peanuts gang.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523631</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 Aug 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207397/9781696605410.mp3" length="14437237" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523631 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charlie Brown's America: The Popular Politics of Peanuts Author: Blake Scott Ball Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523631" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523631</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Charlie Brown's America: The Popular Politics of Peanuts Author: Blake Scott Ball Narrator: Johnny Heller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 47 minutes Release date: August 31, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In postwar America, there was no newspaper comic strip more recognizable than Charles Schulz's Peanuts. It was everywhere, not just in thousands of daily newspapers. For nearly fifty years, Peanuts was a mainstay of American popular culture in television, movies, and merchandising, from the Macy's Thanksgiving Day Parade to the White House to the breakfast table. Most people have come to associate Peanuts with the innocence of childhood, not the social and political turmoil of the 1960s and 1970s. Some have even argued that Peanuts was so beloved because it was apolitical. The truth, as Blake Scott Ball shows, is that Peanuts was very political. Whether it was the battles over the Vietnam War, racial integration, feminism, or the future of a nuclear world, Peanuts was a daily conversation about very real hopes and fears and the political realities of the Cold War world. As thousands of fan letters, interviews, and behind-the-scenes documents reveal, Charles Schulz used his comic strip to project his ideas to a mass audience and comment on the rapidly changing politics of America. Charlie Brown's America covers all of these debates and much more in a historical journey through the tumultuous decades of the Cold War as seen through the eyes of Charlie Brown, Lucy, Linus, Peppermint Patty, Snoopy, and the rest of the Peanuts gang.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/224ea2e66d33c34ec5834185c9664aed.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Splitting, Second Edition: Protecting Yourself While Divorcing Someone with Borderline or Narcissistic Personality Disorder by Randi Kreger,</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/splitting-second-edition-protecting-yourself-while-divorcing-someone-with-borderline-or-narcissistic-personality-disorder-by-randi-kreger--65207380</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521314" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521314</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Splitting, Second Edition: Protecting Yourself While Divorcing Someone with Borderline or Narcissistic Personality Disorder Author: Randi Kreger, Bill Eddy LCSW JD Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 31, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Are you divorcing someone who's making the process as difficult as possible? Are they sending you nasty emails, falsifying the truth, putting your children in the middle, abusing you, or abusing the system? Are they 'persuasive blamers,' manipulating and fooling court personnel to get them on their side? If so, you need this book. Splitting is an essential legal and psychological guide for anyone divorcing a persuasive blamer: someone who suffers from borderline personality disorder (BPD), narcissistic personality disorder (NPD), and/or antisocial personality disorder (ASPD). This second edition includes new information about antisocial personalities; expanded information about domestic violence, child abuse, alienation, and false allegations; how to approach protective orders and deal with child custody disputes; and a new chapter on how to successfully present your case to decision makers. Turn to this guide to help you: ● Predict what your spouse may do or say in court ● Take control of your case with assertiveness and strategic thinking ● Choose a lawyer who understands your case ● Learn how e-mails and social networking can be used against you.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521314</guid><pubDate>Tue, 31 Aug 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207380/9781666110289.mp3" length="14437231" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521314 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Splitting, Second Edition: Protecting Yourself While Divorcing Someone with Borderline or Narcissistic Personality Disorder Author: Randi Kreger, Bill...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521314" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521314</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Splitting, Second Edition: Protecting Yourself While Divorcing Someone with Borderline or Narcissistic Personality Disorder Author: Randi Kreger, Bill Eddy LCSW JD Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 31, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Are you divorcing someone who's making the process as difficult as possible? Are they sending you nasty emails, falsifying the truth, putting your children in the middle, abusing you, or abusing the system? Are they 'persuasive blamers,' manipulating and fooling court personnel to get them on their side? If so, you need this book. Splitting is an essential legal and psychological guide for anyone divorcing a persuasive blamer: someone who suffers from borderline personality disorder (BPD), narcissistic personality disorder (NPD), and/or antisocial personality disorder (ASPD). This second edition includes new information about antisocial personalities; expanded information about domestic violence, child abuse, alienation, and false allegations; how to approach protective orders and deal with child custody disputes; and a new chapter on how to successfully present your case to decision makers. Turn to this guide to help you: ● Predict what your spouse may do or say in court ● Take control of your case with assertiveness and strategic thinking ● Choose a lawyer who understands your case ● Learn how e-mails and social networking can be used against you.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/133cb08fd0904116ce84c85026607b45.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Traveling Black: A Story of Race and Resistance by Mia Bay</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/traveling-black-a-story-of-race-and-resistance-by-mia-bay--65207339</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519207" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519207</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Traveling Black: A Story of Race and Resistance Author: Mia Bay Narrator: Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Why have white supremacists and Black activists been so focused on Black mobility? From Plessy v. Ferguson to #DrivingWhileBlack, African Americans have fought for over a century to move freely around the United States. Curious as to why so many cases contesting the doctrine of 'separate but equal' involved trains and buses, Mia Bay went back to the sources with some basic questions: How did travel segregation begin? From stagecoaches and trains to buses, cars, and planes, Traveling Black explores when, how, and why racial restrictions took shape and brilliantly portrays what it was like to live with them. Bay unearths troves of supporting evidence, rescuing forgotten stories of undaunted passengers who made it back home despite being insulted, stranded, re-routed, or ignored. Black travelers never stopped challenging these humiliations and insisting on justice in the courts. Traveling Black upends our understanding of Black resistance, documenting a sustained fight that falls outside the traditional boundaries of the civil rights movement. A masterpiece of scholarly and human insight, this book helps explain why the long, unfinished journey to racial equality so often takes place on the road.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519207</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Aug 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207339/9781666124507.mp3" length="4837061" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519207 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Traveling Black: A Story of Race and Resistance Author: Mia Bay Narrator: Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 4 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519207" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519207</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Traveling Black: A Story of Race and Resistance Author: Mia Bay Narrator: Adenrele Ojo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Why have white supremacists and Black activists been so focused on Black mobility? From Plessy v. Ferguson to #DrivingWhileBlack, African Americans have fought for over a century to move freely around the United States. Curious as to why so many cases contesting the doctrine of 'separate but equal' involved trains and buses, Mia Bay went back to the sources with some basic questions: How did travel segregation begin? From stagecoaches and trains to buses, cars, and planes, Traveling Black explores when, how, and why racial restrictions took shape and brilliantly portrays what it was like to live with them. Bay unearths troves of supporting evidence, rescuing forgotten stories of undaunted passengers who made it back home despite being insulted, stranded, re-routed, or ignored. Black travelers never stopped challenging these humiliations and insisting on justice in the courts. Traveling Black upends our understanding of Black resistance, documenting a sustained fight that falls outside the traditional boundaries of the civil rights movement. A masterpiece of scholarly and human insight, this book helps explain why the long, unfinished journey to racial equality so often takes place on the road.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f4be9e64376f09e0d5d2aefeda44dc36.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Life in the City of Dirty Water: A Memoir of Healing by Clayton Thomas-Muller</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/life-in-the-city-of-dirty-water-a-memoir-of-healing-by-clayton-thomas-muller--65207332</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521828" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521828</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life in the City of Dirty Water: A Memoir of Healing Author: Clayton Thomas-Muller Narrator: Clayton Thomas-Muller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  *FINALIST FOR 2022 CANADA READS* *SHORTLISTED FOR THE 2022 J.W. DAFOE BOOK PRIZE* *SHORTLISTED FOR THE 2022 MANITOBA BOOK AWARDS’ MCNALLY ROBINSON BOOK OF THE YEAR AWARD*       NATIONAL BESTSELLER  A gritty and inspiring memoir from renowned Cree environmental activist Clayton Thomas-Muller, who escaped the world of drugs and gang life to take up the warrior’s fight against the assault on Indigenous peoples’ lands—and eventually the warrior’s spirituality. There have been many Clayton Thomas-Mullers: The child who played with toy planes as an escape from domestic and sexual abuse, enduring the intergenerational trauma of Canada's residential school system; the angry youngster who defended himself with fists and sharp wit against racism and violence, at school and on the streets of Winnipeg and small-town British Columbia; the tough teenager who, at 17, managed a drug house run by members of his family, and slipped in and out of juvie, operating in a world of violence and pain. But behind them all, there was another Clayton: the one who remained immersed in Cree spirituality, and who embraced the rituals and ways of thinking vital to his heritage; the one who reconnected with the land during summer visits to his great-grandparents' trapline in his home territory of Pukatawagan in northern Manitoba. And it's this version of Clayton that ultimately triumphed, finding healing by directly facing the trauma that he shares with Indigenous peoples around the world. Now a leading organizer and activist on the frontlines of environmental resistance, Clayton brings his warrior spirit to the fight against the ongoing assault on Indigenous peoples' lands by Big Oil. Tying together personal stories of survival that bring the realities of the First Nations of this land into sharp focus, and lessons learned from a career as a frontline activist committed to addressing environmental injustice at a global scale, Thomas-Muller offers a narrative and vision of healing and responsibility.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521828</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Aug 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207332/9780735243972.mp3" length="4837130" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521828 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life in the City of Dirty Water: A Memoir of Healing Author: Clayton Thomas-Muller Narrator: Clayton Thomas-Muller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521828" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521828</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Life in the City of Dirty Water: A Memoir of Healing Author: Clayton Thomas-Muller Narrator: Clayton Thomas-Muller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  *FINALIST FOR 2022 CANADA READS* *SHORTLISTED FOR THE 2022 J.W. DAFOE BOOK PRIZE* *SHORTLISTED FOR THE 2022 MANITOBA BOOK AWARDS’ MCNALLY ROBINSON BOOK OF THE YEAR AWARD*       NATIONAL BESTSELLER  A gritty and inspiring memoir from renowned Cree environmental activist Clayton Thomas-Muller, who escaped the world of drugs and gang life to take up the warrior’s fight against the assault on Indigenous peoples’ lands—and eventually the warrior’s spirituality. There have been many Clayton Thomas-Mullers: The child who played with toy planes as an escape from domestic and sexual abuse, enduring the intergenerational trauma of Canada's residential school system; the angry youngster who defended himself with fists and sharp wit against racism and violence, at school and on the streets of Winnipeg and small-town British Columbia; the tough teenager who, at 17, managed a drug house run by members of his family, and slipped in and out of juvie, operating in a world of violence and pain. But behind them all, there was another Clayton: the one who remained immersed in Cree spirituality, and who embraced the rituals and ways of thinking vital to his heritage; the one who reconnected with the land during summer visits to his great-grandparents' trapline in his home territory of Pukatawagan in northern Manitoba. And it's this version of Clayton that ultimately triumphed, finding healing by directly facing the trauma that he shares with Indigenous peoples around the world. Now a leading organizer and activist on the frontlines of environmental resistance, Clayton brings his warrior spirit to the fight against the ongoing assault on Indigenous peoples' lands by Big Oil. Tying together personal stories of survival that bring the realities of the First Nations of this land into sharp focus, and lessons learned from a career as a frontline activist committed to addressing environmental injustice at a global scale, Thomas-Muller offers a narrative and vision of healing and responsibility.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e0380271846c28ab9a74cca82ab35668.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Presumed Guilty: How the Supreme Court Empowered the Police and Subverted Civil Rights by Erwin Chemerinsky</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/presumed-guilty-how-the-supreme-court-empowered-the-police-and-subverted-civil-rights-by-erwin-chemerinsky--65207371</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523633" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523633</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presumed Guilty: How the Supreme Court Empowered the Police and Subverted Civil Rights Author: Erwin Chemerinsky Narrator: Perry Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Library Journal ● 'Books and Authors to Know: Titles to Watch 2021' Presumed Guilty reveals how the Supreme Court allows the perpetuation of racist policing by presuming that suspects, especially people of color, are guilty. Presumed Guilty, like the bestselling The Color of Law, is a 'smoking gun' of civil rights research, a troubling history that reveals how the Supreme Court enabled racist policing and sanctioned law enforcement excesses. The fact that police are nine times more likely to kill Black men than other Americans is no accident; it is the result of an elaborate body of doctrines that allow the police and courts to presume that suspects are guilty before being charged. Demonstrating how the prodefendant Warren Court was a brief historical aberration, Erwin Chemerinsky shows how this more liberal era ended with Nixon's presidency and the ascendance of conservative justices, whose rulings have permitted stops and frisks, limited suits to reform police departments, and even abetted the use of chokeholds. Presumed Guilty concludes that an approach to policing that continues to exalt 'Dirty Harry' can be transformed only by a robust court system committed to civil rights.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523633</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Aug 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207371/9781696606554.mp3" length="14437152" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523633 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presumed Guilty: How the Supreme Court Empowered the Police and Subverted Civil Rights Author: Erwin Chemerinsky Narrator: Perry Daniels Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523633" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523633</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Presumed Guilty: How the Supreme Court Empowered the Police and Subverted Civil Rights Author: Erwin Chemerinsky Narrator: Perry Daniels Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Library Journal ● 'Books and Authors to Know: Titles to Watch 2021' Presumed Guilty reveals how the Supreme Court allows the perpetuation of racist policing by presuming that suspects, especially people of color, are guilty. Presumed Guilty, like the bestselling The Color of Law, is a 'smoking gun' of civil rights research, a troubling history that reveals how the Supreme Court enabled racist policing and sanctioned law enforcement excesses. The fact that police are nine times more likely to kill Black men than other Americans is no accident; it is the result of an elaborate body of doctrines that allow the police and courts to presume that suspects are guilty before being charged. Demonstrating how the prodefendant Warren Court was a brief historical aberration, Erwin Chemerinsky shows how this more liberal era ended with Nixon's presidency and the ascendance of conservative justices, whose rulings have permitted stops and frisks, limited suits to reform police departments, and even abetted the use of chokeholds. Presumed Guilty concludes that an approach to policing that continues to exalt 'Dirty Harry' can be transformed only by a robust court system committed to civil rights.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e44fbc7a9fde51979658e83828d2793f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Subtle Tools: The Dismantling of American Democracy from the War on Terror to Donald Trump by Karen J. Greenberg</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/subtle-tools-the-dismantling-of-american-democracy-from-the-war-on-terror-to-donald-trump-by-karen-j-greenberg--65207340</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523685" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523685</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subtle Tools: The Dismantling of American Democracy from the War on Terror to Donald Trump Author: Karen J. Greenberg Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In the wake of the September 11 terror attacks, the American government implemented a wave of overt policies to fight the nation's enemies. Unseen and undetected by the public, however, another set of tools were brought to bear on the domestic front. One of today's leading experts on the US security state shows how these 'subtle tools' imperiled the very foundations of democracy, from the separation of powers and transparency in government to adherence to the Constitution. Karen Greenberg describes the subtle tools that were forged under George W. Bush in the name of security: imprecise language, bureaucratic confusion, secrecy, and the bypassing of procedural and legal norms. While the power and legacy of these tools lasted into the Obama years, reliance on them increased exponentially in the Trump era, both in the fight against terrorism abroad and in battles closer to home. Greenberg discusses how the Trump administration weaponized these tools to separate families at the border, suppress Black Lives Matter protests, and attempt to overturn the 2020 presidential election. Subtle Tools paints a troubling portrait of an increasingly undemocratic America where disinformation, xenophobia, and disdain for the law became the new norm, and where the subtle tools of national security threatened democracy itself.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523685</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Aug 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207340/9781666148183.mp3" length="14437204" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523685 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subtle Tools: The Dismantling of American Democracy from the War on Terror to Donald Trump Author: Karen J. Greenberg Narrator: Kim Niemi Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523685" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523685</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Subtle Tools: The Dismantling of American Democracy from the War on Terror to Donald Trump Author: Karen J. Greenberg Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In the wake of the September 11 terror attacks, the American government implemented a wave of overt policies to fight the nation's enemies. Unseen and undetected by the public, however, another set of tools were brought to bear on the domestic front. One of today's leading experts on the US security state shows how these 'subtle tools' imperiled the very foundations of democracy, from the separation of powers and transparency in government to adherence to the Constitution. Karen Greenberg describes the subtle tools that were forged under George W. Bush in the name of security: imprecise language, bureaucratic confusion, secrecy, and the bypassing of procedural and legal norms. While the power and legacy of these tools lasted into the Obama years, reliance on them increased exponentially in the Trump era, both in the fight against terrorism abroad and in battles closer to home. Greenberg discusses how the Trump administration weaponized these tools to separate families at the border, suppress Black Lives Matter protests, and attempt to overturn the 2020 presidential election. Subtle Tools paints a troubling portrait of an increasingly undemocratic America where disinformation, xenophobia, and disdain for the law became the new norm, and where the subtle tools of national security threatened democracy itself.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2d5274c2c9c334a50388eeb09cc4472a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Case Against the New Censorship: Protecting Free Speech from Big Tech, Progressives, and Universities by Alan M. Dershowitz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-case-against-the-new-censorship-protecting-free-speech-from-big-tech-progressives-and-universities-by-alan-m-dershowitz--65207336</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526859" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526859</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against the New Censorship: Protecting Free Speech from Big Tech, Progressives, and Universities Author: Alan M. Dershowitz Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Alan Dershowitz has been called 'one of the most prominent and consistent defenders of civil liberties in America' by Politico and 'the nation's most peripatetic civil liberties lawyer and one of its most distinguished defenders of individual rights' by Newsweek. He is also a fair-minded and even-handed expert on the Constitution and our civil liberties, and in this book offers his knowledge and insight to help listeners understand the war being waged against free speech by the ostensibly well-meaning forces seeking to constrain this basic right.     The Case Against the New Censorship is an analysis of every aspect of the current fight against freedom of speech, from the cancellations and deplatformings practiced by so-called progressives, to the powerful, seemingly arbitrary control exerted by Big Tech and social media companies, to the stifling of debate and controversial thinking at public and private universities. It assesses the role of the Trump presidency in energizing this backlash against basic liberties and puts it into a broader historical context as it examines how anti-Trump zealots weaponized, distorted, and weakened constitutional protections in an effort to 'get' Trump by any means.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526859</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Aug 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207336/9781666151244.mp3" length="14437199" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526859 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against the New Censorship: Protecting Free Speech from Big Tech, Progressives, and Universities Author: Alan M. Dershowitz Narrator: Jim...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526859" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526859</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Case Against the New Censorship: Protecting Free Speech from Big Tech, Progressives, and Universities Author: Alan M. Dershowitz Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 28 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Alan Dershowitz has been called 'one of the most prominent and consistent defenders of civil liberties in America' by Politico and 'the nation's most peripatetic civil liberties lawyer and one of its most distinguished defenders of individual rights' by Newsweek. He is also a fair-minded and even-handed expert on the Constitution and our civil liberties, and in this book offers his knowledge and insight to help listeners understand the war being waged against free speech by the ostensibly well-meaning forces seeking to constrain this basic right.     The Case Against the New Censorship is an analysis of every aspect of the current fight against freedom of speech, from the cancellations and deplatformings practiced by so-called progressives, to the powerful, seemingly arbitrary control exerted by Big Tech and social media companies, to the stifling of debate and controversial thinking at public and private universities. It assesses the role of the Trump presidency in energizing this backlash against basic liberties and puts it into a broader historical context as it examines how anti-Trump zealots weaponized, distorted, and weakened constitutional protections in an effort to 'get' Trump by any means.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9e8842bd3e195e4cc94d681dc31617ea.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Way Out: How to Overcome Toxic Polarization by Peter T. Coleman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-way-out-how-to-overcome-toxic-polarization-by-peter-t-coleman--65207312</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526311" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526311</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way Out: How to Overcome Toxic Polarization Author: Peter T. Coleman Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The partisan divide in the United States has widened to a chasm. Legislators vote along party lines and rarely cross the aisle. Political polarization is personal, too—and it is making us miserable. Surveys show that Americans have become more fearful and hateful of supporters of the opposing political party and imagine that they hold much more extreme views than they actually do. How can we loosen the grip of this toxic polarization and start working on our most pressing problems? The Way Out offers an escape from this morass. Social psychologist Peter T. Coleman explores how conflict resolution and complexity science provide guidance for dealing with seemingly intractable political differences. Deploying the concept of attractors in dynamical systems, he explains why we are stuck in this rut as well as the unexpected ways that deeply rooted oppositions can and do change. Coleman meticulously details principles and practices for navigating and healing the difficult divides in our homes, workplaces, and communities, blending compelling personal accounts from his years of working on entrenched conflicts with lessons from leading-edge research. The Way Out is a vital and timely guide to breaking free from the cycle of mutual contempt in order to better our lives, relationships, and country.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526311</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Aug 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207312/9781666142143.mp3" length="14437171" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526311 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way Out: How to Overcome Toxic Polarization Author: Peter T. Coleman Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526311" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526311</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way Out: How to Overcome Toxic Polarization Author: Peter T. Coleman Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The partisan divide in the United States has widened to a chasm. Legislators vote along party lines and rarely cross the aisle. Political polarization is personal, too—and it is making us miserable. Surveys show that Americans have become more fearful and hateful of supporters of the opposing political party and imagine that they hold much more extreme views than they actually do. How can we loosen the grip of this toxic polarization and start working on our most pressing problems? The Way Out offers an escape from this morass. Social psychologist Peter T. Coleman explores how conflict resolution and complexity science provide guidance for dealing with seemingly intractable political differences. Deploying the concept of attractors in dynamical systems, he explains why we are stuck in this rut as well as the unexpected ways that deeply rooted oppositions can and do change. Coleman meticulously details principles and practices for navigating and healing the difficult divides in our homes, workplaces, and communities, blending compelling personal accounts from his years of working on entrenched conflicts with lessons from leading-edge research. The Way Out is a vital and timely guide to breaking free from the cycle of mutual contempt in order to better our lives, relationships, and country.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b91b0a1f2a42f2aa2737b60c0540685a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Beginning and End of Rape: Confronting Sexual Violence in Native America by Sarah Deer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-beginning-and-end-of-rape-confronting-sexual-violence-in-native-america-by-sarah-deer--65207303</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526862" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526862</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Beginning and End of Rape: Confronting Sexual Violence in Native America Author: Sarah Deer Narrator: Rainy Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Despite what major media sources say, violence against Native women is not an epidemic. An epidemic is biological and blameless. Violence against Native women is historical and political, bounded by oppression and colonial violence. This book, like all of Sarah Deer's work, is aimed at engaging the problem head-on—and ending it. The Beginning and End of Rape collects and expands the powerful writings in which Deer has advocated for cultural and legal reforms to protect Native women from endemic sexual violence and abuse. Deer provides a clear historical overview of rape and sex trafficking in North America, paying particular attention to the gendered legacy of colonialism in tribal nations—a truth largely overlooked or minimized by Native and non-Native observers. She faces this legacy directly, articulating strategies for Native communities and tribal nations seeking redress. In a damning critique of federal law that has accommodated rape by destroying tribal legal systems, she describes how tribal self-determination efforts of the twenty-first century can be leveraged to eradicate violence against women. Her work bridges the gap between Indian law and feminist thinking by explaining how intersectional approaches are vital to addressing the rape of Native women. Contains mature themes.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526862</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Aug 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207303/9781666133820.mp3" length="14437174" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526862 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Beginning and End of Rape: Confronting Sexual Violence in Native America Author: Sarah Deer Narrator: Rainy Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526862" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526862</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Beginning and End of Rape: Confronting Sexual Violence in Native America Author: Sarah Deer Narrator: Rainy Fields Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Despite what major media sources say, violence against Native women is not an epidemic. An epidemic is biological and blameless. Violence against Native women is historical and political, bounded by oppression and colonial violence. This book, like all of Sarah Deer's work, is aimed at engaging the problem head-on—and ending it. The Beginning and End of Rape collects and expands the powerful writings in which Deer has advocated for cultural and legal reforms to protect Native women from endemic sexual violence and abuse. Deer provides a clear historical overview of rape and sex trafficking in North America, paying particular attention to the gendered legacy of colonialism in tribal nations—a truth largely overlooked or minimized by Native and non-Native observers. She faces this legacy directly, articulating strategies for Native communities and tribal nations seeking redress. In a damning critique of federal law that has accommodated rape by destroying tribal legal systems, she describes how tribal self-determination efforts of the twenty-first century can be leveraged to eradicate violence against women. Her work bridges the gap between Indian law and feminist thinking by explaining how intersectional approaches are vital to addressing the rape of Native women. Contains mature themes.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c1b928267d555957da0533d5bb371a96.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Two Roads Diverged: A Second Chance for the Republican Party, the Conservative Movement, the Nation - and Ourselves by Mark Sanford</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/two-roads-diverged-a-second-chance-for-the-republican-party-the-conservative-movement-the-nation-and-ourselves-by-mark-sanford--65207271</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530278" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530278</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Roads Diverged: A Second Chance for the Republican Party, the Conservative Movement, the Nation - and Ourselves Author: Mark Sanford Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Former Republican governor and congressman Mark Sanford shares his brutally honest and hard-hitting political memoir. Sanford first tells the story of his two very different falls and how the hard lessons he learned from the first led him to inevitably choosing the second by maintaining his integrity and opposing Trump. In Two Roads Diverged Sanford analyzes the immense harm he believes Trump's presidency of lies, cronyism, shady dealings, and bullying caused to our country, and especially to the Republican party. Within four years, the GOP was synonymous with fake news, extreme divisiveness, and brazen lies. Rather than becoming great again, the party had degenerated into a personality cult centered around Donald Trump. But Sanford strongly believes that the Republican party has a choice at its current crossroads. Two Roads Diverged is also a serious examination of what fellow conservatives can do to help calm today's political waters and build a better future for both the party and the country. As he was, the GOP has been given a second chance . . . if those in the party are wise enough to recognize it, and brave enough to take it.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530278</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Aug 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207271/9781696607179.mp3" length="14437198" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530278 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Roads Diverged: A Second Chance for the Republican Party, the Conservative Movement, the Nation - and Ourselves Author: Mark Sanford Narrator: Jim...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530278" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530278</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Two Roads Diverged: A Second Chance for the Republican Party, the Conservative Movement, the Nation - and Ourselves Author: Mark Sanford Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Former Republican governor and congressman Mark Sanford shares his brutally honest and hard-hitting political memoir. Sanford first tells the story of his two very different falls and how the hard lessons he learned from the first led him to inevitably choosing the second by maintaining his integrity and opposing Trump. In Two Roads Diverged Sanford analyzes the immense harm he believes Trump's presidency of lies, cronyism, shady dealings, and bullying caused to our country, and especially to the Republican party. Within four years, the GOP was synonymous with fake news, extreme divisiveness, and brazen lies. Rather than becoming great again, the party had degenerated into a personality cult centered around Donald Trump. But Sanford strongly believes that the Republican party has a choice at its current crossroads. Two Roads Diverged is also a serious examination of what fellow conservatives can do to help calm today's political waters and build a better future for both the party and the country. As he was, the GOP has been given a second chance . . . if those in the party are wise enough to recognize it, and brave enough to take it.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3d427397a6633f0dd588d4464e5d7d3e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Public Citizens: The Attack on Big Government and the Remaking of American Liberalism by Paul Sabin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/public-citizens-the-attack-on-big-government-and-the-remaking-of-american-liberalism-by-paul-sabin--65207248</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530233" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530233</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Public Citizens: The Attack on Big Government and the Remaking of American Liberalism Author: Paul Sabin Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In the 1960s and 1970s, an insurgent attack on traditional liberalism took shape in America. It was built on new ideals of citizen advocacy and the public interest. Drawing energy from civil rights protests and opposition to the Vietnam War, the new citizens' movement drew legions of followers and scored major victories. Citizen advocates disrupted government plans for urban highways and new hydroelectric dams and got Congress to pass tough legislation to protect clean air and clean water. They helped lead a revolution in safety that forced companies and governments to better protect consumers and workers from dangerous products and hazardous work conditions. And yet, in the process, citizen advocates also helped to undermine big government liberalism—the powerful alliance between government, business, and labor that dominated the United States politically in the decades following the New Deal and World War II. Public interest advocates exposed that alliance's secret bargains and unintended consequences. They showed how government power often was used to advance private interests rather than restrain them. In the process of attacking government for its failings and its dangers, the public interest movement struggled to replace traditional liberalism with a new approach to governing.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530233</guid><pubDate>Tue, 24 Aug 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207248/9781666126341.mp3" length="14437223" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530233 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Public Citizens: The Attack on Big Government and the Remaking of American Liberalism Author: Paul Sabin Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530233" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530233</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Public Citizens: The Attack on Big Government and the Remaking of American Liberalism Author: Paul Sabin Narrator: Christopher Douyard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In the 1960s and 1970s, an insurgent attack on traditional liberalism took shape in America. It was built on new ideals of citizen advocacy and the public interest. Drawing energy from civil rights protests and opposition to the Vietnam War, the new citizens' movement drew legions of followers and scored major victories. Citizen advocates disrupted government plans for urban highways and new hydroelectric dams and got Congress to pass tough legislation to protect clean air and clean water. They helped lead a revolution in safety that forced companies and governments to better protect consumers and workers from dangerous products and hazardous work conditions. And yet, in the process, citizen advocates also helped to undermine big government liberalism—the powerful alliance between government, business, and labor that dominated the United States politically in the decades following the New Deal and World War II. Public interest advocates exposed that alliance's secret bargains and unintended consequences. They showed how government power often was used to advance private interests rather than restrain them. In the process of attacking government for its failings and its dangers, the public interest movement struggled to replace traditional liberalism with a new approach to governing.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1be72701a0f55fe4e50fb8b71d431109.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Our Own Worst Enemy: The Assault from within on Modern Democracy by Tom Nichols</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/our-own-worst-enemy-the-assault-from-within-on-modern-democracy-by-tom-nichols--65207391</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523632" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523632</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Own Worst Enemy: The Assault from within on Modern Democracy Author: Tom Nichols Narrator: Tom Nichols Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Over the past three decades, citizens of democracies who claim to value freedom, tolerance, and the rule of law have increasingly embraced illiberal politicians and platforms. Democracy is in trouble—but who is really to blame? In Our Own Worst Enemy, Tom Nichols challenges the current depictions of the rise of illiberal and anti-democratic movements in the United States and elsewhere as the result of the deprivations of globalization or the malign decisions of elites. Rather, he places the blame for the rise of illiberalism on the people themselves. Nichols traces the illiberalism of the twenty-first century to the growth of unchecked narcissism, rising standards of living, global peace, and a resistance to change. Ordinary citizens, laden with grievances, have joined forces with political entrepreneurs who thrive on the creation of rage rather than on the encouragement of civic virtue and democratic cooperation. While it will be difficult, Nichols argues that we need to defend democracy by resurrecting the virtues of altruism, compromise, stoicism, and cooperation—and by recognizing how good we've actually had it in the modern world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523632</guid><pubDate>Thu, 19 Aug 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207391/9781696606530.mp3" length="14437179" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523632 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Own Worst Enemy: The Assault from within on Modern Democracy Author: Tom Nichols Narrator: Tom Nichols Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523632" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523632</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Our Own Worst Enemy: The Assault from within on Modern Democracy Author: Tom Nichols Narrator: Tom Nichols Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 9   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Over the past three decades, citizens of democracies who claim to value freedom, tolerance, and the rule of law have increasingly embraced illiberal politicians and platforms. Democracy is in trouble—but who is really to blame? In Our Own Worst Enemy, Tom Nichols challenges the current depictions of the rise of illiberal and anti-democratic movements in the United States and elsewhere as the result of the deprivations of globalization or the malign decisions of elites. Rather, he places the blame for the rise of illiberalism on the people themselves. Nichols traces the illiberalism of the twenty-first century to the growth of unchecked narcissism, rising standards of living, global peace, and a resistance to change. Ordinary citizens, laden with grievances, have joined forces with political entrepreneurs who thrive on the creation of rage rather than on the encouragement of civic virtue and democratic cooperation. While it will be difficult, Nichols argues that we need to defend democracy by resurrecting the virtues of altruism, compromise, stoicism, and cooperation—and by recognizing how good we've actually had it in the modern world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/660f7c68fe0a35db74dee8120a8b635e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Kennedys in the World: How Jack, Bobby, and Ted Remade America's Empire by Lawrence J. Haas</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-kennedys-in-the-world-how-jack-bobby-and-ted-remade-america-s-empire-by-lawrence-j-haas--65207274</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530292" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530292</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Kennedys in the World: How Jack, Bobby, and Ted Remade America's Empire Author: Lawrence J. Haas Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 17, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Kennedys in the World tells a new, rich, fascinating, and consequential story about Jack, Bobby, and Ted Kennedy. From an early age the brothers developed a deep understanding of the different peoples, cultures, and ideologies around the world; a keen appreciation for the challenges that such differences created for the United States; and a strong desire to reshape America's response to them. From their childhoods in the first half of the twentieth century, the brothers were prodded by their ruthless, demanding, win-at-all-costs father, Joe Kennedy, and their cold and distant mother, Rose, to learn and care about the world—and told they could shape America's role in it. For more than six decades after World War II, the brothers shaped broad issues of war and peace as well as the U.S. response to almost every major global challenge of their times: the Soviet Union and China, the Cold War and Cuba, the Dominican Republic and Chile, Nicaragua and El Salvador, Korea and Vietnam, South Africa and Northern Ireland, and Iraq (twice). In their time, America was what it remains today—the world's greatest power, with roles and responsibilities that stretch across the planet. Consequently, as the brothers remade America's empire, they invariably changed the world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530292</guid><pubDate>Tue, 17 Aug 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207274/9781666128024.mp3" length="14437214" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530292 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Kennedys in the World: How Jack, Bobby, and Ted Remade America's Empire Author: Lawrence J. Haas Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530292" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530292</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Kennedys in the World: How Jack, Bobby, and Ted Remade America's Empire Author: Lawrence J. Haas Narrator: David De Vries Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 12 minutes Release date: August 17, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Kennedys in the World tells a new, rich, fascinating, and consequential story about Jack, Bobby, and Ted Kennedy. From an early age the brothers developed a deep understanding of the different peoples, cultures, and ideologies around the world; a keen appreciation for the challenges that such differences created for the United States; and a strong desire to reshape America's response to them. From their childhoods in the first half of the twentieth century, the brothers were prodded by their ruthless, demanding, win-at-all-costs father, Joe Kennedy, and their cold and distant mother, Rose, to learn and care about the world—and told they could shape America's role in it. For more than six decades after World War II, the brothers shaped broad issues of war and peace as well as the U.S. response to almost every major global challenge of their times: the Soviet Union and China, the Cold War and Cuba, the Dominican Republic and Chile, Nicaragua and El Salvador, Korea and Vietnam, South Africa and Northern Ireland, and Iraq (twice). In their time, America was what it remains today—the world's greatest power, with roles and responsibilities that stretch across the planet. Consequently, as the brothers remade America's empire, they invariably changed the world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/501a0f733904df24421a65c3a1ea503e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Rethinking American Grand Strategy by Christopher Mcknight Nichols, Elizabeth Borgwardt, Andrew Preston</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/rethinking-american-grand-strategy-by-christopher-mcknight-nichols-elizabeth-borgwardt-andrew-preston--65207400</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519246" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519246</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rethinking American Grand Strategy Author: Christopher Mcknight Nichols, Elizabeth Borgwardt, Andrew Preston Narrator: Steve Menasche, Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What is grand strategy? What does it aim to achieve? And what differentiates it from normal strategic thought—what, in other words, makes it 'grand'? In answering these questions, most scholars have focused on diplomacy and warfare, so much so that 'grand strategy' has become almost an equivalent of 'military history.' The traditional attention paid to military affairs is understandable, but in today's world it leaves out much else that could be considered political, and therefore strategic. It is in fact possible to consider, and even reach, a more capacious understanding of grand strategy, one that still includes the battlefield and the negotiating table while expanding beyond them. Rethinking American Grand Strategy assembles a roster of leading historians to examine America's place in the world. Its innovative chapters re-examine familiar figures, such as John Quincy Adams, George Kennan, and Henry Kissinger, while also revealing the forgotten episodes and hidden voices of American grand strategy. They expand the scope of diplomatic and military history by placing the grand strategies of public health, race, gender, humanitarianism, and the law alongside military and diplomatic affairs to reveal hidden strategists as well as strategies.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519246</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Aug 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207400/9781696605427.mp3" length="14437288" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519246 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rethinking American Grand Strategy Author: Christopher Mcknight Nichols, Elizabeth Borgwardt, Andrew Preston Narrator: Steve Menasche, Teri Schnaubelt...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519246" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519246</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rethinking American Grand Strategy Author: Christopher Mcknight Nichols, Elizabeth Borgwardt, Andrew Preston Narrator: Steve Menasche, Teri Schnaubelt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What is grand strategy? What does it aim to achieve? And what differentiates it from normal strategic thought—what, in other words, makes it 'grand'? In answering these questions, most scholars have focused on diplomacy and warfare, so much so that 'grand strategy' has become almost an equivalent of 'military history.' The traditional attention paid to military affairs is understandable, but in today's world it leaves out much else that could be considered political, and therefore strategic. It is in fact possible to consider, and even reach, a more capacious understanding of grand strategy, one that still includes the battlefield and the negotiating table while expanding beyond them. Rethinking American Grand Strategy assembles a roster of leading historians to examine America's place in the world. Its innovative chapters re-examine familiar figures, such as John Quincy Adams, George Kennan, and Henry Kissinger, while also revealing the forgotten episodes and hidden voices of American grand strategy. They expand the scope of diplomatic and military history by placing the grand strategies of public health, race, gender, humanitarianism, and the law alongside military and diplomatic affairs to reveal hidden strategists as well as strategies.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/2dbc5710be69e7ac0776c83d1addf002.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Justice Deferred: Race and the Supreme Court by Armand Derfner, Orville Vernon Burton</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/justice-deferred-race-and-the-supreme-court-by-armand-derfner-orville-vernon-burton--65207346</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519231" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519231</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Justice Deferred: Race and the Supreme Court Author: Armand Derfner, Orville Vernon Burton Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Supreme Court is usually seen as protector of our liberties: it ended segregation, was a guarantor of fair trials, and safeguarded free speech and the vote. But this narrative derives mostly from a short period, from the 1930s to the early 1970s. Before then, the Court spent a century largely ignoring or suppressing basic rights, while the fifty years since 1970 have witnessed a mostly accelerating retreat from racial justice. Historian Orville Vernon Burton and civil rights lawyer Armand Derfner shine a powerful light on the Court's race record—a legacy at times uplifting, but more often distressing and sometimes disgraceful. For nearly a century, the Court ensured that the nineteenth-century Reconstruction Amendments would not truly free and enfranchise African Americans. And the twenty-first century has seen a steady erosion of commitments to enforcing hard-won rights. Addressing nearly two hundred cases involving America's racial minorities, the authors probe the parties involved, the justices' reasoning, and the impact of individual rulings. Much of the fragility of civil rights in America is due to the Supreme Court, but as this sweeping history also reminds us, the justices still have the power to make good on the country's promise of equal rights for all.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519231</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Aug 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207346/9781666124323.mp3" length="4837084" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519231 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Justice Deferred: Race and the Supreme Court Author: Armand Derfner, Orville Vernon Burton Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519231" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519231</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Justice Deferred: Race and the Supreme Court Author: Armand Derfner, Orville Vernon Burton Narrator: Paul Boehmer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 4 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Supreme Court is usually seen as protector of our liberties: it ended segregation, was a guarantor of fair trials, and safeguarded free speech and the vote. But this narrative derives mostly from a short period, from the 1930s to the early 1970s. Before then, the Court spent a century largely ignoring or suppressing basic rights, while the fifty years since 1970 have witnessed a mostly accelerating retreat from racial justice. Historian Orville Vernon Burton and civil rights lawyer Armand Derfner shine a powerful light on the Court's race record—a legacy at times uplifting, but more often distressing and sometimes disgraceful. For nearly a century, the Court ensured that the nineteenth-century Reconstruction Amendments would not truly free and enfranchise African Americans. And the twenty-first century has seen a steady erosion of commitments to enforcing hard-won rights. Addressing nearly two hundred cases involving America's racial minorities, the authors probe the parties involved, the justices' reasoning, and the impact of individual rulings. Much of the fragility of civil rights in America is due to the Supreme Court, but as this sweeping history also reminds us, the justices still have the power to make good on the country's promise of equal rights for all.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ef3ee427c94f6c0f9787c2e3037ebae0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Dear America: Live Like It's 9/12 by Graham Allen</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/dear-america-live-like-it-s-9-12-by-graham-allen--65207325</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518017" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518017</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dear America: Live Like It's 9/12 Author: Graham Allen Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A U.S. Army veteran and rising star in the conservative movement makes the case that the United States should look to the country as it was on September 12th, 2001 for lessons about our future. On the day after the World Trade Center was attacked, Americans came together regardless of race, religion, or sexual orientation. We were united. On that day, nearly every store in the country sold out of American flags. After the events of the last eighteen months, from the Covid-19 pandemic to the constant attempts to divide us by race, Graham Allen believes that we should all look back on the events of 9/12 and remember what unites us. He believes that we do not all have to be the same, that it's okay not to agree on everything, but that we share a common history and a set of values. Just as the year 1776 serves as a reminder of our beginning, 9/12 will serve as a reminder of our present and future.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518017</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Aug 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207325/9781549163807.mp3" length="1478296" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518017 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dear America: Live Like It's 9/12 Author: Graham Allen Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518017" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518017</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dear America: Live Like It's 9/12 Author: Graham Allen Narrator: John Pruden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A U.S. Army veteran and rising star in the conservative movement makes the case that the United States should look to the country as it was on September 12th, 2001 for lessons about our future. On the day after the World Trade Center was attacked, Americans came together regardless of race, religion, or sexual orientation. We were united. On that day, nearly every store in the country sold out of American flags. After the events of the last eighteen months, from the Covid-19 pandemic to the constant attempts to divide us by race, Graham Allen believes that we should all look back on the events of 9/12 and remember what unites us. He believes that we do not all have to be the same, that it's okay not to agree on everything, but that we share a common history and a set of values. Just as the year 1776 serves as a reminder of our beginning, 9/12 will serve as a reminder of our present and future.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9f6a031091093f897e003aa9dc124d6b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Long Slide: Thirty Years in American Journalism by Tucker Carlson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-long-slide-thirty-years-in-american-journalism-by-tucker-carlson--65207278</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522920" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522920</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Long Slide: Thirty Years in American Journalism Author: Tucker Carlson Narrator: Tucker Carlson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.36 of Total 73   Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   From the host of Tucker Carlson Tonight on Fox News and the New York Times bestselling author of Ship of Fools, a collection of nostalgic writings that underscore America’s long slide from innocence to orthodoxy. Thirty years ago, Tucker Carlson got his first job out of college fact checking for a quarterly magazine, and he went on to write for many other publications before becoming the primetime Fox News host he is today. In The Long Slide, Tucker delivers a few of his favorite pieces—annotated with new commentary and insight—to memorialize the tolerance and diversity of thought that the media used to celebrate instead of punish. In snapshots spanning the 1990s to today, he’ll take you on a visit to Africa with Al Sharpton and members of the Nation of Islam to stop the civil war in Liberia in 2003, inside the (not-so-) secret armies of Operation Iraqi Freedom, and on the campaign trail with Donald Trump in 2016. In case you missed it the first time around, you’ll also learn about the aesthetic merits of British colonialism, the second shift at a baked bean factory, the unexpected charm of James Carville, and the simple beauty of rural western Maine.   With his signature wit and 20/20 hindsight, Tucker investigates in this patriotic and memorable collection a question on all of our minds: Has America really changed that much in recent decades? The answer is, unequivocally, yes.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522920</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Aug 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207278/9781508296539.mp3" length="1478246" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522920 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Long Slide: Thirty Years in American Journalism Author: Tucker Carlson Narrator: Tucker Carlson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522920" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522920</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Long Slide: Thirty Years in American Journalism Author: Tucker Carlson Narrator: Tucker Carlson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 22 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.36 of Total 73   Ratings of Narrator: 4.69 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   From the host of Tucker Carlson Tonight on Fox News and the New York Times bestselling author of Ship of Fools, a collection of nostalgic writings that underscore America’s long slide from innocence to orthodoxy. Thirty years ago, Tucker Carlson got his first job out of college fact checking for a quarterly magazine, and he went on to write for many other publications before becoming the primetime Fox News host he is today. In The Long Slide, Tucker delivers a few of his favorite pieces—annotated with new commentary and insight—to memorialize the tolerance and diversity of thought that the media used to celebrate instead of punish. In snapshots spanning the 1990s to today, he’ll take you on a visit to Africa with Al Sharpton and members of the Nation of Islam to stop the civil war in Liberia in 2003, inside the (not-so-) secret armies of Operation Iraqi Freedom, and on the campaign trail with Donald Trump in 2016. In case you missed it the first time around, you’ll also learn about the aesthetic merits of British colonialism, the second shift at a baked bean factory, the unexpected charm of James Carville, and the simple beauty of rural western Maine.   With his signature wit and 20/20 hindsight, Tucker investigates in this patriotic and memorable collection a question on all of our minds: Has America really changed that much in recent decades? The answer is, unequivocally, yes.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/282331d5461a4139b16693329f2d4190.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Cancel Culture: The Latest Attack on Free Speech and Due Process by Alan M. Dershowitz</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/cancel-culture-the-latest-attack-on-free-speech-and-due-process-by-alan-m-dershowitz--65207392</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526865" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526865</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cancel Culture: The Latest Attack on Free Speech and Due Process Author: Alan M. Dershowitz Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Alan Dershowitz has been called 'one of the most prominent and consistent defenders of civil liberties in America' by Politico and 'the nation’s most peripatetic civil liberties lawyer and one of its most distinguished defenders of individual rights' by Newsweek. Yet he has come under intense criticism for his steadfast and consistent championing of those same principles, and his famed 'shoe-on-the-other-foot test,' to those who have been 'cancelled' for any number of faults, both real and imagined.   Cancel Culture is a defense of due process, free speech, and even-handedness in the application of judgment. It makes the case for restraint and care in decisions about whom and what to cancel, boycott, deplatform, and bar from public life, and offers recommendations for when, why, and to what degree these steps may be appropriate, as long as objective, fair-minded criteria can be determined and met. While Dershowitz argues against the worst excesses of cancel culture, he also acknowledges that its defenders ostensibly try to use it to create meaningful, positive change, and notes that cancelling may itself be a constitutionally protected form of free speech. In the end, Cancel Culture represents an icon in the defense of free speech and due process reckoning with the greatest challenge and threat to these rights since the rise of McCarthyism.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526865</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Aug 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207392/9781666151268.mp3" length="14437179" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526865 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cancel Culture: The Latest Attack on Free Speech and Due Process Author: Alan M. Dershowitz Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526865" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526865</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cancel Culture: The Latest Attack on Free Speech and Due Process Author: Alan M. Dershowitz Narrator: Jim Seybert Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Alan Dershowitz has been called 'one of the most prominent and consistent defenders of civil liberties in America' by Politico and 'the nation’s most peripatetic civil liberties lawyer and one of its most distinguished defenders of individual rights' by Newsweek. Yet he has come under intense criticism for his steadfast and consistent championing of those same principles, and his famed 'shoe-on-the-other-foot test,' to those who have been 'cancelled' for any number of faults, both real and imagined.   Cancel Culture is a defense of due process, free speech, and even-handedness in the application of judgment. It makes the case for restraint and care in decisions about whom and what to cancel, boycott, deplatform, and bar from public life, and offers recommendations for when, why, and to what degree these steps may be appropriate, as long as objective, fair-minded criteria can be determined and met. While Dershowitz argues against the worst excesses of cancel culture, he also acknowledges that its defenders ostensibly try to use it to create meaningful, positive change, and notes that cancelling may itself be a constitutionally protected form of free speech. In the end, Cancel Culture represents an icon in the defense of free speech and due process reckoning with the greatest challenge and threat to these rights since the rise of McCarthyism.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cc8e2082656de5fb18e6ecd66b99aab6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Postcolonialism: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition by Robert J.C. Young</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/postcolonialism-a-very-short-introduction-2nd-edition-by-robert-j-c-young--65207311</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529756" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529756</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Postcolonialism: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition Author: Robert J.C. Young Narrator: David Vickery Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Postcolonialism explores the political, social, and cultural effects of decolonization, continuing the anti-colonial deconstruction of western dominance. This Very Short Introduction discusses both the history and key debates of postcolonialism, and considers its importance as a means of changing the way we think about the world. Robert J. C. Young examines the key strategies that postcolonial thought has developed to engage with the impact of sometimes centuries of western political and cultural domination. Situating the discussion in a wide cultural and geographical context, he draws on examples such as the status of indigenous peoples, of those dispossessed from their land, Algerian rai music, and global social and ecological movements. In this new edition he also includes updated material on race, slavery, and postcolonial gender politics. Above all, Young argues that postcolonialism offers a political philosophy of activism that contests the current situation of global inequality, which in a new way continues the anti-colonial struggles of the past and enables us to decolonize our own lives in the present.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529756</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Aug 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207311/9781666120868.mp3" length="14437153" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529756 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Postcolonialism: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition Author: Robert J.C. Young Narrator: David Vickery Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529756" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529756</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Postcolonialism: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition Author: Robert J.C. Young Narrator: David Vickery Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Postcolonialism explores the political, social, and cultural effects of decolonization, continuing the anti-colonial deconstruction of western dominance. This Very Short Introduction discusses both the history and key debates of postcolonialism, and considers its importance as a means of changing the way we think about the world. Robert J. C. Young examines the key strategies that postcolonial thought has developed to engage with the impact of sometimes centuries of western political and cultural domination. Situating the discussion in a wide cultural and geographical context, he draws on examples such as the status of indigenous peoples, of those dispossessed from their land, Algerian rai music, and global social and ecological movements. In this new edition he also includes updated material on race, slavery, and postcolonial gender politics. Above all, Young argues that postcolonialism offers a political philosophy of activism that contests the current situation of global inequality, which in a new way continues the anti-colonial struggles of the past and enables us to decolonize our own lives in the present.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f27d6c137dbd8b72d618da09c47a1ce4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The European Union: A Very Short Introduction, 4th edition by Simon Usherwood, John Pinder</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-european-union-a-very-short-introduction-4th-edition-by-simon-usherwood-john-pinder--65207256</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529753" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529753</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The European Union: A Very Short Introduction, 4th edition Author: Simon Usherwood, John Pinder Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The European Union (EU) stands out as a fascinatingly unique political organization. On the one hand, it has shown the potential for developing deep and wide-ranging cooperation between member states, going far beyond that found anywhere else in the world. On the other, it is currently in the throes of a phase of profound uncertainty about its viability and future. Showing how and why the EU has developed from 1950 to the present day, this Very Short Introduction covers a range of topics, including the Union's early history, the workings of its institutions and what they do, the interplay between 'eurosceptics' and federalists, and the role of the Union beyond Europe in international affairs and as a peace-keeper. In this fully updated fourth edition, Pinder and Usherwood cover the migrant crisis and the UK's decision to leave the Union, set in the context of a body that is now involved in most areas of public policy. Discussing how the EU continues to draw in new members, they conclude by considering the future of the Union and the choices and challenges that may lie ahead.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529753</guid><pubDate>Tue, 10 Aug 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207256/9781666113167.mp3" length="14437188" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529753 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The European Union: A Very Short Introduction, 4th edition Author: Simon Usherwood, John Pinder Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529753" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529753</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The European Union: A Very Short Introduction, 4th edition Author: Simon Usherwood, John Pinder Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: August 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The European Union (EU) stands out as a fascinatingly unique political organization. On the one hand, it has shown the potential for developing deep and wide-ranging cooperation between member states, going far beyond that found anywhere else in the world. On the other, it is currently in the throes of a phase of profound uncertainty about its viability and future. Showing how and why the EU has developed from 1950 to the present day, this Very Short Introduction covers a range of topics, including the Union's early history, the workings of its institutions and what they do, the interplay between 'eurosceptics' and federalists, and the role of the Union beyond Europe in international affairs and as a peace-keeper. In this fully updated fourth edition, Pinder and Usherwood cover the migrant crisis and the UK's decision to leave the Union, set in the context of a body that is now involved in most areas of public policy. Discussing how the EU continues to draw in new members, they conclude by considering the future of the Union and the choices and challenges that may lie ahead.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8db13bc157718d86fca78f1e0a471d6f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>After the Protests Are Heard: Enacting Civic Engagement and Social Transformation by Sharon D. Welch</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/after-the-protests-are-heard-enacting-civic-engagement-and-social-transformation-by-sharon-d-welch--65207333</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523732" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523732</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: After the Protests Are Heard: Enacting Civic Engagement and Social Transformation Author: Sharon D. Welch Narrator: Jennifer Aquino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: August  3, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the Women's March in DC to #BlackLivesMatter rallies across the country, there has been a rising wave of protests and social activism. These events have been an important part of the battle to combat racism, authoritarianism, and xenophobia in Trump's America. However, the struggle for social justice continues long after the posters and megaphones have been packed away. After the protests are heard, how can we continue to work toward lasting change? This book is an invaluable resource for anyone invested in the fight for social justice. Welch highlights examples of social justice work accomplished at the institutional level. From the worlds of social enterprise, impact investing, and sustainable business, After the Protests Are Heard describes the work being done to promote responsible business practices and healthy, cooperative communities. The book also illuminates how colleges and universities educate students to strive toward social justice on campuses across the country, such as the Engaged Scholarship movement, which fosters interactions between faculty and students and local and global communities. In each of these instances, activists work from within institutions to transform practices and structures to foster justice and equality.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523732</guid><pubDate>Tue, 03 Aug 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207333/9781666143508.mp3" length="14437221" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523732 to listen full audiobooks. Title: After the Protests Are Heard: Enacting Civic Engagement and Social Transformation Author: Sharon D. Welch Narrator: Jennifer Aquino Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523732" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523732</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: After the Protests Are Heard: Enacting Civic Engagement and Social Transformation Author: Sharon D. Welch Narrator: Jennifer Aquino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 21 minutes Release date: August  3, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  From the Women's March in DC to #BlackLivesMatter rallies across the country, there has been a rising wave of protests and social activism. These events have been an important part of the battle to combat racism, authoritarianism, and xenophobia in Trump's America. However, the struggle for social justice continues long after the posters and megaphones have been packed away. After the protests are heard, how can we continue to work toward lasting change? This book is an invaluable resource for anyone invested in the fight for social justice. Welch highlights examples of social justice work accomplished at the institutional level. From the worlds of social enterprise, impact investing, and sustainable business, After the Protests Are Heard describes the work being done to promote responsible business practices and healthy, cooperative communities. The book also illuminates how colleges and universities educate students to strive toward social justice on campuses across the country, such as the Engaged Scholarship movement, which fosters interactions between faculty and students and local and global communities. In each of these instances, activists work from within institutions to transform practices and structures to foster justice and equality.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/75c23b303fccf205677f7ec37824a8cd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Partisan Gap: Why Democratic Women Get Elected But Republican Women Don't by Laurel Elder</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-partisan-gap-why-democratic-women-get-elected-but-republican-women-don-t-by-laurel-elder--65207403</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519164" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519164</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Partisan Gap: Why Democratic Women Get Elected But Republican Women Don't Author: Laurel Elder Narrator: Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 27, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Why Democratic women far outnumber Republican women in elective offices From Kamala Harris and Elizabeth Warren to Stacey Abrams and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, women around the country are running in—and winning—elections at an unprecedented rate. It appears that women are on a steady march toward equal representation across state legislatures and the US Congress, but there is a sharp divide in this representation along party lines. Most of the women in office are Democrats, and the number of elected Republican women has been plunging for decades. In The Partisan Gap, Elder examines why this disparity in women's representation exists, and why it's only going to get worse. Drawing on interviews with female office-holders, candidates, and committee members, she takes a look at what it is like to be a woman in each party. From party culture and ideology, to candidate recruitment and the makeup of regional biases, Elder shows the factors contributing to this harmful partisan gap, and what can be done to address it in the future. The Partisan Gap explores the factors that help, and hinder, women's political representation.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519164</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Jul 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207403/9781666133028.mp3" length="14437162" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519164 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Partisan Gap: Why Democratic Women Get Elected But Republican Women Don't Author: Laurel Elder Narrator: Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519164" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519164</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Partisan Gap: Why Democratic Women Get Elected But Republican Women Don't Author: Laurel Elder Narrator: Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: July 27, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Why Democratic women far outnumber Republican women in elective offices From Kamala Harris and Elizabeth Warren to Stacey Abrams and Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, women around the country are running in—and winning—elections at an unprecedented rate. It appears that women are on a steady march toward equal representation across state legislatures and the US Congress, but there is a sharp divide in this representation along party lines. Most of the women in office are Democrats, and the number of elected Republican women has been plunging for decades. In The Partisan Gap, Elder examines why this disparity in women's representation exists, and why it's only going to get worse. Drawing on interviews with female office-holders, candidates, and committee members, she takes a look at what it is like to be a woman in each party. From party culture and ideology, to candidate recruitment and the makeup of regional biases, Elder shows the factors contributing to this harmful partisan gap, and what can be done to address it in the future. The Partisan Gap explores the factors that help, and hinder, women's political representation.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c7e0c4c8327f0dc4d0f54d613c36f9c4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Authoritarian Moment: How the Left Weaponized America's Institutions Against Dissent by Ben Shapiro</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-authoritarian-moment-how-the-left-weaponized-america-s-institutions-against-dissent-by-ben-shapiro--65207295</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519919" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519919</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Authoritarian Moment: How the Left Weaponized America's Institutions Against Dissent Author: Ben Shapiro Narrator: Ben Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 27, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.59 of Total 69   Ratings of Narrator: 4.38 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  New York Times Bestseller How far are Americans willing to go to force each other to fall in line? According to the establishment media, the intelligentsia, and our political chattering class, the greatest threat to American freedom lies in right-wing authoritarianism. We’ve heard that some 75 million Americans who voted for Donald Trump represent the rise of American fascism; that conservatives have allowed authoritarianism to bloom in their midst, creating a grave danger for the republic. But what if the true authoritarian threat to America doesn’t come from the political right, but from the supposedly anti-fascist left? There are certainly totalitarians on the political right. But statistically, they represent a fringe movement with little institutional clout. The authoritarian left, meanwhile, is ascendant in nearly every area of American life. A small number of leftists—college-educated, coastal, and uncompromising—have not just taken over the Democratic Party but our corporations, our universities, our scientific establishment, our cultural institutions. And they have used their newfound power to silence their opposition. The authoritarian Left is aggressively insistent that everyone must conform to its values, demanding submission and conformity. The dogmatic Left is obsessed with putting people in categories and changing human nature. Everyone who opposes it must be destroyed. Ben Shapiro looks at everything from pop culture to the Frankfurt school, social media to the Founding Fathers, to explain the origins of our turn to tyranny, and why so many seem blind to it. More than a catalog of bad actors and intemperate acts, The Authoritarian Moment lays bare the intolerance and rigidity creeping into all American ideology – and prescribes the solution to ending the authoritarianism that threatens our future.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519919</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Jul 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207295/9780063001855.mp3" length="2437208" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519919 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Authoritarian Moment: How the Left Weaponized America's Institutions Against Dissent Author: Ben Shapiro Narrator: Ben Shapiro Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519919" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519919</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Authoritarian Moment: How the Left Weaponized America's Institutions Against Dissent Author: Ben Shapiro Narrator: Ben Shapiro Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 27, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.59 of Total 69   Ratings of Narrator: 4.38 of Total 13 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  New York Times Bestseller How far are Americans willing to go to force each other to fall in line? According to the establishment media, the intelligentsia, and our political chattering class, the greatest threat to American freedom lies in right-wing authoritarianism. We’ve heard that some 75 million Americans who voted for Donald Trump represent the rise of American fascism; that conservatives have allowed authoritarianism to bloom in their midst, creating a grave danger for the republic. But what if the true authoritarian threat to America doesn’t come from the political right, but from the supposedly anti-fascist left? There are certainly totalitarians on the political right. But statistically, they represent a fringe movement with little institutional clout. The authoritarian left, meanwhile, is ascendant in nearly every area of American life. A small number of leftists—college-educated, coastal, and uncompromising—have not just taken over the Democratic Party but our corporations, our universities, our scientific establishment, our cultural institutions. And they have used their newfound power to silence their opposition. The authoritarian Left is aggressively insistent that everyone must conform to its values, demanding submission and conformity. The dogmatic Left is obsessed with putting people in categories and changing human nature. Everyone who opposes it must be destroyed. Ben Shapiro looks at everything from pop culture to the Frankfurt school, social media to the Founding Fathers, to explain the origins of our turn to tyranny, and why so many seem blind to it. More than a catalog of bad actors and intemperate acts, The Authoritarian Moment lays bare the intolerance and rigidity creeping into all American ideology – and prescribes the solution to ending the authoritarianism that threatens our future.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/34dcdecfe561f5d5a95139b89d77526a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Toxic: The Rotting Underbelly of the Tasmanian Salmon Industry by Richard Flanagan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/toxic-the-rotting-underbelly-of-the-tasmanian-salmon-industry-by-richard-flanagan--65207264</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523297" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523297</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toxic: The Rotting Underbelly of the Tasmanian Salmon Industry Author: Richard Flanagan Narrator: Richard Flanagan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: July 27, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In a triumph of marketing, the Tasmanian salmon industry has for decades succeeded in presenting itself as world's best practice and its product as healthy and clean, grown in environmentally pristine conditions. What could be more appealing than the idea of Atlantic salmon sustainably harvested in some of the world's purest waters? But what are we eating when we eat Tasmanian salmon?  Richard Flanagan's expos� of the salmon farming industry in Tasmania is chilling. In the way that Rachel Carson took on the pesticide industry in her ground-breaking book Silent Spring, Flanagan tears open an industry that is as secretive as its practices are destructive and its product disturbing. From the burning forests of the Amazon to the petrochemicals you aren't told about to the endangered species being pushed to extinction you don't know about; from synthetically pink-dyed flesh to seal bombs . . . If you care about what you eat, if you care about the environment, this is a book you need to read. Toxic is set to become a landmark book of the twenty-first century.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523297</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Jul 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207264/9781761045950.mp3" length="2437165" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523297 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toxic: The Rotting Underbelly of the Tasmanian Salmon Industry Author: Richard Flanagan Narrator: Richard Flanagan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523297" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523297</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Toxic: The Rotting Underbelly of the Tasmanian Salmon Industry Author: Richard Flanagan Narrator: Richard Flanagan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: July 27, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In a triumph of marketing, the Tasmanian salmon industry has for decades succeeded in presenting itself as world's best practice and its product as healthy and clean, grown in environmentally pristine conditions. What could be more appealing than the idea of Atlantic salmon sustainably harvested in some of the world's purest waters? But what are we eating when we eat Tasmanian salmon?  Richard Flanagan's expos� of the salmon farming industry in Tasmania is chilling. In the way that Rachel Carson took on the pesticide industry in her ground-breaking book Silent Spring, Flanagan tears open an industry that is as secretive as its practices are destructive and its product disturbing. From the burning forests of the Amazon to the petrochemicals you aren't told about to the endangered species being pushed to extinction you don't know about; from synthetically pink-dyed flesh to seal bombs . . . If you care about what you eat, if you care about the environment, this is a book you need to read. Toxic is set to become a landmark book of the twenty-first century.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f090121be63963a6ae9db105e528537e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Globalization: A Very Short Introduction, 5th Edition by Manfred B. Steger</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/globalization-a-very-short-introduction-5th-edition-by-manfred-b-steger--65207304</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526302" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526302</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Globalization: A Very Short Introduction, 5th Edition Author: Manfred B. Steger Narrator: Rachael Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 27, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  We live today in an interconnected world in which ordinary people can became instant online celebrities to fans thousands of miles away, in which religious leaders can influence millions globally, in which humans are altering the climate and environment, and in which complex social forces intersect across continents. This is globalization. In the fifth edition of his bestselling Very Short Introduction, Manfred B. Steger considers the major dimensions of globalization: economic, political, cultural, ideological, and ecological. He looks at its causes and effects, and engages with the hotly contested question of whether globalization is, ultimately, a good or a bad thing. From climate change to the Ebola virus, Donald Trump to Twitter, trade wars to China's growing global profile, Steger explores today's unprecedented levels of planetary integration as well as the recent challenges posed by resurgent national populism.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526302</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Jul 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207304/9781666120684.mp3" length="14437206" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526302 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Globalization: A Very Short Introduction, 5th Edition Author: Manfred B. Steger Narrator: Rachael Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526302" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526302</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Globalization: A Very Short Introduction, 5th Edition Author: Manfred B. Steger Narrator: Rachael Beresford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 27, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  We live today in an interconnected world in which ordinary people can became instant online celebrities to fans thousands of miles away, in which religious leaders can influence millions globally, in which humans are altering the climate and environment, and in which complex social forces intersect across continents. This is globalization. In the fifth edition of his bestselling Very Short Introduction, Manfred B. Steger considers the major dimensions of globalization: economic, political, cultural, ideological, and ecological. He looks at its causes and effects, and engages with the hotly contested question of whether globalization is, ultimately, a good or a bad thing. From climate change to the Ebola virus, Donald Trump to Twitter, trade wars to China's growing global profile, Steger explores today's unprecedented levels of planetary integration as well as the recent challenges posed by resurgent national populism.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6c7a072e919210ea3c6f7419145f280d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Forensic Science: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition by Jim Fraser</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/forensic-science-a-very-short-introduction-2nd-edition-by-jim-fraser--65207299</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526309" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526309</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forensic Science: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition Author: Jim Fraser Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 27, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Forensic science is a subject of wide fascination. What happens at a crime scene? How does DNA profiling work? How can it help solve crimes that happened twenty years ago? In forensic science, a criminal case can often hinge on a piece of evidence such as a hair, a blood trace, half a footprint, or a tire mark. Complex scientific findings must be considered carefully and dispassionately, and communicated with clarity, simplicity, and precision. In this Very Short Introduction, Jim Fraser introduces the concept of forensic science and explains how it is used in the investigation of crime. He begins at the crime scene itself, explaining the principles and processes of crime scene management, and drawing on his own personal experience of high profile cases. Fraser explores how forensic scientists work; from the reconstruction of events to laboratory examinations. He considers the techniques they use, such as fingerprinting, and goes on to highlight the immense impact DNA profiling has had. Providing examples from forensic science cases in the UK, US, and other countries, he considers the techniques and challenges faced around the world. This new edition has been fully updated to take into account developments in areas such as DNA analysis and drug analysis, and the growing field of digital forensics.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526309</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Jul 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207299/9781666141108.mp3" length="14437165" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526309 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forensic Science: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition Author: Jim Fraser Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 24...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526309" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526309</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forensic Science: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition Author: Jim Fraser Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 27, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Forensic science is a subject of wide fascination. What happens at a crime scene? How does DNA profiling work? How can it help solve crimes that happened twenty years ago? In forensic science, a criminal case can often hinge on a piece of evidence such as a hair, a blood trace, half a footprint, or a tire mark. Complex scientific findings must be considered carefully and dispassionately, and communicated with clarity, simplicity, and precision. In this Very Short Introduction, Jim Fraser introduces the concept of forensic science and explains how it is used in the investigation of crime. He begins at the crime scene itself, explaining the principles and processes of crime scene management, and drawing on his own personal experience of high profile cases. Fraser explores how forensic scientists work; from the reconstruction of events to laboratory examinations. He considers the techniques they use, such as fingerprinting, and goes on to highlight the immense impact DNA profiling has had. Providing examples from forensic science cases in the UK, US, and other countries, he considers the techniques and challenges faced around the world. This new edition has been fully updated to take into account developments in areas such as DNA analysis and drug analysis, and the growing field of digital forensics.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1cf1f7f449674bb286f868b76930697b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Virus: Vaccinations, the CDC, and the Hijacking of America's Response to the Pandemic by Nina Burleigh</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/virus-vaccinations-the-cdc-and-the-hijacking-of-america-s-response-to-the-pandemic-by-nina-burleigh--65207298</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526863" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526863</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Virus: Vaccinations, the CDC, and the Hijacking of America's Response to the Pandemic Author: Nina Burleigh Narrator: Nina Burleigh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: July 27, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A few months before the virus slammed the world, global public health experts declared the United States the most prepared for a possible pandemic. Instead, we watched as the disease killed half a million Americans. A stunned nation has been too busy grieving and doing damage control to ask why, or to comprehend just how much of the blundering and chaos of the pandemic response was either deliberate or entirely predictable. New York Times bestselling author Nina Burleigh weaves together the key narrative strands to create an uncompromising and highly informed exposé about our shared global pandemic experience and what it means for our future. Here listeners will learn:   ● How the Trump administration packed public health agencies with right wing Christians and their political allies who cared more about gender norms and policing morality than a possible pandemic. ● How America's anti-expertise culture, long nurtured by right wing media and conservative politicians, and now at its apogee, has left countless millions of Americans doubting the efficacy and safety of vaccines.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526863</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Jul 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207298/9781666135329.mp3" length="14437219" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526863 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Virus: Vaccinations, the CDC, and the Hijacking of America's Response to the Pandemic Author: Nina Burleigh Narrator: Nina Burleigh Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526863" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526863</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Virus: Vaccinations, the CDC, and the Hijacking of America's Response to the Pandemic Author: Nina Burleigh Narrator: Nina Burleigh Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: July 27, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A few months before the virus slammed the world, global public health experts declared the United States the most prepared for a possible pandemic. Instead, we watched as the disease killed half a million Americans. A stunned nation has been too busy grieving and doing damage control to ask why, or to comprehend just how much of the blundering and chaos of the pandemic response was either deliberate or entirely predictable. New York Times bestselling author Nina Burleigh weaves together the key narrative strands to create an uncompromising and highly informed exposé about our shared global pandemic experience and what it means for our future. Here listeners will learn:   ● How the Trump administration packed public health agencies with right wing Christians and their political allies who cared more about gender norms and policing morality than a possible pandemic. ● How America's anti-expertise culture, long nurtured by right wing media and conservative politicians, and now at its apogee, has left countless millions of Americans doubting the efficacy and safety of vaccines.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fc3cd62519a976018ae6a10557ca86b4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Retorno a Atenas. La democracia como principio antioligárquico by José Luis Moreno Pestaña</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-retorno-a-atenas-la-democracia-como-principio-antioligarquico-by-jose-luis-moreno-pestana--65207263</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526191" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526191</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Retorno a Atenas. La democracia como principio antioligárquico Author: José Luis Moreno Pestaña Narrator: Ricky Delgado Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ¿Qué podemos aprender de la democracia griega? Esa fue la cuestión crucial que se hicieron lectores radicales como Foucault, Castoriadis o Rancière en la década de los años setenta. En un contexto de crisis, la vieja democracia ateniense se ofrecía como un marco privilegiado para pensar las posibilidades de la democracia, precisamente allí donde nació nuestra experiencia de la misma. En la revisión y lectura que el pensamiento francés elabora del legado político de la antigua Atenas, el autor contempla la participación democrática como el único remedio contra la degeneración de los expertos en tecnócratas, de los dirigentes en elites, de la ciudadanía en sostén pasivo del secuestro de la esfera pública. Solo desde el retorno a Atenas podremos hablar del final del siglo XX y de nuestro presente en el XXI.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526191</guid><pubDate>Sun, 25 Jul 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207263/9789180122818.mp3" length="1478324" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526191 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Retorno a Atenas. La democracia como principio antioligárquico Author: José Luis Moreno Pestaña Narrator: Ricky Delgado Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526191" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526191</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Retorno a Atenas. La democracia como principio antioligárquico Author: José Luis Moreno Pestaña Narrator: Ricky Delgado Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ¿Qué podemos aprender de la democracia griega? Esa fue la cuestión crucial que se hicieron lectores radicales como Foucault, Castoriadis o Rancière en la década de los años setenta. En un contexto de crisis, la vieja democracia ateniense se ofrecía como un marco privilegiado para pensar las posibilidades de la democracia, precisamente allí donde nació nuestra experiencia de la misma. En la revisión y lectura que el pensamiento francés elabora del legado político de la antigua Atenas, el autor contempla la participación democrática como el único remedio contra la degeneración de los expertos en tecnócratas, de los dirigentes en elites, de la ciudadanía en sostén pasivo del secuestro de la esfera pública. Solo desde el retorno a Atenas podremos hablar del final del siglo XX y de nuestro presente en el XXI.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/087bccf8bf2b85e33b6d7c16135b4987.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Terrorism: A Very Short Introduction, 3rd Edition by Charles Townshend</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/terrorism-a-very-short-introduction-3rd-edition-by-charles-townshend--65207387</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520463" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520463</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Terrorism: A Very Short Introduction, 3rd Edition Author: Charles Townshend Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 20, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  For many, the terrorist attacks of September 2001 changed the face of the world, pushing terrorism to the top of political agendas, and leading to a series of world events, including the war in Iraq and the invasion of Afghanistan. The recent terror attacks in various European cities have shown that terrorism remains a crucial issue today. Charting a clear path through the efforts to understand and explain modern terrorism, Charles Townshend examines the historical, ideological, and local roots of terrorist violence. This new edition analyzes the emergence of terrorism as a political strategy, and discusses the objectives which have been pursued by users of this strategy from French revolutionaries to Islamic jihadists. Considering the kinds of groups and individuals who adopt terrorism, Townshend discusses the emergence of ISIS and the upsurge in individual suicide action, and explores the issues involved in finding a proportionate response to the threat they present, particularly by liberal democratic societies. Analyzing the growing use of knives and other edged weapons in attacks, and the issue of 'cyberterror,' Townshend details the use of counterterrorist measures, from control orders to drone strikes, including the Belgian and French responses to the Brussels, Paris, Nice, and Rouen attacks.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520463</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207387/9781666122664.mp3" length="14437153" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520463 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Terrorism: A Very Short Introduction, 3rd Edition Author: Charles Townshend Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520463" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520463</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Terrorism: A Very Short Introduction, 3rd Edition Author: Charles Townshend Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 20, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  For many, the terrorist attacks of September 2001 changed the face of the world, pushing terrorism to the top of political agendas, and leading to a series of world events, including the war in Iraq and the invasion of Afghanistan. The recent terror attacks in various European cities have shown that terrorism remains a crucial issue today. Charting a clear path through the efforts to understand and explain modern terrorism, Charles Townshend examines the historical, ideological, and local roots of terrorist violence. This new edition analyzes the emergence of terrorism as a political strategy, and discusses the objectives which have been pursued by users of this strategy from French revolutionaries to Islamic jihadists. Considering the kinds of groups and individuals who adopt terrorism, Townshend discusses the emergence of ISIS and the upsurge in individual suicide action, and explores the issues involved in finding a proportionate response to the threat they present, particularly by liberal democratic societies. Analyzing the growing use of knives and other edged weapons in attacks, and the issue of 'cyberterror,' Townshend details the use of counterterrorist measures, from control orders to drone strikes, including the Belgian and French responses to the Brussels, Paris, Nice, and Rouen attacks.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b6e0eba93e821c56c03b8ee0836459bd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Understanding Socialism by Richard D. Wolff</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/understanding-socialism-by-richard-d-wolff--65207381</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519067" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519067</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Socialism Author: Richard D. Wolff Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A blend of history, analysis, and theory, Understanding Socialism is an honest and approachable text that knocks down false narratives, confronts failures and challenges of various socialist experiments throughout history, and offers a path to a new socialism based on workplace democracy. This audio edition also incudes Richard D. Wolff's bestselling essay Understanding Marxism, which asks the question 'Why should we pay attention to the great social critics like Marx?']]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519067</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207381/9781666127829.mp3" length="14437206" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519067 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Socialism Author: Richard D. Wolff Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 20,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519067" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519067</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Socialism Author: Richard D. Wolff Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4   Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A blend of history, analysis, and theory, Understanding Socialism is an honest and approachable text that knocks down false narratives, confronts failures and challenges of various socialist experiments throughout history, and offers a path to a new socialism based on workplace democracy. This audio edition also incudes Richard D. Wolff's bestselling essay Understanding Marxism, which asks the question 'Why should we pay attention to the great social critics like Marx?']]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e7308559639ed2a75e6efbf774d7e2e5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>American Schism: How the Two Enlightenments Hold the Secret to Healing our Nation by Seth David Radwell</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-schism-how-the-two-enlightenments-hold-the-secret-to-healing-our-nation-by-seth-david-radwell--65207354</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523610" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523610</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Schism: How the Two Enlightenments Hold the Secret to Healing our Nation Author: Seth David Radwell Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 20, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The political dialogue in America has collapsed. Raw and bitter emotions such as anger and resentment have crowded out any logical debate. In this investigative tracing of our nation's divergent roots, author Seth David Radwell explains that only reasoned analysis and historical perspective can act as salves for the irrational political discourse that is raging at present. Two disparate Americas have always coexisted, and Radwell discovered that the surprising origin of these dual Americas was not an Enlightenment, but two distinct Enlightenments that have been fiercely competing since the founding of our country. Radwell argues that it is only by embracing Enlightenment principles that we can build a civilized, progressive, and tolerant society. American Schism reveals the roots of the rifts in America since its founding and what is really dividing red and blue America; the core issues that underlie all of today's bickering; and a detailed, effective plan to move forward, commencing what will be a long process of repair and reconciliation. Radwell changes the nature of the political debate by fighting unreason with reason, allowing Americans to firmly ground their differing points of view in rationality.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523610</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207354/9781696606844.mp3" length="14437180" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523610 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Schism: How the Two Enlightenments Hold the Secret to Healing our Nation Author: Seth David Radwell Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523610" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523610</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Schism: How the Two Enlightenments Hold the Secret to Healing our Nation Author: Seth David Radwell Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 19 minutes Release date: July 20, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The political dialogue in America has collapsed. Raw and bitter emotions such as anger and resentment have crowded out any logical debate. In this investigative tracing of our nation's divergent roots, author Seth David Radwell explains that only reasoned analysis and historical perspective can act as salves for the irrational political discourse that is raging at present. Two disparate Americas have always coexisted, and Radwell discovered that the surprising origin of these dual Americas was not an Enlightenment, but two distinct Enlightenments that have been fiercely competing since the founding of our country. Radwell argues that it is only by embracing Enlightenment principles that we can build a civilized, progressive, and tolerant society. American Schism reveals the roots of the rifts in America since its founding and what is really dividing red and blue America; the core issues that underlie all of today's bickering; and a detailed, effective plan to move forward, commencing what will be a long process of repair and reconciliation. Radwell changes the nature of the political debate by fighting unreason with reason, allowing Americans to firmly ground their differing points of view in rationality.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cdac4956658a83433c6fa0953c607790.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>I Alone Can Fix It: Donald J. Trump's Catastrophic Final Year by Philip Rucker, Carol Leonnig</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/i-alone-can-fix-it-donald-j-trump-s-catastrophic-final-year-by-philip-rucker-carol-leonnig--65207280</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522377" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522377</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Alone Can Fix It: Donald J. Trump's Catastrophic Final Year Author: Philip Rucker, Carol Leonnig Narrator: Philip Rucker, Carol Leonnig, January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 115   Ratings of Narrator: 4.47 of Total 19 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The instant #1 New York Times bestseller | A Washington Post Notable Book | One of NPR's Best Books of 2021 The definitive behind-the-scenes story of Trump's final year in office, by Phil Rucker and Carol Leonnig, the Pulitzer-Prize winning reporters and authors of A Very Stable Genius. “Chilling.” – Anderson Cooper “Jaw-dropping.” – John Berman  “Shocking.” – John Heilemann “Explosive.” – Hallie Jackson “Blockbuster new reporting.” – Nicolle Wallace  “Bracing new revelations.” – Brian Williams  “Bombshell reporting.” – David Muir  The true story of what took place in Donald Trump’s White House during a disastrous 2020 has never before been told in full. What was really going on around the president, as the government failed to contain the coronavirus and over half a million Americans perished? Who was influencing Trump after he refused to concede an election he had clearly lost and spread lies about election fraud? To answer these questions, Phil Rucker and Carol Leonnig reveal a dysfunctional and bumbling presidency’s inner workings in unprecedented, stunning detail.   Focused on Trump and the key players around him—the doctors, generals, senior advisers, and Trump family members— Rucker and Leonnig provide a forensic account of the most devastating year in a presidency like no other. Their sources were in the room as time and time again Trump put his personal gain ahead of the good of the country. These witnesses to history tell the story of him longing to deploy the military to the streets of American cities to crush the protest movement in the wake of the killing of George Floyd, all to bolster his image of strength ahead of the election. These sources saw firsthand his refusal to take the threat of the coronavirus seriously—even to the point of allowing himself and those around him to be infected. This is a story of a nation sabotaged—economically, medically, and politically—by its own leader, culminating with a groundbreaking, minute-by-minute account of  exactly what went on in the Capitol building on January 6, as Trump’s supporters so easily breached the most sacred halls of American democracy, and how the president reacted. With unparalleled access, Rucker and Leonnig explain and expose exactly who enabled—and who foiled—Trump as he sought desperately to cling to power.   A classic and heart-racing work of investigative reporting, this book is destined to be read and studied by citizens and historians alike for decades to come.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522377</guid><pubDate>Tue, 20 Jul 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207280/9780593505069.mp3" length="4837103" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522377 to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Alone Can Fix It: Donald J. Trump's Catastrophic Final Year Author: Philip Rucker, Carol Leonnig Narrator: Philip Rucker, Carol Leonnig, January...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522377" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522377</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Alone Can Fix It: Donald J. Trump's Catastrophic Final Year Author: Philip Rucker, Carol Leonnig Narrator: Philip Rucker, Carol Leonnig, January LaVoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.1 of Total 115   Ratings of Narrator: 4.47 of Total 19 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The instant #1 New York Times bestseller | A Washington Post Notable Book | One of NPR's Best Books of 2021 The definitive behind-the-scenes story of Trump's final year in office, by Phil Rucker and Carol Leonnig, the Pulitzer-Prize winning reporters and authors of A Very Stable Genius. “Chilling.” – Anderson Cooper “Jaw-dropping.” – John Berman  “Shocking.” – John Heilemann “Explosive.” – Hallie Jackson “Blockbuster new reporting.” – Nicolle Wallace  “Bracing new revelations.” – Brian Williams  “Bombshell reporting.” – David Muir  The true story of what took place in Donald Trump’s White House during a disastrous 2020 has never before been told in full. What was really going on around the president, as the government failed to contain the coronavirus and over half a million Americans perished? Who was influencing Trump after he refused to concede an election he had clearly lost and spread lies about election fraud? To answer these questions, Phil Rucker and Carol Leonnig reveal a dysfunctional and bumbling presidency’s inner workings in unprecedented, stunning detail.   Focused on Trump and the key players around him—the doctors, generals, senior advisers, and Trump family members— Rucker and Leonnig provide a forensic account of the most devastating year in a presidency like no other. Their sources were in the room as time and time again Trump put his personal gain ahead of the good of the country. These witnesses to history tell the story of him longing to deploy the military to the streets of American cities to crush the protest movement in the wake of the killing of George Floyd, all to bolster his image of strength ahead of the election. These sources saw firsthand his refusal to take the threat of the coronavirus seriously—even to the point of allowing himself and those around him to be infected. This is a story of a nation sabotaged—economically, medically, and politically—by its own leader, culminating with a groundbreaking, minute-by-minute account of  exactly what went on in the Capitol building on January 6, as Trump’s supporters so easily breached the most sacred halls of American democracy, and how the president reacted. With unparalleled access, Rucker and Leonnig explain and expose exactly who enabled—and who foiled—Trump as he sought desperately to cling to power.   A classic and heart-racing work of investigative reporting, this book is destined to be read and studied by citizens and historians alike for decades to come.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/edd9ca4749e18360d5ad2dda39457be6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Habeas Corpus: A Very Short Introduction by Amanda Tyler</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/habeas-corpus-a-very-short-introduction-by-amanda-tyler--65207345</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523700" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523700</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Habeas Corpus: A Very Short Introduction Author: Amanda Tyler Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: July 15, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The concept of habeas corpus—literally, to receive and hold the body—empowers courts to protect the right of prisoners to know the basis on which they are being held by the government and grant prisoners their freedom when they are held unlawfully. It is no wonder that habeas corpus has long been considered essential to freedom. This Very Short Introduction chronicles the storied writ of habeas corpus and how its common law and statutory origins spread from England throughout the British Empire and beyond, witnessing its use today around the world in nations as varied as Canada, Israel, India, and South Korea. Beginning with the English origins of the writ, the book traces its historical development both as a part of the common law and as a parliamentary creation born out of the English Habeas Corpus Act of 1679. The book then takes the story forward to explore how the writ has functioned in the centuries since, including its controversial suspension by President Abraham Lincoln during the Civil War. It also analyzes the major role habeas corpus has played in such issues as the World War II incarceration of Japanese Americans and the US Supreme Court's recognition during the War on Terror of the concept of a 'citizen enemy combatant.']]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523700</guid><pubDate>Thu, 15 Jul 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207345/9781666119749.mp3" length="14437147" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523700 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Habeas Corpus: A Very Short Introduction Author: Amanda Tyler Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523700" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523700</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Habeas Corpus: A Very Short Introduction Author: Amanda Tyler Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: July 15, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The concept of habeas corpus—literally, to receive and hold the body—empowers courts to protect the right of prisoners to know the basis on which they are being held by the government and grant prisoners their freedom when they are held unlawfully. It is no wonder that habeas corpus has long been considered essential to freedom. This Very Short Introduction chronicles the storied writ of habeas corpus and how its common law and statutory origins spread from England throughout the British Empire and beyond, witnessing its use today around the world in nations as varied as Canada, Israel, India, and South Korea. Beginning with the English origins of the writ, the book traces its historical development both as a part of the common law and as a parliamentary creation born out of the English Habeas Corpus Act of 1679. The book then takes the story forward to explore how the writ has functioned in the centuries since, including its controversial suspension by President Abraham Lincoln during the Civil War. It also analyzes the major role habeas corpus has played in such issues as the World War II incarceration of Japanese Americans and the US Supreme Court's recognition during the War on Terror of the concept of a 'citizen enemy combatant.']]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/998fa8caf2f981c0fe61f3165fc909f0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Capitalism: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd edition by James Fulcher</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/capitalism-a-very-short-introduction-2nd-edition-by-james-fulcher--65207384</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519062" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519062</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capitalism: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd edition Author: James Fulcher Narrator: Julian Elfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What is capitalism? Is capitalism the same everywhere? Is there an alternative? The word 'capitalism' is one that is heard and used frequently, but what is capitalism really all about, and what does it mean? This Very Short Introduction addresses questions such as, 'what is capital?' before discussing the history and development of capitalism through several detailed case studies, ranging from the tulipomania of 17th century Holland, the Great Depression of the 1930s, and in this new edition, the impact of the global financial crisis that started in 2007-08. James Fulcher looks at the different forms that capitalism takes in Britain, Japan, Sweden, and the United States, and explores whether capitalism has escaped the nation-state by going global. It ends by asking whether there is an alternative to capitalism, discussing socialism, communal and cooperative experiments, and the alternatives proposed by environmentalists.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519062</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Jul 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207384/9781666112887.mp3" length="14437197" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519062 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capitalism: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd edition Author: James Fulcher Narrator: Julian Elfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519062" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519062</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Capitalism: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd edition Author: James Fulcher Narrator: Julian Elfer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What is capitalism? Is capitalism the same everywhere? Is there an alternative? The word 'capitalism' is one that is heard and used frequently, but what is capitalism really all about, and what does it mean? This Very Short Introduction addresses questions such as, 'what is capital?' before discussing the history and development of capitalism through several detailed case studies, ranging from the tulipomania of 17th century Holland, the Great Depression of the 1930s, and in this new edition, the impact of the global financial crisis that started in 2007-08. James Fulcher looks at the different forms that capitalism takes in Britain, Japan, Sweden, and the United States, and explores whether capitalism has escaped the nation-state by going global. It ends by asking whether there is an alternative to capitalism, discussing socialism, communal and cooperative experiments, and the alternatives proposed by environmentalists.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0935b1fd622004e74434bbc42f523069.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Remake the World: Essays, Reflections, Rebellions by Astra Taylor</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/remake-the-world-essays-reflections-rebellions-by-astra-taylor--65207367</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519134" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519134</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Remake the World: Essays, Reflections, Rebellions Author: Astra Taylor Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Over the last decade, author and activist Astra Taylor has helped shift the national conversation on topics including technology, inequality, indebtedness, and democracy. The essays collected here reveal the range and depth of her thinking, with Taylor tackling the rising popularity of socialism, the problem of automation, the politics of listening, the possibility of rights for the natural and non-human world, the future of the university, the temporal challenge of climate catastrophe, and more. Addressing some of the most pressing social problems of our day, Taylor invites us to imagine how things could be different while never losing sight of the strategic question of how change actually happens. Curious and searching, these historically informed and hopeful essays are as engaging as they are challenging and as urgent as they are timeless. Taylor's unique philosophical style has a political edge that speaks directly to the growing conviction that a radical transformation of our economy and society is required.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519134</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Jul 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207367/9781666128864.mp3" length="14437205" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519134 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Remake the World: Essays, Reflections, Rebellions Author: Astra Taylor Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519134" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519134</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Remake the World: Essays, Reflections, Rebellions Author: Astra Taylor Narrator: Christina Delaine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Over the last decade, author and activist Astra Taylor has helped shift the national conversation on topics including technology, inequality, indebtedness, and democracy. The essays collected here reveal the range and depth of her thinking, with Taylor tackling the rising popularity of socialism, the problem of automation, the politics of listening, the possibility of rights for the natural and non-human world, the future of the university, the temporal challenge of climate catastrophe, and more. Addressing some of the most pressing social problems of our day, Taylor invites us to imagine how things could be different while never losing sight of the strategic question of how change actually happens. Curious and searching, these historically informed and hopeful essays are as engaging as they are challenging and as urgent as they are timeless. Taylor's unique philosophical style has a political edge that speaks directly to the growing conviction that a radical transformation of our economy and society is required.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6e114a842cc8352babcb9ed727697c0b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>American Marxism by Mark R. Levin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-marxism-by-mark-r-levin--65207314</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514550" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514550</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Marxism Author: Mark R. Levin Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 188   Ratings of Narrator: 4.06 of Total 33 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   The seven-time #1 New York Times bestselling author, Fox News star, and radio host Mark R. Levin explains how the dangers he warned against in the “timely yet timeless” (David Limbaugh, author of Jesus Is Risen) bestseller Liberty and Tyranny have come to pass.  In 2009, Mark R. Levin galvanized conservatives with his unforgettable manifesto Liberty and Tyranny, by providing a philosophical, historical, and practical framework for halting the liberal assault on Constitution-based values. That book was about standing at the precipice of progressivism’s threat to our freedom and now, over a decade later, we’re fully over that precipice and paying the price.   In American Marxism, Levin explains how the core elements of Marxist ideology are now pervasive in American society and culture—from our schools, the press, and corporations, to Hollywood, the Democratic Party, and the Biden presidency—and how it is often cloaked in deceptive labels like “progressivism,” “democratic socialism,” “social activism,” and more. With his characteristic trenchant analysis, Levin digs into the psychology and tactics of these movements, the widespread brainwashing of students, the anti-American purposes of Critical Race Theory and the Green New Deal, and the escalation of repression and censorship to silence opposing voices and enforce conformity. Levin exposes many of the institutions, intellectuals, scholars, and activists who are leading this revolution, and provides us with some answers and ideas on how to confront them.    As Levin writes: “The counter-revolution to the American Revolution is in full force. And it can no longer be dismissed or ignored for it is devouring our society and culture, swirling around our everyday lives, and ubiquitous in our politics, schools, media, and entertainment.” And, like before, Levin seeks to rally the American people to defend their liberty.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514550</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Jul 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207314/9781797122083.mp3" length="1478262" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514550 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Marxism Author: Mark R. Levin Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514550" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514550</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Marxism Author: Mark R. Levin Narrator: Jeremy Lowell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 188   Ratings of Narrator: 4.06 of Total 33 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER   The seven-time #1 New York Times bestselling author, Fox News star, and radio host Mark R. Levin explains how the dangers he warned against in the “timely yet timeless” (David Limbaugh, author of Jesus Is Risen) bestseller Liberty and Tyranny have come to pass.  In 2009, Mark R. Levin galvanized conservatives with his unforgettable manifesto Liberty and Tyranny, by providing a philosophical, historical, and practical framework for halting the liberal assault on Constitution-based values. That book was about standing at the precipice of progressivism’s threat to our freedom and now, over a decade later, we’re fully over that precipice and paying the price.   In American Marxism, Levin explains how the core elements of Marxist ideology are now pervasive in American society and culture—from our schools, the press, and corporations, to Hollywood, the Democratic Party, and the Biden presidency—and how it is often cloaked in deceptive labels like “progressivism,” “democratic socialism,” “social activism,” and more. With his characteristic trenchant analysis, Levin digs into the psychology and tactics of these movements, the widespread brainwashing of students, the anti-American purposes of Critical Race Theory and the Green New Deal, and the escalation of repression and censorship to silence opposing voices and enforce conformity. Levin exposes many of the institutions, intellectuals, scholars, and activists who are leading this revolution, and provides us with some answers and ideas on how to confront them.    As Levin writes: “The counter-revolution to the American Revolution is in full force. And it can no longer be dismissed or ignored for it is devouring our society and culture, swirling around our everyday lives, and ubiquitous in our politics, schools, media, and entertainment.” And, like before, Levin seeks to rally the American people to defend their liberty.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ab311dd66bf2984a716f26b56ecbb807.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Open Wounds: A Story of Racial Tragedy, Trauma, and Redemption by Phil Allen Jr.</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/open-wounds-a-story-of-racial-tragedy-trauma-and-redemption-by-phil-allen-jr--65207396</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523719" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523719</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Open Wounds: A Story of Racial Tragedy, Trauma, and Redemption Author: Phil Allen Jr. Narrator: Terrence Kidd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  On December 10, 1953, tragedy was visited on a family when Nathaniel Allen was murdered on the Sampit River by his white employer, who lured him into the meeting under the false promise of reconciliation. Allen's death was recorded as an accidental drowning, a deliberate cover-up of the bullet hole seen by more than one witness. Three generations later, Phil Allen Jr. revisits this harrowing story and recounts the 'baton of bitterness' that this murder passed down in his family. Through interviews, difficult conversations, and deep theological reflection, Allen takes up the challenge of racism today, naming it for what it is and working to chart a path toward reconciliation. Open Wounds, and the documentary that accompanies it, is a transformative experience of listening and learning as a grandson looks, laments, and ultimately leads his family and his society forward toward a just and reconciled future. It's an essential part of our national reckoning with racism and injustice.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523719</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Jul 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207396/9781666137286.mp3" length="14437210" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523719 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Open Wounds: A Story of Racial Tragedy, Trauma, and Redemption Author: Phil Allen Jr. Narrator: Terrence Kidd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523719" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523719</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Open Wounds: A Story of Racial Tragedy, Trauma, and Redemption Author: Phil Allen Jr. Narrator: Terrence Kidd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 31 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  On December 10, 1953, tragedy was visited on a family when Nathaniel Allen was murdered on the Sampit River by his white employer, who lured him into the meeting under the false promise of reconciliation. Allen's death was recorded as an accidental drowning, a deliberate cover-up of the bullet hole seen by more than one witness. Three generations later, Phil Allen Jr. revisits this harrowing story and recounts the 'baton of bitterness' that this murder passed down in his family. Through interviews, difficult conversations, and deep theological reflection, Allen takes up the challenge of racism today, naming it for what it is and working to chart a path toward reconciliation. Open Wounds, and the documentary that accompanies it, is a transformative experience of listening and learning as a grandson looks, laments, and ultimately leads his family and his society forward toward a just and reconciled future. It's an essential part of our national reckoning with racism and injustice.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4ed47b21a613041d5b021d6135e46298.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Human Rights: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd edition by Andrew Clapham</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/human-rights-a-very-short-introduction-2nd-edition-by-andrew-clapham--65207344</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523647" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523647</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Human Rights: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd edition Author: Andrew Clapham Narrator: Peter Lerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Today it is usually not long before a problem gets expressed as a human rights issue. Indeed, human rights law continues to gain increasing attention internationally, and must move quickly in order to keep up with a social world that changes so rapidly. This Very Short Introduction, in its second edition, brings the issue of human rights up to date, considering the current controversies surrounding the movement. Discussing torture and arbitrary detention in the context of counter terrorism, Andrew Clapham also considers new challenges to human rights in the context of privacy, equality and the right to health. Looking at the philosophical justification for rights, the historical origins of human rights, and how they are formed in law, Clapham explains what our human rights actually are, what they might be, and where the human rights movement is heading.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523647</guid><pubDate>Tue, 13 Jul 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207344/9781666113341.mp3" length="14437157" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523647 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Human Rights: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd edition Author: Andrew Clapham Narrator: Peter Lerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523647" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523647</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Human Rights: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd edition Author: Andrew Clapham Narrator: Peter Lerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Today it is usually not long before a problem gets expressed as a human rights issue. Indeed, human rights law continues to gain increasing attention internationally, and must move quickly in order to keep up with a social world that changes so rapidly. This Very Short Introduction, in its second edition, brings the issue of human rights up to date, considering the current controversies surrounding the movement. Discussing torture and arbitrary detention in the context of counter terrorism, Andrew Clapham also considers new challenges to human rights in the context of privacy, equality and the right to health. Looking at the philosophical justification for rights, the historical origins of human rights, and how they are formed in law, Clapham explains what our human rights actually are, what they might be, and where the human rights movement is heading.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/560316622f33680d139e2490385caa1d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[French] - Les aventures de Clara et Anton: Le chasseur de dragon by Stefan Waidelich</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/french-les-aventures-de-clara-et-anton-le-chasseur-de-dragon-by-stefan-waidelich--65207284</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524489" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524489</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Les aventures de Clara et Anton: Le chasseur de dragon Series: #1 of Les aventures de Clara et Anton Author: Stefan Waidelich Narrator: Jacques Denigelles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 3 minutes Release date: July 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Des jours sombres arrivent au royaume d'Eden, autrefois majestueux. Au milieu du chaos, une jeune fille nommée Clara, abandonnée par sa famille, grandit parmi les voleurs sauvages. Quand cette fillette malheureuse rencontre un garçon dans les bois, elle n'a aucune idée de la fabuleuse aventure dans laquelle elle s'apprête à s'embarquer, une aventure qui va la transformer, elle et tout le royaume. Êtes-vous prêt à rejoindre Clara et Anton dans leur aventure périlleuse ?    'Un monde aussi passionnant que Narnia ou la Terre du Milieu, riche en merveilles, en voleurs maléfiques et en dragons, dans lequel le lecteur vit des aventures fascinantes tout au long de sa lecture.'    Luise Esau    'Impressionnant, fascinant, captivant ! Une histoire émouvante'.    Daniel Huber    Stefan Waidelich nous propose un plaisir de lecture émouvant avec son premier livre fantastique pour enfants. Le musicien du groupe européen Normal Generation, connu de la radio et de la télévision, nous livre une histoire à couper le souffle et profondément émouvante sur les valeurs de la vie, la joie de se retrouver soi-même, ainsi que sur la force et la magie que l'amour nous procure.    Pour les enfants dès l'âge de sept ans.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524489</guid><pubDate>Sat, 10 Jul 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207284/4061707613432.mp3" length="1478296" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524489 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Les aventures de Clara et Anton: Le chasseur de dragon Series: #1 of Les aventures de Clara et Anton Author: Stefan Waidelich Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524489" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524489</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [French] - Les aventures de Clara et Anton: Le chasseur de dragon Series: #1 of Les aventures de Clara et Anton Author: Stefan Waidelich Narrator: Jacques Denigelles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 3 minutes Release date: July 10, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Des jours sombres arrivent au royaume d'Eden, autrefois majestueux. Au milieu du chaos, une jeune fille nommée Clara, abandonnée par sa famille, grandit parmi les voleurs sauvages. Quand cette fillette malheureuse rencontre un garçon dans les bois, elle n'a aucune idée de la fabuleuse aventure dans laquelle elle s'apprête à s'embarquer, une aventure qui va la transformer, elle et tout le royaume. Êtes-vous prêt à rejoindre Clara et Anton dans leur aventure périlleuse ?    'Un monde aussi passionnant que Narnia ou la Terre du Milieu, riche en merveilles, en voleurs maléfiques et en dragons, dans lequel le lecteur vit des aventures fascinantes tout au long de sa lecture.'    Luise Esau    'Impressionnant, fascinant, captivant ! Une histoire émouvante'.    Daniel Huber    Stefan Waidelich nous propose un plaisir de lecture émouvant avec son premier livre fantastique pour enfants. Le musicien du groupe européen Normal Generation, connu de la radio et de la télévision, nous livre une histoire à couper le souffle et profondément émouvante sur les valeurs de la vie, la joie de se retrouver soi-même, ainsi que sur la force et la magie que l'amour nous procure.    Pour les enfants dès l'âge de sept ans.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3dfe36f0793e7570b0aa0d2075eae373.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Los dueños del paraíso by Andreu Martín</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-los-duenos-del-paraiso-by-andreu-martin--65207305</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528880" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528880</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los dueños del paraíso Author: Andreu Martín Narrator: Jorge García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: July  9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Más relevante que nunca, este libro de Andreu Martín, que llegó a valerle el Premio Edebé de Literatura Juvenil en 1995, supone una reflexión sobre el colonialismo, el triunfalismo de conceptos como Hispanidad y la opresión a los pueblos indígenas. La historia de dos estudiantes que empiezan a escribir una novela sobre la colonización de las Américas, tomando como partida a Fray Bartolomé de las Casas, y terminan abordando las acciones que los conquistadores españoles llevaron a cabo en tierras americanas. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Andreu Martín es un autor español nacido en Barcelona en 1949. Referente absoluto y pilar del género de novela negra en España, ha escrito algunos de los títulos más emblemáticos del panorama hispanohablante en el siglo XX y XXI. Asimismo, ha cultivado la novela infantil y juvenil con series como la del detective adolescente Flanagan. Su obra le ha valido premios como el Hammet, el Nacional de Literatura Juvenil, el Deutsche Krimi Preis en Alemania o La Sonrisa Vertical.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528880</guid><pubDate>Fri, 09 Jul 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207305/9788726678291.mp3" length="2437139" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528880 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los dueños del paraíso Author: Andreu Martín Narrator: Jorge García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528880" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528880</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los dueños del paraíso Author: Andreu Martín Narrator: Jorge García Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: July  9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Más relevante que nunca, este libro de Andreu Martín, que llegó a valerle el Premio Edebé de Literatura Juvenil en 1995, supone una reflexión sobre el colonialismo, el triunfalismo de conceptos como Hispanidad y la opresión a los pueblos indígenas. La historia de dos estudiantes que empiezan a escribir una novela sobre la colonización de las Américas, tomando como partida a Fray Bartolomé de las Casas, y terminan abordando las acciones que los conquistadores españoles llevaron a cabo en tierras americanas. Este audiolibro está narrado en castellano. - Andreu Martín es un autor español nacido en Barcelona en 1949. Referente absoluto y pilar del género de novela negra en España, ha escrito algunos de los títulos más emblemáticos del panorama hispanohablante en el siglo XX y XXI. Asimismo, ha cultivado la novela infantil y juvenil con series como la del detective adolescente Flanagan. Su obra le ha valido premios como el Hammet, el Nacional de Literatura Juvenil, el Deutsche Krimi Preis en Alemania o La Sonrisa Vertical.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6813360f3463892e656a34ab5cf429e9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Hatchet Man: How Bill Barr Broke the Prosecutor’s Code and Corrupted the Justice Department by Elie Honig</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/hatchet-man-how-bill-barr-broke-the-prosecutor-s-code-and-corrupted-the-justice-department-by-elie-honig--65207390</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514454" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514454</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hatchet Man: How Bill Barr Broke the Prosecutor’s Code and Corrupted the Justice Department Author: Elie Honig Narrator: Elie Honig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: July  6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NATIONAL BESTSELLER “Elie Honig has written much more than a compelling takedown of an unfit attorney general; he also offers a blueprint for how impartial and apolitical justice should be administered in America.”—Preet Bharara “An essential analysis for anyone committed to understanding the abuses of the Trump administration so we can ensure they never happen again.”—Joyce White Vance “Essential reading for all who cherish the rule of law in America.”—George Conway ''Written with all the color and pacing of a legal thriller.''—Variety CNN Senior Legal Analyst Elie Honig exposes William Barr as the most corrupt attorney general in modern U.S. history, with stunning new scandals bubbling to the surface even after Barr's departure from office.   In Hatchet Man, former federal prosecutor Elie Honig uncovers Barr’s unprecedented abuse of power as Attorney General and the lasting structural damage done to the Justice Department. Honig uses his own experience as a prosecutor at DOJ to show how, as America’s top law enforcement official, Barr repeatedly violated the Department’s written rules, and those vital, unwritten norms and principles that comprise the “prosecutor’s code.” Barr was corrupt from the beginning. His first act as AG was to distort the findings of Special Counsel Robert Mueller, earning a public rebuke for his dishonesty from Mueller himself and, later, from a federal judge. Then, Barr tried to manipulate the law to squash a whistleblower’s complaint about Trump’s dealings with Ukraine—the report that eventually led to Trump’s first impeachment. Barr later intervened in an unprecedented manner to undermine his own DOJ prosecutors on the cases of Michael Flynn and Roger Stone, both political allies of the President. And then Barr fired the U.S. Attorney for the Southern District of New York under false pretenses. Finally, Barr amplified baseless theories about massive mail-in ballot fraud, pouring gasoline on the dumpster fire battle over the 2020 election results and contributing to the January 6 insurrection that led to Trump’s second impeachment. In Hatchet Man, Honig proves that Barr trampled the two core virtues that have long defined the department and its mission: credibility and independence – ultimately in service of his own deeply-rooted, extremist legal and personal beliefs. Honig shows how Barr corrupted the Justice Department and explains what we must do to prevent this from ever happening again.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514454</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Jul 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207390/9780063092389.mp3" length="2437123" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514454 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hatchet Man: How Bill Barr Broke the Prosecutor’s Code and Corrupted the Justice Department Author: Elie Honig Narrator: Elie Honig Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514454" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514454</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hatchet Man: How Bill Barr Broke the Prosecutor’s Code and Corrupted the Justice Department Author: Elie Honig Narrator: Elie Honig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 21 minutes Release date: July  6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 10   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  NATIONAL BESTSELLER “Elie Honig has written much more than a compelling takedown of an unfit attorney general; he also offers a blueprint for how impartial and apolitical justice should be administered in America.”—Preet Bharara “An essential analysis for anyone committed to understanding the abuses of the Trump administration so we can ensure they never happen again.”—Joyce White Vance “Essential reading for all who cherish the rule of law in America.”—George Conway ''Written with all the color and pacing of a legal thriller.''—Variety CNN Senior Legal Analyst Elie Honig exposes William Barr as the most corrupt attorney general in modern U.S. history, with stunning new scandals bubbling to the surface even after Barr's departure from office.   In Hatchet Man, former federal prosecutor Elie Honig uncovers Barr’s unprecedented abuse of power as Attorney General and the lasting structural damage done to the Justice Department. Honig uses his own experience as a prosecutor at DOJ to show how, as America’s top law enforcement official, Barr repeatedly violated the Department’s written rules, and those vital, unwritten norms and principles that comprise the “prosecutor’s code.” Barr was corrupt from the beginning. His first act as AG was to distort the findings of Special Counsel Robert Mueller, earning a public rebuke for his dishonesty from Mueller himself and, later, from a federal judge. Then, Barr tried to manipulate the law to squash a whistleblower’s complaint about Trump’s dealings with Ukraine—the report that eventually led to Trump’s first impeachment. Barr later intervened in an unprecedented manner to undermine his own DOJ prosecutors on the cases of Michael Flynn and Roger Stone, both political allies of the President. And then Barr fired the U.S. Attorney for the Southern District of New York under false pretenses. Finally, Barr amplified baseless theories about massive mail-in ballot fraud, pouring gasoline on the dumpster fire battle over the 2020 election results and contributing to the January 6 insurrection that led to Trump’s second impeachment. In Hatchet Man, Honig proves that Barr trampled the two core virtues that have long defined the department and its mission: credibility and independence – ultimately in service of his own deeply-rooted, extremist legal and personal beliefs. Honig shows how Barr corrupted the Justice Department and explains what we must do to prevent this from ever happening again.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0e4e136821112325d550799da05070cf.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How I Saved the World by Jesse Watters</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-i-saved-the-world-by-jesse-watters--65207366</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518091" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518091</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How I Saved the World Author: Jesse Watters Narrator: Larry Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: July  6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 41   Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER! At one of the most chaotic periods in American history, in a time of national distrust and despair, one tanned TV host holds the key to the future. In How I Saved the World, Jesse Watters takes readers on a tour of his life from basement-dwelling Fox minion to pampered champion of right-thinking Americans. He has divined great truths about the nature of our country while stumbling across beaches asking oblivious college students basic political questions and while stumbling out of Air Force One with the President. Interspersed are his thoughtful suggestions for overcoming left-wing radicalism, maintaining American democracy, moving beyond aging hippies (like his long-suffering, loving parents), saving the world from social justice warriors and the deep state—all while smirking his way through life in only the nicest way.  Watters outlines the stark choice ahead of us between all-American hamburgers and leftist Green New Deal breadlines (okay, maybe that one is a no-brainer) and shows the way for order and fairness to be restored. A manifesto and a call-to-arms from a man for all seasons, How I Saved the World is a hilarious, enlightening, entertaining book with a reasonable chance of winning a Nobel Prize in every category, even chemistry.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518091</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Jul 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207366/9780063049116.mp3" length="2437205" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518091 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How I Saved the World Author: Jesse Watters Narrator: Larry Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: July  6, 2021...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518091" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518091</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How I Saved the World Author: Jesse Watters Narrator: Larry Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 26 minutes Release date: July  6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.95 of Total 41   Ratings of Narrator: 4.43 of Total 7 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  #1 NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER! At one of the most chaotic periods in American history, in a time of national distrust and despair, one tanned TV host holds the key to the future. In How I Saved the World, Jesse Watters takes readers on a tour of his life from basement-dwelling Fox minion to pampered champion of right-thinking Americans. He has divined great truths about the nature of our country while stumbling across beaches asking oblivious college students basic political questions and while stumbling out of Air Force One with the President. Interspersed are his thoughtful suggestions for overcoming left-wing radicalism, maintaining American democracy, moving beyond aging hippies (like his long-suffering, loving parents), saving the world from social justice warriors and the deep state—all while smirking his way through life in only the nicest way.  Watters outlines the stark choice ahead of us between all-American hamburgers and leftist Green New Deal breadlines (okay, maybe that one is a no-brainer) and shows the way for order and fairness to be restored. A manifesto and a call-to-arms from a man for all seasons, How I Saved the World is a hilarious, enlightening, entertaining book with a reasonable chance of winning a Nobel Prize in every category, even chemistry.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/934530c15ff6ef9ddb82a769f26499d7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Saving the News: Why the Constitution Calls for Government Action to Preserve Freedom of Speech by Martha Minow</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/saving-the-news-why-the-constitution-calls-for-government-action-to-preserve-freedom-of-speech-by-martha-minow--65207401</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523634" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523634</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saving the News: Why the Constitution Calls for Government Action to Preserve Freedom of Speech Author: Martha Minow Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: July  6, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In Saving the News, Martha Minow takes stock of the new media landscape. As Minow shows, the First Amendment of the US Constitution assumes the existence and durability of a private industry. Although the First Amendment does not govern the conduct of entirely private enterprises, nothing in the Constitution forecloses government action to regulate concentrated economic power, to require disclosure of who is financing communications, or to support news initiatives where there are market failures. Moreover, the federal government has contributed financial resources, laws, and regulations to develop and shape media in the United States. Thus, Minow argues that the transformation of media from printing presses to the internet was shaped by deliberate government policies that influenced the direction of private enterprise. In short, the government has crafted the direction and contours of America's media ecosystem. Building upon this basic argument, Minow outlines an array of reforms, including a new fairness doctrine, regulating digital platforms as public utilities, using antitrust authority to regulate the media, policing fraud, and more robust funding of public media. As she stresses, such reforms are the kinds of initiatives needed if the First Amendment guarantee of freedom of the press continues to hold meaning in the twenty-first century.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523634</guid><pubDate>Tue, 06 Jul 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207401/9781696605441.mp3" length="14437171" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523634 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saving the News: Why the Constitution Calls for Government Action to Preserve Freedom of Speech Author: Martha Minow Narrator: Eliza Foss Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523634" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523634</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Saving the News: Why the Constitution Calls for Government Action to Preserve Freedom of Speech Author: Martha Minow Narrator: Eliza Foss Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: July  6, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In Saving the News, Martha Minow takes stock of the new media landscape. As Minow shows, the First Amendment of the US Constitution assumes the existence and durability of a private industry. Although the First Amendment does not govern the conduct of entirely private enterprises, nothing in the Constitution forecloses government action to regulate concentrated economic power, to require disclosure of who is financing communications, or to support news initiatives where there are market failures. Moreover, the federal government has contributed financial resources, laws, and regulations to develop and shape media in the United States. Thus, Minow argues that the transformation of media from printing presses to the internet was shaped by deliberate government policies that influenced the direction of private enterprise. In short, the government has crafted the direction and contours of America's media ecosystem. Building upon this basic argument, Minow outlines an array of reforms, including a new fairness doctrine, regulating digital platforms as public utilities, using antitrust authority to regulate the media, policing fraud, and more robust funding of public media. As she stresses, such reforms are the kinds of initiatives needed if the First Amendment guarantee of freedom of the press continues to hold meaning in the twenty-first century.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/cb76a7a19b1989a5c4224484950b8aff.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Things Are Against Us by Lucy Ellmann</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/things-are-against-us-by-lucy-ellmann--65207297</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522878" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522878</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Things Are Against Us Author: Lucy Ellmann Narrator: Stephanie Ellyne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: July  4, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Things Are Against Us is the first collection of essays from Lucy Ellmann. Provocative, smart, angry, wise, and very, very funny, the essays in Things Are Against Us cover everything - from feminism to environmental catastrophe; labour strikes to sex strikes; Little House On The Prairie to patriarchal terrorism. Lucy calls for a moratorium on air travel. She rails against bras. She gives Agatha Christie a drubbing. And she pleads for sanity in a world that has spent four years in the company of Donald Trump. Things Are Against Us is electric. It's vital. These are essays bursting with energy, and listening to them feels like sticking your hand in the mains socket. Lucy Ellmann is just the writer we need to guide us through these crazy times. 'Ellmann has long delighted in provocation.” THE NEW YORKER]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522878</guid><pubDate>Sun, 04 Jul 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207297/9781004049592.mp3" length="1478212" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522878 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Things Are Against Us Author: Lucy Ellmann Narrator: Stephanie Ellyne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: July  4,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522878" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522878</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Things Are Against Us Author: Lucy Ellmann Narrator: Stephanie Ellyne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 39 minutes Release date: July  4, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Things Are Against Us is the first collection of essays from Lucy Ellmann. Provocative, smart, angry, wise, and very, very funny, the essays in Things Are Against Us cover everything - from feminism to environmental catastrophe; labour strikes to sex strikes; Little House On The Prairie to patriarchal terrorism. Lucy calls for a moratorium on air travel. She rails against bras. She gives Agatha Christie a drubbing. And she pleads for sanity in a world that has spent four years in the company of Donald Trump. Things Are Against Us is electric. It's vital. These are essays bursting with energy, and listening to them feels like sticking your hand in the mains socket. Lucy Ellmann is just the writer we need to guide us through these crazy times. 'Ellmann has long delighted in provocation.” THE NEW YORKER]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/63329ef2d0bf91a7893ed923940035e3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Last Best Hope: America in Crisis and Renewal by George Packer</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/last-best-hope-america-in-crisis-and-renewal-by-george-packer--65207374</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515791" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515791</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Best Hope: America in Crisis and Renewal Author: George Packer Narrator: George Packer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: July  1, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. What happened to America? Is there still hope? We have arrived at a critical moment in American history. The United States is divided, its democracy is shaken. But all is not lost. The remarkable fruit of two decades of research, Last Best Hope is a riveting, urgent, clear-sighted analysis of how America got here, and how it can move forward. It presents a hopeful vision for a radical reform of American life - one that enables meaningful change, via policy, legislation, executive action, civic activism, scholarship and the media. Drawing on the best of American history - what once made it great - without being trapped in the past, Last Best Hope dares America to step into a new and better era. The thrilling new work from one of America's most incisive thinkers, Last Best Hope is a modern classic of political and societal commentary. 'One of the most talented non-fiction writers in the US.' FINANCIAL TIMES *BOOKS OF THE YEAR 2019* 'Arguably the most renowned American journalist of his generation.' LONDON REVIEW OF BOOKS © George Packer 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515791</guid><pubDate>Thu, 01 Jul 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207374/9781473597952.mp3" length="2437217" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515791 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Best Hope: America in Crisis and Renewal Author: George Packer Narrator: George Packer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515791" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515791</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Last Best Hope: America in Crisis and Renewal Author: George Packer Narrator: George Packer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: July  1, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin. What happened to America? Is there still hope? We have arrived at a critical moment in American history. The United States is divided, its democracy is shaken. But all is not lost. The remarkable fruit of two decades of research, Last Best Hope is a riveting, urgent, clear-sighted analysis of how America got here, and how it can move forward. It presents a hopeful vision for a radical reform of American life - one that enables meaningful change, via policy, legislation, executive action, civic activism, scholarship and the media. Drawing on the best of American history - what once made it great - without being trapped in the past, Last Best Hope dares America to step into a new and better era. The thrilling new work from one of America's most incisive thinkers, Last Best Hope is a modern classic of political and societal commentary. 'One of the most talented non-fiction writers in the US.' FINANCIAL TIMES *BOOKS OF THE YEAR 2019* 'Arguably the most renowned American journalist of his generation.' LONDON REVIEW OF BOOKS © George Packer 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/68e42a3b7401e8f3e771282c4b82b4b4.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Being Heumann: The Unrepentant Memoir of a Disability Rights Activist by Judith Heumann, Kristen Joiner</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/being-heumann-the-unrepentant-memoir-of-a-disability-rights-activist-by-judith-heumann-kristen-joiner--65207273</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523321" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523321</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being Heumann: The Unrepentant Memoir of a Disability Rights Activist Author: Judith Heumann, Kristen Joiner Narrator: Ali Stroker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: July  1, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  A story of fighting to belong in a world that wasn't built for all of us and of one woman's activism--from the streets of Brooklyn and San Francisco to inside the halls of Washington--Being Heumann recounts Judy Heumann's lifelong battle to achieve respect, acceptance, and inclusion in society. Paralyzed from polio at eighteen months, Judy Heumann began her struggle for equality early in life. From fighting to attend grade school after being described as a 'fire hazard' to later winning a lawsuit against the New York City school system for denying her a teacher's license, to leading the section 504 sit-in that led to the creation of the Americans with Disabilities Act, Judy's actions set a precedent that fundamentally improved rights for disabled people around the globe. Candid, intimate, and irreverent, Judy Heumann's memoir about resistance to exclusion invites readers to imagine and make real a world in which we all belong. © Judith Heumann, Kristen Joiner 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523321</guid><pubDate>Thu, 01 Jul 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207273/9780753559420.mp3" length="2437176" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523321 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being Heumann: The Unrepentant Memoir of a Disability Rights Activist Author: Judith Heumann, Kristen Joiner Narrator: Ali Stroker Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523321" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523321</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Being Heumann: The Unrepentant Memoir of a Disability Rights Activist Author: Judith Heumann, Kristen Joiner Narrator: Ali Stroker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: July  1, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  A story of fighting to belong in a world that wasn't built for all of us and of one woman's activism--from the streets of Brooklyn and San Francisco to inside the halls of Washington--Being Heumann recounts Judy Heumann's lifelong battle to achieve respect, acceptance, and inclusion in society. Paralyzed from polio at eighteen months, Judy Heumann began her struggle for equality early in life. From fighting to attend grade school after being described as a 'fire hazard' to later winning a lawsuit against the New York City school system for denying her a teacher's license, to leading the section 504 sit-in that led to the creation of the Americans with Disabilities Act, Judy's actions set a precedent that fundamentally improved rights for disabled people around the globe. Candid, intimate, and irreverent, Judy Heumann's memoir about resistance to exclusion invites readers to imagine and make real a world in which we all belong. © Judith Heumann, Kristen Joiner 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ca9c6b285a04a6241235fb45f469adb8.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - El juicio: Crónica de la caída del Chapo by J. Jesús Esquivel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-el-juicio-cronica-de-la-caida-del-chapo-by-j-jesus-esquivel--65207246</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527864" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527864</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El juicio: Crónica de la caída del Chapo Author: J. Jesús Esquivel Narrator: René García, Kerygma Flores, Rubén Hernández Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Narrado con toda crudeza por sus protagonistas, El juicio exhibe la degradante historia de México durante los últimos años, presa absoluta del crimen organizado y la corrupción gubernamental.  J. Jesús Esquivel -uno de los periodistas mexicanos que mejor conocen el mundo del narco y el único que ha documentado esta realidad tal ycomo la enfocan las autoridades norteamericanas- entrega con este libro la más original de las crónicas sobre el proceso judicial que el gobierno de Estados Unidos ejecutó en contra de Joaquín El Chapo Guzmán. No sólo se trata de una descripción completa, fiel y crítica del proceso que muchos han llamado 'el juicio del siglo', sino que recurriendo a distintas herramientas periodísticasy narrativas -incluyendo una entrevista exclusiva a Emma Coronel, esposa de Guzmán Loera- el autor ha montado un auténtico thriller legal, al estilo de Scott Turow o John Grisham. Pero la riqueza de contenido del libro trasciende los registros anecdóticos, el desfile de testigos, peritos y policías, así como las evidencias presentadas en contra del inculpado y el exhibicionismo criminal que se dio en la Corte Federal del Distrito Este, en Brooklyn, Nueva York. Lo que también leemos en estas páginas es la hipocresía del sistema penal estadounidense y la perversión de la guerra contra las drogas.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527864</guid><pubDate>Wed, 30 Jun 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207246/9786073804400.mp3" length="1478266" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527864 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El juicio: Crónica de la caída del Chapo Author: J. Jesús Esquivel Narrator: René García, Kerygma Flores, Rubén Hernández Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527864" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527864</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El juicio: Crónica de la caída del Chapo Author: J. Jesús Esquivel Narrator: René García, Kerygma Flores, Rubén Hernández Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Narrado con toda crudeza por sus protagonistas, El juicio exhibe la degradante historia de México durante los últimos años, presa absoluta del crimen organizado y la corrupción gubernamental.  J. Jesús Esquivel -uno de los periodistas mexicanos que mejor conocen el mundo del narco y el único que ha documentado esta realidad tal ycomo la enfocan las autoridades norteamericanas- entrega con este libro la más original de las crónicas sobre el proceso judicial que el gobierno de Estados Unidos ejecutó en contra de Joaquín El Chapo Guzmán. No sólo se trata de una descripción completa, fiel y crítica del proceso que muchos han llamado 'el juicio del siglo', sino que recurriendo a distintas herramientas periodísticasy narrativas -incluyendo una entrevista exclusiva a Emma Coronel, esposa de Guzmán Loera- el autor ha montado un auténtico thriller legal, al estilo de Scott Turow o John Grisham. Pero la riqueza de contenido del libro trasciende los registros anecdóticos, el desfile de testigos, peritos y policías, así como las evidencias presentadas en contra del inculpado y el exhibicionismo criminal que se dio en la Corte Federal del Distrito Este, en Brooklyn, Nueva York. Lo que también leemos en estas páginas es la hipocresía del sistema penal estadounidense y la perversión de la guerra contra las drogas.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/56643a68b20361878714cc6ba6f69162.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The War on Small Business: How the Government Used the Pandemic to Crush the Backbone of America by Carol Roth</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-war-on-small-business-how-the-government-used-the-pandemic-to-crush-the-backbone-of-america-by-carol-roth--65207376</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516575" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516575</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War on Small Business: How the Government Used the Pandemic to Crush the Backbone of America Author: Carol Roth Narrator: Chris Henry Coffey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 29, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  For years, government bureaucrats have been looking for ways to destroy small businesses. With coronavirus, they finally had their chance.  In 2020, the American economy suffered the biggest financial collapse in history. But while Main Street suffered like never before, the stock market continued to reach new highs. How could this be? The answer is that government had slapped oppressive restrictions on small businesses while propping up Wall Street and engineering a historic consolidation of power and wealth. This isn't a new problem. During the last financial crisis, Washington bailed out large banks, saying they were "too big to fail." When the federal government finally pushed out the CARES Act in 2020, it clearly favored the wealthy and well-connected, showing that small businesses were too small to matter. People across the political spectrum constantly complain about the tyranny of big business, and they're not wrong. However, too many think government is the solution. In reality, government is the problem. In The War on Small Business, entrepreneur Carol Roth unveils the many abuses of power inflicted on small businesses during the COVID-19 pandemic. Small business owners were thrown in jail for trying to make a living. Individual rights were discarded. Big government did what it does best-intentionally protect the rich and powerful.  This is the most underreported story coming out of the pandemic. The government chose winners and losers, who would thrive and who would fight to survive, based on not data or science, but based on clout and connections. This enabled the government, with the aid of the Federal Reserve, to oversee the largest wealth transfer in history from Main Street to Wall Street. The issues started long ago and continue today with a highly tilted playing field that favors those "in the club" to the detriment of the average Americans. This book is about the Davids vs. the Goliaths and the decentralization that can help the small, independent businesses and individuals participate in wealth creation.  If Americans don't wake up and stop it, politicians will continue to produce policies that intensify their war on small business and individuals and all that stands in the way of centralized power and control.   THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516575</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207376/9780063081437.mp3" length="2437160" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516575 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War on Small Business: How the Government Used the Pandemic to Crush the Backbone of America Author: Carol Roth Narrator: Chris Henry Coffey...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516575" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516575</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The War on Small Business: How the Government Used the Pandemic to Crush the Backbone of America Author: Carol Roth Narrator: Chris Henry Coffey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: June 29, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  For years, government bureaucrats have been looking for ways to destroy small businesses. With coronavirus, they finally had their chance.  In 2020, the American economy suffered the biggest financial collapse in history. But while Main Street suffered like never before, the stock market continued to reach new highs. How could this be? The answer is that government had slapped oppressive restrictions on small businesses while propping up Wall Street and engineering a historic consolidation of power and wealth. This isn't a new problem. During the last financial crisis, Washington bailed out large banks, saying they were "too big to fail." When the federal government finally pushed out the CARES Act in 2020, it clearly favored the wealthy and well-connected, showing that small businesses were too small to matter. People across the political spectrum constantly complain about the tyranny of big business, and they're not wrong. However, too many think government is the solution. In reality, government is the problem. In The War on Small Business, entrepreneur Carol Roth unveils the many abuses of power inflicted on small businesses during the COVID-19 pandemic. Small business owners were thrown in jail for trying to make a living. Individual rights were discarded. Big government did what it does best-intentionally protect the rich and powerful.  This is the most underreported story coming out of the pandemic. The government chose winners and losers, who would thrive and who would fight to survive, based on not data or science, but based on clout and connections. This enabled the government, with the aid of the Federal Reserve, to oversee the largest wealth transfer in history from Main Street to Wall Street. The issues started long ago and continue today with a highly tilted playing field that favors those "in the club" to the detriment of the average Americans. This book is about the Davids vs. the Goliaths and the decentralization that can help the small, independent businesses and individuals participate in wealth creation.  If Americans don't wake up and stop it, politicians will continue to produce policies that intensify their war on small business and individuals and all that stands in the way of centralized power and control.   THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a611e6c07a94dfdc48c882d9d2437cd5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Socialism: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition by Michael Newman</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/socialism-a-very-short-introduction-2nd-edition-by-michael-newman--65207369</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522273" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522273</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Socialism: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition Author: Michael Newman Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 29, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What is socialism? Does it have a future, or has it become an outdated ideology in the twenty-first century? This Very Short Introduction considers the major theories in socialism, and explores its historical evolution from the French Revolution to the present day. Michael Newman argues that socialism has always been a diverse doctrine, while nevertheless containing a central core of interconnected values and goals: a critique of capitalism; an optimistic view of human beings; and the belief that it is possible to establish societies based on egalitarianism, social solidarity, and cooperation. In this new edition, he draws on case studies such as Cuba, Sweden, and Bolivia, to consider attempts to implement socialism in practice, before discussing New Left challenges to conventional notions of socialism on such questions as feminism, climate change, and direct action. Rejecting the widespread view that socialism is an outdated doctrine, Newman argues that it remains ultimately relevant in today's world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522273</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207369/9781666122626.mp3" length="14437149" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522273 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Socialism: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition Author: Michael Newman Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522273" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522273</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Socialism: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition Author: Michael Newman Narrator: Mike Cooper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 13 minutes Release date: June 29, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What is socialism? Does it have a future, or has it become an outdated ideology in the twenty-first century? This Very Short Introduction considers the major theories in socialism, and explores its historical evolution from the French Revolution to the present day. Michael Newman argues that socialism has always been a diverse doctrine, while nevertheless containing a central core of interconnected values and goals: a critique of capitalism; an optimistic view of human beings; and the belief that it is possible to establish societies based on egalitarianism, social solidarity, and cooperation. In this new edition, he draws on case studies such as Cuba, Sweden, and Bolivia, to consider attempts to implement socialism in practice, before discussing New Left challenges to conventional notions of socialism on such questions as feminism, climate change, and direct action. Rejecting the widespread view that socialism is an outdated doctrine, Newman argues that it remains ultimately relevant in today's world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fc4c92a948cb1ef3fd0f53d87480cadc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Sickness is the System: When Capitalism Fails to Save Us from Pandemics or Itself by Richard D. Wolff</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-sickness-is-the-system-when-capitalism-fails-to-save-us-from-pandemics-or-itself-by-richard-d-wolff--65207350</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519098" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519098</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sickness is the System: When Capitalism Fails to Save Us from Pandemics or Itself Author: Richard D. Wolff Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 29, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The coronavirus pandemic, the deepening economic crash, dangerously divisive political responses, and exploding social tensions have thrown an already declining American capitalist system into a tailspin. The consequences of these mounting and intertwined crises will shape our future. In this unique collection of over fifty essays, The Sickness is the System: When Capitalism Fails to Save Us from Pandemics or Itself, Richard D. Wolff argues clearly that 'returning to normal' no longer responds adequately to the accumulated problems of US capitalism. What is necessary, instead, is transition toward a new economic system that works for all of us.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519098</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207350/9781666127805.mp3" length="14437203" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519098 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sickness is the System: When Capitalism Fails to Save Us from Pandemics or Itself Author: Richard D. Wolff Narrator: Rick Adamson Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519098" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519098</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Sickness is the System: When Capitalism Fails to Save Us from Pandemics or Itself Author: Richard D. Wolff Narrator: Rick Adamson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 29, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3   Ratings of Narrator: 4.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The coronavirus pandemic, the deepening economic crash, dangerously divisive political responses, and exploding social tensions have thrown an already declining American capitalist system into a tailspin. The consequences of these mounting and intertwined crises will shape our future. In this unique collection of over fifty essays, The Sickness is the System: When Capitalism Fails to Save Us from Pandemics or Itself, Richard D. Wolff argues clearly that 'returning to normal' no longer responds adequately to the accumulated problems of US capitalism. What is necessary, instead, is transition toward a new economic system that works for all of us.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ba05fd69afb29f19b46031e24926555f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>American Political Parties and Elections: A Very Short Introduction by L. Sandy Maisel</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-political-parties-and-elections-a-very-short-introduction-by-l-sandy-maisel--65207349</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523698" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523698</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Political Parties and Elections: A Very Short Introduction Author: L. Sandy Maisel Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 29, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Few Americans and even fewer citizens of other nations understand the electoral process in the United States. Still fewer understand the role played by political parties in the electoral process or the ironies within the system. Participation in elections in the United States is much lower than in the vast majority of mature democracies. Perhaps this is because of the lack of competition in a country where only two parties have a true chance of winning, despite the fact that a large number of citizens claim allegiance to neither and think badly of both. Or perhaps it is because in the US campaign contributions disproportionately favor incumbents in most legislative elections, or that largely unregulated groups such as the now notorious 527s have as much impact on the outcome of a campaign as do the parties or the candidates' campaign organizations. Studying these factors, you begin to get a very clear picture indeed of the problems that underlay our much trumpeted electoral system. This Very Short Introduction introduces the listener to these issues and more, providing an insider's view of how the system actually works while shining a light on some of its flaws.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523698</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Jun 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207349/9781666112504.mp3" length="14437192" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523698 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Political Parties and Elections: A Very Short Introduction Author: L. Sandy Maisel Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523698" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523698</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Political Parties and Elections: A Very Short Introduction Author: L. Sandy Maisel Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 29, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Few Americans and even fewer citizens of other nations understand the electoral process in the United States. Still fewer understand the role played by political parties in the electoral process or the ironies within the system. Participation in elections in the United States is much lower than in the vast majority of mature democracies. Perhaps this is because of the lack of competition in a country where only two parties have a true chance of winning, despite the fact that a large number of citizens claim allegiance to neither and think badly of both. Or perhaps it is because in the US campaign contributions disproportionately favor incumbents in most legislative elections, or that largely unregulated groups such as the now notorious 527s have as much impact on the outcome of a campaign as do the parties or the candidates' campaign organizations. Studying these factors, you begin to get a very clear picture indeed of the problems that underlay our much trumpeted electoral system. This Very Short Introduction introduces the listener to these issues and more, providing an insider's view of how the system actually works while shining a light on some of its flaws.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bb9630f702db18f5d1ba0b8d4f566a72.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Wrong Enemy: America in Afghanistan, 2001-2014 by Carlotta Gall</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-wrong-enemy-america-in-afghanistan-2001-2014-by-carlotta-gall--65207319</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523705" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523705</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wrong Enemy: America in Afghanistan, 2001-2014 Author: Carlotta Gall Narrator: Jennifer M. Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 29, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A journalist with deep knowledge of the region provides 'an enthralling and largely firsthand account of the war in Afghanistan' (Financial Times).   Few reporters know as much about Afghanistan as Carlotta Gall. She was there in the 1990s after the Russians were driven out. She witnessed the early flourishing of radical Islam, imported from abroad, which caused so much local suffering. She was there right after 9/11, when US special forces helped the Northern Alliance drive the Taliban out of the north and then the south, fighting pitched battles and causing their enemies to flee underground and into Pakistan. Gall knows just how much this war has cost the Afghan people—and just how much damage can be traced to Pakistan and its duplicitous government and intelligence forces.   Combining searing personal accounts of battles and betrayals with moving portraits of the ordinary Afghans who were caught up in the conflict for more than a decade, The Wrong Enemy is a sweeping account of a war brought by American leaders against an enemy they barely understood and could not truly engage.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523705</guid><pubDate>Tue, 29 Jun 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207319/9781666127942.mp3" length="2437167" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523705 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wrong Enemy: America in Afghanistan, 2001-2014 Author: Carlotta Gall Narrator: Jennifer M. Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 11...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523705" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523705</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wrong Enemy: America in Afghanistan, 2001-2014 Author: Carlotta Gall Narrator: Jennifer M. Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 11 minutes Release date: June 29, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A journalist with deep knowledge of the region provides 'an enthralling and largely firsthand account of the war in Afghanistan' (Financial Times).   Few reporters know as much about Afghanistan as Carlotta Gall. She was there in the 1990s after the Russians were driven out. She witnessed the early flourishing of radical Islam, imported from abroad, which caused so much local suffering. She was there right after 9/11, when US special forces helped the Northern Alliance drive the Taliban out of the north and then the south, fighting pitched battles and causing their enemies to flee underground and into Pakistan. Gall knows just how much this war has cost the Afghan people—and just how much damage can be traced to Pakistan and its duplicitous government and intelligence forces.   Combining searing personal accounts of battles and betrayals with moving portraits of the ordinary Afghans who were caught up in the conflict for more than a decade, The Wrong Enemy is a sweeping account of a war brought by American leaders against an enemy they barely understood and could not truly engage.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/545042a607d87baaee0fbed49906e269.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Art of War by Sun Tzu</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-art-of-war-by-sun-tzu--65207245</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529945" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529945</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of War Author: Sun Tzu Narrator: Elizabeth Anne Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: June 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 19 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Sun Tzu - The Art of WarSun Tzu - The Art of War The Art of War is an ancient Chinese military treatise dating from the Late Spring and Autumn Period. The work, which is attributed to the ancient Chinese military strategist Sun Tzu (also spelled Sunzi), is composed of 13 chapters. Each one is devoted to an aspect of warfare and how it applies to military strategy and tactics. For almost 1500 years it was the lead text in an anthology that would be formalised as the Seven Military Classics by Emperor Shenzong of Song in 1080. The Art of War remains the most influential strategy text in East Asian warfare and has influenced both Eastern and Western military thinking, business tactics, legal strategy, lifestyles and beyond. The book contained a detailed explanation and analysis of the Chinese military, from weapons and strategy to rank and discipline. Sun Tzu also stressed the importance of intelligence operatives and espionage to the war effort. Because Sun Tzu has long been considered to be one of history's finest military tacticians and analysts, his teachings and strategies formed the basis of advanced military training for centuries to come.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529945</guid><pubDate>Mon, 28 Jun 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207245/9786197642018.mp3" length="1478306" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529945 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of War Author: Sun Tzu Narrator: Elizabeth Anne Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: June 28, 2021...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529945" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529945</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art of War Author: Sun Tzu Narrator: Elizabeth Anne Harris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 12 minutes Release date: June 28, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.47 of Total 19 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Sun Tzu - The Art of WarSun Tzu - The Art of War The Art of War is an ancient Chinese military treatise dating from the Late Spring and Autumn Period. The work, which is attributed to the ancient Chinese military strategist Sun Tzu (also spelled Sunzi), is composed of 13 chapters. Each one is devoted to an aspect of warfare and how it applies to military strategy and tactics. For almost 1500 years it was the lead text in an anthology that would be formalised as the Seven Military Classics by Emperor Shenzong of Song in 1080. The Art of War remains the most influential strategy text in East Asian warfare and has influenced both Eastern and Western military thinking, business tactics, legal strategy, lifestyles and beyond. The book contained a detailed explanation and analysis of the Chinese military, from weapons and strategy to rank and discipline. Sun Tzu also stressed the importance of intelligence operatives and espionage to the war effort. Because Sun Tzu has long been considered to be one of history's finest military tacticians and analysts, his teachings and strategies formed the basis of advanced military training for centuries to come.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0d324fe59de39b8517e545b0500e94e2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Hard Choices by Peter Ricketts</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/hard-choices-by-peter-ricketts--65207347</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519042" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519042</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hard Choices Author: Peter Ricketts Narrator: Mark Elstob Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 24, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A groundbreaking exploration of the difficult decisions Britain faces outside the EU in a fast-changing world. After decades of peace and prosperity, the international order put in place after World War II is rapidly coming to an end. Disastrous foreign wars, global recession, the meteoric rise of China and India and the COVID pandemic have undermined the power of the West's international institutions and unleashed the forces of nationalism and protectionism. In this lucid and groundbreaking analysis, one of Britain's most experienced senior diplomats highlights the key dilemmas Britain faces, from trade to security, arguing that international co-operation and solidarity are the surest ways to prosper in a world more dangerous than ever. “Peter Ricketts has used his experience as one of the best diplomats of his generation to produce a book that is magisterial in its scope and analysis -- and in its recommendations for how the UK can use the realities of the post-Brexit era to its advantage. Essential reading for all who care about Britain's position in the world.” JACK STRAW, former Foreign Secretary “A clarion call for a post-Brexit national conversation and a new national strategy. Written with grace and clarity, Hard Choices is a book for every informed citizen concerned for Britain's future in a dangerous and unpredictable world.” VERNON BOGDANOR, CBE FBA, Professor of Government, King's College, London]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519042</guid><pubDate>Thu, 24 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207347/9781004047192.mp3" length="1478190" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519042 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hard Choices Author: Peter Ricketts Narrator: Mark Elstob Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 24, 2021 Ratings:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519042" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519042</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hard Choices Author: Peter Ricketts Narrator: Mark Elstob Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: June 24, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A groundbreaking exploration of the difficult decisions Britain faces outside the EU in a fast-changing world. After decades of peace and prosperity, the international order put in place after World War II is rapidly coming to an end. Disastrous foreign wars, global recession, the meteoric rise of China and India and the COVID pandemic have undermined the power of the West's international institutions and unleashed the forces of nationalism and protectionism. In this lucid and groundbreaking analysis, one of Britain's most experienced senior diplomats highlights the key dilemmas Britain faces, from trade to security, arguing that international co-operation and solidarity are the surest ways to prosper in a world more dangerous than ever. “Peter Ricketts has used his experience as one of the best diplomats of his generation to produce a book that is magisterial in its scope and analysis -- and in its recommendations for how the UK can use the realities of the post-Brexit era to its advantage. Essential reading for all who care about Britain's position in the world.” JACK STRAW, former Foreign Secretary “A clarion call for a post-Brexit national conversation and a new national strategy. Written with grace and clarity, Hard Choices is a book for every informed citizen concerned for Britain's future in a dangerous and unpredictable world.” VERNON BOGDANOR, CBE FBA, Professor of Government, King's College, London]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/ca1ff490574456a83e9a91a909a3ea03.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Precipice: Neoliberalism, the Pandemic and the Urgent Need for Radical Change by Noam Chomsky, C.J. Polychroniou</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-precipice-neoliberalism-the-pandemic-and-the-urgent-need-for-radical-change-by-noam-chomsky-c-j-polychroniou--65207315</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523097" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523097</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Precipice: Neoliberalism, the Pandemic and the Urgent Need for Radical Change Author: Noam Chomsky, C.J. Polychroniou Narrator: Ako Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  In this powerful collection of interviews, Noam Chomsky exposes the problems of our world today, as we stand in this period of monumental change, preparing for a more hopeful tomorrow. 'For the left, elections are a brief interlude in a life of real politics, a moment to ask whether it's worth taking time off to vote . . . Then back to work. The work will be to move forward to construct the better world that is within reach.' He sheds light into the phenomenon of right-wing populism, and exposes the catastrophic nature and impact of authoritarian policies on people, the environment and the planet as a whole. He captures the dynamics of the brutal class warfare launched by the masters of capital to maintain and even enhance the features of a dog-eat-dog society. And he celebrates the recent unprecedented mobilizations of millions of people internationally against neoliberal capitalism, racism and police violence. We stand at a precipice and we must fight to pull the world back from it. © Noam Chomsky, C.J. Polychroniou 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523097</guid><pubDate>Thu, 24 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207315/9780241994702.mp3" length="2437172" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523097 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Precipice: Neoliberalism, the Pandemic and the Urgent Need for Radical Change Author: Noam Chomsky, C.J. Polychroniou Narrator: Ako Mitchell...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523097" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523097</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Precipice: Neoliberalism, the Pandemic and the Urgent Need for Radical Change Author: Noam Chomsky, C.J. Polychroniou Narrator: Ako Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 22 minutes Release date: June 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  In this powerful collection of interviews, Noam Chomsky exposes the problems of our world today, as we stand in this period of monumental change, preparing for a more hopeful tomorrow. 'For the left, elections are a brief interlude in a life of real politics, a moment to ask whether it's worth taking time off to vote . . . Then back to work. The work will be to move forward to construct the better world that is within reach.' He sheds light into the phenomenon of right-wing populism, and exposes the catastrophic nature and impact of authoritarian policies on people, the environment and the planet as a whole. He captures the dynamics of the brutal class warfare launched by the masters of capital to maintain and even enhance the features of a dog-eat-dog society. And he celebrates the recent unprecedented mobilizations of millions of people internationally against neoliberal capitalism, racism and police violence. We stand at a precipice and we must fight to pull the world back from it. © Noam Chomsky, C.J. Polychroniou 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/be3d1b8d1bd1ddef000a4f12cb75d30b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Chief Witness: Escape from China's Modern-Day Concentration Camps by Sayragul Sauytbay, Alexandra Cavelius</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-chief-witness-escape-from-china-s-modern-day-concentration-camps-by-sayragul-sauytbay-alexandra-cavelius--65207253</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524588" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524588</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chief Witness: Escape from China's Modern-Day Concentration Camps Author: Sayragul Sauytbay, Alexandra Cavelius Narrator: Xifeng Brooks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 24, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Born in China’s northwestern province, Sayragul Sauytbay trained as a doctor before being appointed a senior civil servant. But her life was upended when the Chinese authorities incarcerated her. Her crime? Being Kazakh, one of China’s ethnic minorities. The northwestern province borders the largest number of foreign nations and is the point in China that is the closest to Europe. In recent years, it has become home to over 1,200 penal camps?modern-day gulags that are estimated to house three million members of the Kazakh and Uyghur minorities. Imprisoned solely due to their ethnicity, inmates are subjected to relentless punishment and torture, including being beaten, raped, and used as subjects for medical experiments. The camps represent the greatest systematic incarceration of an entire people since the Third Reich. In prison, Sauytbay was put to work teaching Chinese language, culture, and politics, in the course of which she gained access to secret information that revealed Beijing’s long-term plans to undermine not only its minorities but also democracies around the world. Upon her escape to Europe, she was reunited with her family, but she still lives under constant threat of reprisal. This rare testimony from the biggest surveillance state in the world reveals not only the full, frightening scope of China’s tyrannical ambitions but also the resilience and courage of its author.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524588</guid><pubDate>Thu, 24 Jun 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207253/9781666532517.mp3" length="1477755" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524588 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chief Witness: Escape from China's Modern-Day Concentration Camps Author: Sayragul Sauytbay, Alexandra Cavelius Narrator: Xifeng Brooks Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524588" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524588</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Chief Witness: Escape from China's Modern-Day Concentration Camps Author: Sayragul Sauytbay, Alexandra Cavelius Narrator: Xifeng Brooks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 24, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Born in China’s northwestern province, Sayragul Sauytbay trained as a doctor before being appointed a senior civil servant. But her life was upended when the Chinese authorities incarcerated her. Her crime? Being Kazakh, one of China’s ethnic minorities. The northwestern province borders the largest number of foreign nations and is the point in China that is the closest to Europe. In recent years, it has become home to over 1,200 penal camps?modern-day gulags that are estimated to house three million members of the Kazakh and Uyghur minorities. Imprisoned solely due to their ethnicity, inmates are subjected to relentless punishment and torture, including being beaten, raped, and used as subjects for medical experiments. The camps represent the greatest systematic incarceration of an entire people since the Third Reich. In prison, Sauytbay was put to work teaching Chinese language, culture, and politics, in the course of which she gained access to secret information that revealed Beijing’s long-term plans to undermine not only its minorities but also democracies around the world. Upon her escape to Europe, she was reunited with her family, but she still lives under constant threat of reprisal. This rare testimony from the biggest surveillance state in the world reveals not only the full, frightening scope of China’s tyrannical ambitions but also the resilience and courage of its author.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5fcc59db939baa518045bf87e1e3676a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Three Dads and a Baby: Adventures in Modern Parenting by Ian Jenkins MD</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/three-dads-and-a-baby-adventures-in-modern-parenting-by-ian-jenkins-md--65207405</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519111" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519111</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Dads and a Baby: Adventures in Modern Parenting Author: Ian Jenkins MD Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 22, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Families come in all forms, but parental love is universal . . . As a closeted teen, Ian wondered if he would ever be able to live openly with a male partner. Years later, he had not one but two partners in a polyamorous Throuple—what more could he ask for? But something was still missing . . . Join Ian and his partners, Alan and Jeremy, as they embark on a sometimes hilarious, sometimes tearful quest to become parents. They run the gauntlet: IVF failures, the threat of Zika virus, the urgent hunt for a new doctor, pregnancy-threatening bleeds, costly legal battles, and a reluctant superior court judge. Ultimately the grace of women—embryo donors, their egg donor, their surrogate, even a surprise milk donor—allow them to complete their family with one perfect girl, and become the first polyamorous family ever named as the legal parents of a child. Contains mature themes.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519111</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207405/9781666129502.mp3" length="14437224" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519111 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Dads and a Baby: Adventures in Modern Parenting Author: Ian Jenkins MD Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519111" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519111</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Dads and a Baby: Adventures in Modern Parenting Author: Ian Jenkins MD Narrator: Graham Halstead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 22, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Families come in all forms, but parental love is universal . . . As a closeted teen, Ian wondered if he would ever be able to live openly with a male partner. Years later, he had not one but two partners in a polyamorous Throuple—what more could he ask for? But something was still missing . . . Join Ian and his partners, Alan and Jeremy, as they embark on a sometimes hilarious, sometimes tearful quest to become parents. They run the gauntlet: IVF failures, the threat of Zika virus, the urgent hunt for a new doctor, pregnancy-threatening bleeds, costly legal battles, and a reluctant superior court judge. Ultimately the grace of women—embryo donors, their egg donor, their surrogate, even a surprise milk donor—allow them to complete their family with one perfect girl, and become the first polyamorous family ever named as the legal parents of a child. Contains mature themes.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/077e0a98fb869b18f56280942bc4bda0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Revolutionary Backlash: Women and Politics in the Early American Republic by Rosmarie Zagarri</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/revolutionary-backlash-women-and-politics-in-the-early-american-republic-by-rosmarie-zagarri--65207382</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519093" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519093</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolutionary Backlash: Women and Politics in the Early American Republic Author: Rosmarie Zagarri Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 22, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Seneca Falls Convention is typically seen as the beginning of the first women's rights movement in the United States. Revolutionary Backlash argues otherwise. Integrating the approaches of women's historians and political historians, this book explores changes in women's status that occurred from the time of the American Revolution until the election of Andrew Jackson. Women built on precedents established during the Revolution and gained an informal foothold in party politics and male electoral activities. Federalists and Jeffersonians vied for women's allegiance and sought their support in times of national crisis. Women, in turn, attended rallies, organized political activities, and voiced their opinions on the issues of the day. By 1828, women's politicization was seen more as a liability than as a strength, contributing to a divisive political climate that repeatedly brought the country to the brink of civil war. The increasing sophistication of party organizations and triumph of universal suffrage for white males marginalized those who could not vote, especially women. Yet all was not lost. Women had already begun to participate in charitable movements, benevolent societies, and social reform organizations. Through these organizations, women found another way to practice politics.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519093</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207382/9781666133929.mp3" length="14437183" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519093 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolutionary Backlash: Women and Politics in the Early American Republic Author: Rosmarie Zagarri Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519093" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519093</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Revolutionary Backlash: Women and Politics in the Early American Republic Author: Rosmarie Zagarri Narrator: Kirsten Potter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 22, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The Seneca Falls Convention is typically seen as the beginning of the first women's rights movement in the United States. Revolutionary Backlash argues otherwise. Integrating the approaches of women's historians and political historians, this book explores changes in women's status that occurred from the time of the American Revolution until the election of Andrew Jackson. Women built on precedents established during the Revolution and gained an informal foothold in party politics and male electoral activities. Federalists and Jeffersonians vied for women's allegiance and sought their support in times of national crisis. Women, in turn, attended rallies, organized political activities, and voiced their opinions on the issues of the day. By 1828, women's politicization was seen more as a liability than as a strength, contributing to a divisive political climate that repeatedly brought the country to the brink of civil war. The increasing sophistication of party organizations and triumph of universal suffrage for white males marginalized those who could not vote, especially women. Yet all was not lost. Women had already begun to participate in charitable movements, benevolent societies, and social reform organizations. Through these organizations, women found another way to practice politics.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/88158a07e7dd044221e7da6300e3c5ee.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Reagan Revolution: A Very Short Introduction by Gil Troy</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-reagan-revolution-a-very-short-introduction-by-gil-troy--65207372</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522337" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522337</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Reagan Revolution: A Very Short Introduction Author: Gil Troy Narrator: Jeremy Gage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 22, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'They called it the Reagan revolution,' Ronald Reagan noted in his Farewell Address. 'Well, I'll accept that, but for me it always seemed more like the great rediscovery, a rediscovery of our values and our common sense.' Nearly two decades after that 1989 speech, debate continues to rage over just how revolutionary those Reagan years were. The Reagan Revolution: A Very Short Introduction identifies and tackles some of the controversies and historical mysteries that continue to swirl around Reagan and his legacy, while providing an illuminating look at some of the era's defining personalities, ideas, and accomplishments. Gil Troy, a well-known historian who is a frequent commentator on contemporary politics, sheds much light on the phenomenon known as the Reagan Revolution, situating the reception of Reagan's actions within the contemporary liberal and conservative political scene. Nevertheless, as Troy shows, two and a half decades after Reagan's 1981 inauguration, his legacy continues to shape American politics, diplomacy, culture, and economics. Both Bill Clinton and George W. Bush modeled much of their presidential leadership styles on Reagan's example, while many of the debates of the 80s about the budget, tax cutting, defense-spending, and American values still rage.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522337</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207372/9781666142044.mp3" length="14437166" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522337 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Reagan Revolution: A Very Short Introduction Author: Gil Troy Narrator: Jeremy Gage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522337" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522337</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Reagan Revolution: A Very Short Introduction Author: Gil Troy Narrator: Jeremy Gage Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 22, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'They called it the Reagan revolution,' Ronald Reagan noted in his Farewell Address. 'Well, I'll accept that, but for me it always seemed more like the great rediscovery, a rediscovery of our values and our common sense.' Nearly two decades after that 1989 speech, debate continues to rage over just how revolutionary those Reagan years were. The Reagan Revolution: A Very Short Introduction identifies and tackles some of the controversies and historical mysteries that continue to swirl around Reagan and his legacy, while providing an illuminating look at some of the era's defining personalities, ideas, and accomplishments. Gil Troy, a well-known historian who is a frequent commentator on contemporary politics, sheds much light on the phenomenon known as the Reagan Revolution, situating the reception of Reagan's actions within the contemporary liberal and conservative political scene. Nevertheless, as Troy shows, two and a half decades after Reagan's 1981 inauguration, his legacy continues to shape American politics, diplomacy, culture, and economics. Both Bill Clinton and George W. Bush modeled much of their presidential leadership styles on Reagan's example, while many of the debates of the 80s about the budget, tax cutting, defense-spending, and American values still rage.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a6c011b471e8c0c8a5db95880190e9e1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Forensic Psychology: A Very Short Introduction by David Canter</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/forensic-psychology-a-very-short-introduction-by-david-canter--65207329</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522325" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522325</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forensic Psychology: A Very Short Introduction Author: David Canter Narrator: Ken Kliban Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 22, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Lie detection, offender profiling, jury selection, insanity in the law, predicting the risk of re-offending, the minds of serial killers, and many other topics that fill news and fiction are all aspects of the rapidly developing area of scientific psychology broadly known as forensic psychology. This fascinating Very Short Introduction discusses all the aspects of psychology that are relevant to the legal and criminal process as a whole. It includes explanations of criminal behavior and criminality, including the role of mental disorder in crime, and it reveals how forensic psychology contributes to helping investigate the crime and catching the perpetrators. David Canter also explains how psychologists provide guidance to all those involved in civil and criminal court proceedings, including both the police and the accused, and what expert testimony can be provided by a psychologist about the offender at the trial. Finally, Canter describes how forensic psychology is used, particularly in prisons, to help in the management, treatment, and rehabilitation of offenders, once they have been convicted.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522325</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207329/9781666141023.mp3" length="14437159" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522325 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forensic Psychology: A Very Short Introduction Author: David Canter Narrator: Ken Kliban Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522325" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522325</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forensic Psychology: A Very Short Introduction Author: David Canter Narrator: Ken Kliban Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 6 minutes Release date: June 22, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Lie detection, offender profiling, jury selection, insanity in the law, predicting the risk of re-offending, the minds of serial killers, and many other topics that fill news and fiction are all aspects of the rapidly developing area of scientific psychology broadly known as forensic psychology. This fascinating Very Short Introduction discusses all the aspects of psychology that are relevant to the legal and criminal process as a whole. It includes explanations of criminal behavior and criminality, including the role of mental disorder in crime, and it reveals how forensic psychology contributes to helping investigate the crime and catching the perpetrators. David Canter also explains how psychologists provide guidance to all those involved in civil and criminal court proceedings, including both the police and the accused, and what expert testimony can be provided by a psychologist about the offender at the trial. Finally, Canter describes how forensic psychology is used, particularly in prisons, to help in the management, treatment, and rehabilitation of offenders, once they have been convicted.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fd1a89a99b96a5d5123e5216cbb90b2c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>In Defense of Liberal Democracy: What We Need to Do to Heal a Divided America by Manuel Hinds</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/in-defense-of-liberal-democracy-what-we-need-to-do-to-heal-a-divided-america-by-manuel-hinds--65207326</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524940" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524940</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Defense of Liberal Democracy: What We Need to Do to Heal a Divided America Author: Manuel Hinds Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: June 22, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In Defense of Liberal Democracy is a clarion call for today's divided time: a bold reaffirmation of the liberal democratic principles that have carried America through each crisis in its history—and can do so again. Merging expert historical, political, and economic analysis, In Defense of Liberal Democracy shows how our recent technological revolution—what high-profile economist Manuel Hinds calls the Connectivity Revolution—has led to a crisis of divisiveness. Assessing the angry rhetoric and polarization of current political and social discourse in the US, Hinds considers the dangers of seeking populist solutions to our current upheaval and shows how the traditions and institutions of liberal democracy restored prosperity, freedom, and social equity during the Industrial Revolution, the Great Depression, and other periods of political instability. Hinds examines our national past and present (up to and including the 2020 presidential election) to illustrate how current events can be as dramatic as any historical legacy in warning us of the danger of abandoning our democratic principles.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524940</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Jun 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207326/9781696605656.mp3" length="14437218" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524940 to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Defense of Liberal Democracy: What We Need to Do to Heal a Divided America Author: Manuel Hinds Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524940" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/524940</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: In Defense of Liberal Democracy: What We Need to Do to Heal a Divided America Author: Manuel Hinds Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 49 minutes Release date: June 22, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In Defense of Liberal Democracy is a clarion call for today's divided time: a bold reaffirmation of the liberal democratic principles that have carried America through each crisis in its history—and can do so again. Merging expert historical, political, and economic analysis, In Defense of Liberal Democracy shows how our recent technological revolution—what high-profile economist Manuel Hinds calls the Connectivity Revolution—has led to a crisis of divisiveness. Assessing the angry rhetoric and polarization of current political and social discourse in the US, Hinds considers the dangers of seeking populist solutions to our current upheaval and shows how the traditions and institutions of liberal democracy restored prosperity, freedom, and social equity during the Industrial Revolution, the Great Depression, and other periods of political instability. Hinds examines our national past and present (up to and including the 2020 presidential election) to illustrate how current events can be as dramatic as any historical legacy in warning us of the danger of abandoning our democratic principles.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/49b3f5aaf278eeef05825047f1a46a71.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Bihar Diaries: The True Story of How Bihar's Most Dangerous Criminal Was Caught by Amit Lodha</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/bihar-diaries-the-true-story-of-how-bihar-s-most-dangerous-criminal-was-caught-by-amit-lodha--65207293</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523913" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523913</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bihar Diaries: The True Story of How Bihar's Most Dangerous Criminal Was Caught Author: Amit Lodha Narrator: Dev J. Haldar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 22, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Bihar   Diaries narrates the thrilling account of how Amit Lodha arrested Samant   Pratap, one of Bihar's most feared ganglords, notorious for extortion,   kidnapping and the massacre of scores of people. The book follows the   adrenaline-fuelled chase that took place across three states during Amit's   tenure as superintendent of police of Shekhpura, a sleepy mofussil town in   Bihar.  How does Amit navigate between his many professional challenges and conquer   his demons? What does he do when the ganglord comes after his family? Bihar   Diaries captures vividly the battle of nerves between a dreaded outlaw and a   young, urbane IPS officer.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523913</guid><pubDate>Tue, 22 Jun 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207293/9780143496984.mp3" length="4837086" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523913 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bihar Diaries: The True Story of How Bihar's Most Dangerous Criminal Was Caught Author: Amit Lodha Narrator: Dev J. Haldar Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523913" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523913</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Bihar Diaries: The True Story of How Bihar's Most Dangerous Criminal Was Caught Author: Amit Lodha Narrator: Dev J. Haldar Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: June 22, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Bihar   Diaries narrates the thrilling account of how Amit Lodha arrested Samant   Pratap, one of Bihar's most feared ganglords, notorious for extortion,   kidnapping and the massacre of scores of people. The book follows the   adrenaline-fuelled chase that took place across three states during Amit's   tenure as superintendent of police of Shekhpura, a sleepy mofussil town in   Bihar.  How does Amit navigate between his many professional challenges and conquer   his demons? What does he do when the ganglord comes after his family? Bihar   Diaries captures vividly the battle of nerves between a dreaded outlaw and a   young, urbane IPS officer.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>605</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/001b99a1acdda158c0677c69e0c31707.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Sobre la tiranía: Veinte lecciones que aprender del siglo XX by Timothy Snyder</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-sobre-la-tirania-veinte-lecciones-que-aprender-del-siglo-xx-by-timothy-snyder--65207250</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527879" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527879</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sobre la tiranía: Veinte lecciones que aprender del siglo XX Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Edgar David Aguilera Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Nos deslizamos rápidamente hacia el fascismo. Timothy Snyder no nos permite hacernos ilusiones sobre nosotros mismos.' —Svetlana Aleksiévich, ganadora del Premio Nobel de Literatura 'Timothy Snyder razona con una claridad incomparable (…) y ha escrito el tipo de libro, tan poco común, que se lee de una sentada pero al que se vuelve una y otra vez en el intento de situarse en relación con los acontecimientos.' —Masha Gessen 'Un trabajo memorable, basado en la historia, pero imbuido de la urgencia feroz de lo que está pasando.' —Carlos Lozada, The Washington Post 'Por favor lean este libro, tan inteligente y oportuno.' —George Saunders La historia no se repite, pero sí alecciona. Tanto el nazismo como el comunismo fueron reacciones a la globalización: a las desigualdades reales o imaginadas que creaba, y a la aparente impotencia de las democracias para afrontarlas. Eran movimientos en los que un líder o un partido decían dar voz al pueblo, prometían protegerlo de las amenazas globales existentes y rechazaban la razón en favor del mito. La historia nos muestra que las sociedades pueden quebrarse, las democracias pueden caer, la ética puede venirse abajo y la gente corriente puede encontrarse en situaciones inimaginables. Hoy en día nos resultaría muy útil entender por qué. La historia puede familiarizar y puede servir de advertencia. No somos más sabios que los europeos que vieron cómo la democracia se rendía ante el autoritarismo durante el siglo xx. Pero cuando el orden político parece amenazado, nuestra ventaja es que podemos aprender de su experiencia para impedir el avance de la tiranía. Ahora es un buen momento para hacerlo. Este libro presenta veinte lecciones que aprender del siglo xx, adaptadas a las circunstancias de hoy.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527879</guid><pubDate>Mon, 21 Jun 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207250/9781094422589.mp3" length="1477615" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527879 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sobre la tiranía: Veinte lecciones que aprender del siglo XX Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Edgar David Aguilera Format: Abridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527879" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/527879</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Sobre la tiranía: Veinte lecciones que aprender del siglo XX Author: Timothy Snyder Narrator: Edgar David Aguilera Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Nos deslizamos rápidamente hacia el fascismo. Timothy Snyder no nos permite hacernos ilusiones sobre nosotros mismos.' —Svetlana Aleksiévich, ganadora del Premio Nobel de Literatura 'Timothy Snyder razona con una claridad incomparable (…) y ha escrito el tipo de libro, tan poco común, que se lee de una sentada pero al que se vuelve una y otra vez en el intento de situarse en relación con los acontecimientos.' —Masha Gessen 'Un trabajo memorable, basado en la historia, pero imbuido de la urgencia feroz de lo que está pasando.' —Carlos Lozada, The Washington Post 'Por favor lean este libro, tan inteligente y oportuno.' —George Saunders La historia no se repite, pero sí alecciona. Tanto el nazismo como el comunismo fueron reacciones a la globalización: a las desigualdades reales o imaginadas que creaba, y a la aparente impotencia de las democracias para afrontarlas. Eran movimientos en los que un líder o un partido decían dar voz al pueblo, prometían protegerlo de las amenazas globales existentes y rechazaban la razón en favor del mito. La historia nos muestra que las sociedades pueden quebrarse, las democracias pueden caer, la ética puede venirse abajo y la gente corriente puede encontrarse en situaciones inimaginables. Hoy en día nos resultaría muy útil entender por qué. La historia puede familiarizar y puede servir de advertencia. No somos más sabios que los europeos que vieron cómo la democracia se rendía ante el autoritarismo durante el siglo xx. Pero cuando el orden político parece amenazado, nuestra ventaja es que podemos aprender de su experiencia para impedir el avance de la tiranía. Ahora es un buen momento para hacerlo. Este libro presenta veinte lecciones que aprender del siglo xx, adaptadas a las circunstancias de hoy.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f89c2449d0f09162b226d4c988e67e55.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Operación secuestros by Ralph Z Nathan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-operacion-secuestros-by-ralph-z-nathan--65207244</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529915" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529915</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Operación secuestros Author: Ralph Z Nathan Narrator: Salvador Marini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 1 minute Release date: June 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Un grupo de influyentes ciudadanos de Estados Unidos entiende que los principales gobiernos del mundo no estan haciendo las cosas correctas para mejorar los problemas econmicos y sociales de los pueblos y deciden secuestrar a ocho lideres mundiales para que se pongan de acuerdo en soluciones sin egosmos eleccionarios o burocrticos y los trasladan individualmente hasta un yate en medio del Mediterrneodnde. Como charla de bienvenida, les anticipan que si no se ponen de acuerdo puede que se queden sin comida o lo que va a ser peor alguien los pueda matar. Cuando los gobernantes estan a solas, sin periodismo, sin testigos, afloran los mejores sentimientos de cada uno, sin temores de lo que propongan los votos en prximas eleccionesHay muchas posibilidades de salvar el mundo de las alternativas si no hubiera tanta hipocresa y egosmo delante de la prensa.Secuestro es una bocanada de oxigeno para el mundo y donde los secuestradores... son los buenos.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529915</guid><pubDate>Mon, 21 Jun 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207244/9781662199417.mp3" length="2437182" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529915 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Operación secuestros Author: Ralph Z Nathan Narrator: Salvador Marini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 1 minute Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529915" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/529915</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Operación secuestros Author: Ralph Z Nathan Narrator: Salvador Marini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 1 minute Release date: June 21, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Un grupo de influyentes ciudadanos de Estados Unidos entiende que los principales gobiernos del mundo no estan haciendo las cosas correctas para mejorar los problemas econmicos y sociales de los pueblos y deciden secuestrar a ocho lideres mundiales para que se pongan de acuerdo en soluciones sin egosmos eleccionarios o burocrticos y los trasladan individualmente hasta un yate en medio del Mediterrneodnde. Como charla de bienvenida, les anticipan que si no se ponen de acuerdo puede que se queden sin comida o lo que va a ser peor alguien los pueda matar. Cuando los gobernantes estan a solas, sin periodismo, sin testigos, afloran los mejores sentimientos de cada uno, sin temores de lo que propongan los votos en prximas eleccionesHay muchas posibilidades de salvar el mundo de las alternativas si no hubiera tanta hipocresa y egosmo delante de la prensa.Secuestro es una bocanada de oxigeno para el mundo y donde los secuestradores... son los buenos.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f2c61f2a529a007829671aaafe6e4145.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Averting Catastrophe: Decision Theory for COVID-19, Climate Change, and Potential Disasters of All Kinds by Cass R. Sunstein</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/averting-catastrophe-decision-theory-for-covid-19-climate-change-and-potential-disasters-of-all-kinds-by-cass-r-sunstein--65207407</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514193" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514193</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Averting Catastrophe: Decision Theory for COVID-19, Climate Change, and Potential Disasters of All Kinds Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 15, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The world is increasingly confronted with new challenges related to climate change, globalization, disease, and technology. Governments are faced with having to decide how much risk is worth taking, how much destruction and death can be tolerated, and how much money should be invested in the hopes of avoiding catastrophe. Lacking full information, should decision-makers focus on avoiding the most catastrophic outcomes? When should extreme measures be taken to prevent as much destruction as possible? Averting Catastrophe explores how governments ought to make decisions in times of imminent disaster. Cass R. Sunstein argues that using the 'maximin rule,' which calls for choosing the approach that eliminates the worst of the worst-case scenarios, may be necessary when public officials lack important information, and when the worst-case scenario is too disastrous to contemplate. He underscores this argument by emphasizing the reality of 'Knightian uncertainty,' found in circumstances in which it is not possible to assign probabilities to various outcomes. At once an approachable introduction to decision-theory and a provocative argument for how governments ought to handle risk, Averting Catastrophe offers a definitive path forward in a world rife with uncertainty.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514193</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207407/9781666132502.mp3" length="14437249" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514193 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Averting Catastrophe: Decision Theory for COVID-19, Climate Change, and Potential Disasters of All Kinds Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: David...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514193" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514193</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Averting Catastrophe: Decision Theory for COVID-19, Climate Change, and Potential Disasters of All Kinds Author: Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: June 15, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The world is increasingly confronted with new challenges related to climate change, globalization, disease, and technology. Governments are faced with having to decide how much risk is worth taking, how much destruction and death can be tolerated, and how much money should be invested in the hopes of avoiding catastrophe. Lacking full information, should decision-makers focus on avoiding the most catastrophic outcomes? When should extreme measures be taken to prevent as much destruction as possible? Averting Catastrophe explores how governments ought to make decisions in times of imminent disaster. Cass R. Sunstein argues that using the 'maximin rule,' which calls for choosing the approach that eliminates the worst of the worst-case scenarios, may be necessary when public officials lack important information, and when the worst-case scenario is too disastrous to contemplate. He underscores this argument by emphasizing the reality of 'Knightian uncertainty,' found in circumstances in which it is not possible to assign probabilities to various outcomes. At once an approachable introduction to decision-theory and a provocative argument for how governments ought to handle risk, Averting Catastrophe offers a definitive path forward in a world rife with uncertainty.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5f45261b2eaf2c81c082f8e11aac8949.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>You Are Here: A Field Guide for Navigating Polarized Speech, Conspiracy Theories, and Our Polluted Media Landscape by Ryan M. Milner, Whitne</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-are-here-a-field-guide-for-navigating-polarized-speech-conspiracy-theories-and-our-polluted-media-landscape-by-ryan-m-milner-whitne--65207395</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519100" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519100</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Are Here: A Field Guide for Navigating Polarized Speech, Conspiracy Theories, and Our Polluted Media Landscape Author: Ryan M. Milner, Whitney Phillips Narrator: Amanda Ronconi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 15, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How to understand a media environment in crisis, and how to make things better by approaching information ecologically. Our media environment is in crisis. Polarization is rampant. Polluted information floods social media. Even our best efforts to help clean up can backfire, sending toxins roaring across the landscape. In You Are Here, Whitney Phillips and Ryan Milner offer strategies for navigating increasingly treacherous information flows. Using ecological metaphors, they emphasize how our individual me is entwined within a much larger we, and how everyone fits within an ever-shifting network map.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519100</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207395/9781666129489.mp3" length="14437203" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519100 to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Are Here: A Field Guide for Navigating Polarized Speech, Conspiracy Theories, and Our Polluted Media Landscape Author: Ryan M. Milner, Whitney...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519100" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519100</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You Are Here: A Field Guide for Navigating Polarized Speech, Conspiracy Theories, and Our Polluted Media Landscape Author: Ryan M. Milner, Whitney Phillips Narrator: Amanda Ronconi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 20 minutes Release date: June 15, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  How to understand a media environment in crisis, and how to make things better by approaching information ecologically. Our media environment is in crisis. Polarization is rampant. Polluted information floods social media. Even our best efforts to help clean up can backfire, sending toxins roaring across the landscape. In You Are Here, Whitney Phillips and Ryan Milner offer strategies for navigating increasingly treacherous information flows. Using ecological metaphors, they emphasize how our individual me is entwined within a much larger we, and how everyone fits within an ever-shifting network map.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/47e5996daad5b6b6f9bdb7344ec58bf0.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Empire: A Very Short Introduction by Stephen Howe</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/empire-a-very-short-introduction-by-stephen-howe--65207399</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520451" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520451</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empire: A Very Short Introduction Author: Stephen Howe Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: June  8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A great deal of the world's history is the history of empires. Indeed it could be said that all history is colonial history, if one takes a broad enough definition and goes far enough back. And although the great historic imperial systems—the land-based Russian one as well as the seaborne empires of western European powers—have collapsed during the past half century, their legacies shape almost every aspect of life on a global scale. Meanwhile there is fierce argument, and much speculation, about what has replaced the old territorial empires in world politics. Do the United States and its allies, transnational companies, financial and media institutions, or more broadly the forces of 'globalization,' constitute a new imperial system? Stephen Howe interprets the meaning of the idea of 'empire' through the ages, disentangling the multiple uses and abuses of the labels 'empire' and 'colonialism,' etc., and examines the aftermath of imperialism on the contemporary world.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520451</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207399/9781666114287.mp3" length="14437138" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520451 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empire: A Very Short Introduction Author: Stephen Howe Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520451" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520451</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empire: A Very Short Introduction Author: Stephen Howe Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 18 minutes Release date: June  8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A great deal of the world's history is the history of empires. Indeed it could be said that all history is colonial history, if one takes a broad enough definition and goes far enough back. And although the great historic imperial systems—the land-based Russian one as well as the seaborne empires of western European powers—have collapsed during the past half century, their legacies shape almost every aspect of life on a global scale. Meanwhile there is fierce argument, and much speculation, about what has replaced the old territorial empires in world politics. Do the United States and its allies, transnational companies, financial and media institutions, or more broadly the forces of 'globalization,' constitute a new imperial system? Stephen Howe interprets the meaning of the idea of 'empire' through the ages, disentangling the multiple uses and abuses of the labels 'empire' and 'colonialism,' etc., and examines the aftermath of imperialism on the contemporary world.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6abdf80738b5ed765691143cfdd93437.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Palestinian-Israeli Conflict: A Very Short Introduction by Martin Bunton</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/palestinian-israeli-conflict-a-very-short-introduction-by-martin-bunton--65207389</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520426" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520426</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Palestinian-Israeli Conflict: A Very Short Introduction Author: Martin Bunton Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: June  8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The conflict between Palestine and Israel is one of the most highly publicized and bitter struggles in history. In this accessible and stimulating Very Short Introduction, Martin Bunton clearly explains the history of the problem, reducing it to its very essence—a modern territorial contest between two nations and one geographical territory. Adopting a fresh and original approach, each section covers a twenty-year span, to highlight the historical complexity of the conflict throughout successive decades. Each chapter starts with an examination of the relationships among people and events that marked particular years as historical moments in the evolution of the conflict, including the 1897 Basle Congress; the 1917 Balfour Declaration and British occupation of Palestine; and the 1947 UN Partition Plan and the war for Palestine. Providing a clear and fair exploration of the main issues, Bunton explores not only the historical basis of the conflict, but also looks at how and why partition has been so difficult and how efforts to restore peace continue today.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520426</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207389/9781666113648.mp3" length="14437187" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520426 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Palestinian-Israeli Conflict: A Very Short Introduction Author: Martin Bunton Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520426" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520426</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Palestinian-Israeli Conflict: A Very Short Introduction Author: Martin Bunton Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 9 minutes Release date: June  8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The conflict between Palestine and Israel is one of the most highly publicized and bitter struggles in history. In this accessible and stimulating Very Short Introduction, Martin Bunton clearly explains the history of the problem, reducing it to its very essence—a modern territorial contest between two nations and one geographical territory. Adopting a fresh and original approach, each section covers a twenty-year span, to highlight the historical complexity of the conflict throughout successive decades. Each chapter starts with an examination of the relationships among people and events that marked particular years as historical moments in the evolution of the conflict, including the 1897 Basle Congress; the 1917 Balfour Declaration and British occupation of Palestine; and the 1947 UN Partition Plan and the war for Palestine. Providing a clear and fair exploration of the main issues, Bunton explores not only the historical basis of the conflict, but also looks at how and why partition has been so difficult and how efforts to restore peace continue today.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/7aae8231c5095f87a2db5e188b06f091.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The American Presidency: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition by Charles O. Jones</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-american-presidency-a-very-short-introduction-2nd-edition-by-charles-o-jones--65207378</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520437" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520437</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The American Presidency: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition Author: Charles O. Jones Narrator: Kevin Young Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: June  8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The American founding fathers were dedicated to the project of creating a government both functional and incapable of devolving into tyranny. To do this, they intentionally decentralized decision making among the legislative, executive, and judiciary branches. They believed this separation of powers would force compromise and achieve their goal of 'separating to unify.' In the second edition of this Very Short Introduction, Charles O. Jones delves into the constitutional roots of the American presidency to show how presidents faced the challenges of governing within a system of separation of powers. This updated edition of The American Presidency reviews crucial themes, including democratization of presidential elections, transitioning into and organizing a presidency, challenges in leading the permanent government, making law and policy, and reforming and changing the institution. It also introduces new case studies from the Obama administration, providing compelling insights into contemporary critical issues such as military power, the role of the First Lady, and the new trends in electoral campaigning—including the stunning advances in mass media and campaign technology.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520437</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207378/9781666113921.mp3" length="14437167" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520437 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The American Presidency: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition Author: Charles O. Jones Narrator: Kevin Young Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520437" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520437</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The American Presidency: A Very Short Introduction, 2nd Edition Author: Charles O. Jones Narrator: Kevin Young Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 21 minutes Release date: June  8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The American founding fathers were dedicated to the project of creating a government both functional and incapable of devolving into tyranny. To do this, they intentionally decentralized decision making among the legislative, executive, and judiciary branches. They believed this separation of powers would force compromise and achieve their goal of 'separating to unify.' In the second edition of this Very Short Introduction, Charles O. Jones delves into the constitutional roots of the American presidency to show how presidents faced the challenges of governing within a system of separation of powers. This updated edition of The American Presidency reviews crucial themes, including democratization of presidential elections, transitioning into and organizing a presidency, challenges in leading the permanent government, making law and policy, and reforming and changing the institution. It also introduces new case studies from the Obama administration, providing compelling insights into contemporary critical issues such as military power, the role of the First Lady, and the new trends in electoral campaigning—including the stunning advances in mass media and campaign technology.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9ad0a9f7bfa5a8da071ff78ca8bd623d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Trump vs. China: Confronting the Chinese Communist Party by Newt Gingrich</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/trump-vs-china-confronting-the-chinese-communist-party-by-newt-gingrich--65207358</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516532" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516532</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump vs. China: Confronting the Chinese Communist Party Author: Newt Gingrich Narrator: James Wu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: June  8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Former Speaker of the House Newt Gingrich sounds the warning bell that communist-ruled China poses the biggest threat to the United States that we have seen in our lifetime. The United States is currently engaged in a competition with the Chinese government unlike any other that we have witnessed before. This is a competition between the American system—which is governed by freedom and the rule of law—and a totalitarian dictatorship that is controlled by the Chinese Communist Party. These are two different visions for the future; one will succeed, and one will fail. It is possible for America to respond to the Chinese Communist Party's efforts, but doing so will require new thinking, many big changes, and many hard choices for our leaders in government and private sector. Newt Gingrich's America's Greatest Challenge​ serves as a rallying cry for the American people and a plan of action for our leaders in government and the private sector. Written in a language that every American can understand but still rich in detail and accurate in fact, America's Greatest Challenge exposes the Chinese Communist Party's multi-pronged threat against the United States and what we must do as a country to survive.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516532</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207358/9781549164811.mp3" length="1478190" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516532 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump vs. China: Confronting the Chinese Communist Party Author: Newt Gingrich Narrator: James Wu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516532" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516532</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trump vs. China: Confronting the Chinese Communist Party Author: Newt Gingrich Narrator: James Wu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 9 minutes Release date: June  8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Former Speaker of the House Newt Gingrich sounds the warning bell that communist-ruled China poses the biggest threat to the United States that we have seen in our lifetime. The United States is currently engaged in a competition with the Chinese government unlike any other that we have witnessed before. This is a competition between the American system—which is governed by freedom and the rule of law—and a totalitarian dictatorship that is controlled by the Chinese Communist Party. These are two different visions for the future; one will succeed, and one will fail. It is possible for America to respond to the Chinese Communist Party's efforts, but doing so will require new thinking, many big changes, and many hard choices for our leaders in government and private sector. Newt Gingrich's America's Greatest Challenge​ serves as a rallying cry for the American people and a plan of action for our leaders in government and the private sector. Written in a language that every American can understand but still rich in detail and accurate in fact, America's Greatest Challenge exposes the Chinese Communist Party's multi-pronged threat against the United States and what we must do as a country to survive.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c4d428e6a0ebb2df22087769931aaf6e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Politics: A Very Short Introduction by Kenneth Minogue</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/politics-a-very-short-introduction-by-kenneth-minogue--65207353</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520430" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520430</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics: A Very Short Introduction Author: Kenneth Minogue Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: June  8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In Politics: A Very Short Introduction, Kenneth Minogue begins with a discussion of issues arising from a historical account of politics, and goes on to offer chapters dealing with the Ancient Greeks and the idea of citizenship; Roman law; medieval Christianity and individualism; freedom since Machiavelli and Hobbes; the challenge of ideologies; democracy, oligarchy, and bureaucracy; power and order in modern society; and politics in the West.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520430</guid><pubDate>Tue, 08 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207353/9781666113747.mp3" length="14437148" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520430 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics: A Very Short Introduction Author: Kenneth Minogue Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520430" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520430</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Politics: A Very Short Introduction Author: Kenneth Minogue Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: June  8, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  In Politics: A Very Short Introduction, Kenneth Minogue begins with a discussion of issues arising from a historical account of politics, and goes on to offer chapters dealing with the Ancient Greeks and the idea of citizenship; Roman law; medieval Christianity and individualism; freedom since Machiavelli and Hobbes; the challenge of ideologies; democracy, oligarchy, and bureaucracy; power and order in modern society; and politics in the West.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/bdac94cad7d2983a3155d99a47c3fc42.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>We Can Do Better Than This: An urgent manifesto for how we can shape a better world for LGBTQ+ people by Amelia Abraham</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/we-can-do-better-than-this-an-urgent-manifesto-for-how-we-can-shape-a-better-world-for-lgbtq-people-by-amelia-abraham--65207394</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514272" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514272</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Can Do Better Than This: An urgent manifesto for how we can shape a better world for LGBTQ+ people Author: Amelia Abraham Narrator: Travis Alabanza, Yasmin Benoit, Peppermint, Phyll Opoku-Gyimah, Naoise Dolan, Amrou Al-Kadhi, Amelia Abraham, Owen Jones, Wolfgang Tillmans Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: June  3, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  How can we create a better world for LGBTQ+ people? 35 extraordinary voices share their stories and visions for the future. We talk about achieving 'LGBTQ+ equality', but around the world, LGBTQ+ people are still suffering discrimination and extreme violence. How do we solve this urgent problem, allowing queer people everywhere the opportunity to thrive? In We Can Do Better Than This, 35 voices explore this question. Through deeply moving stories and provocative new arguments on safety and visibility, dating and gender, care and community, they map new global frontiers in the fight for LGBTQ+ rights. Pabllo Vittar pleads for the end of hate murders, Olly Alexander champions inclusive sex education in schools, and Beth Ditto calls for a revolution in representation. Elsewhere, Mykki Blanco sets out a vision to end HIV stigma, Owen Jones demands improved LGBTQ+ mental health services, and Travis Alabanza imagines a world without gender policing. Moving from the UK and USA to Russia, Bangladesh and beyond, this is a guide to understanding the crucial issues facing LGBTQ+ people today. But it's also a passionate call to action and an important manifesto for how - together - we can start to create a better future. Edited by journalist and author Amelia Abraham, with writing from: Peppermint - Wolfgang Tillmans - Olly Alexander - Jonathan Anderson - Pabllo Vittar - Naoise Dolan - Amrou Al-Kadhi - Shura - Beth Ditto - Owen Jones - Riyadh Khalaf - Tom Rasmussen - Mykki Blanco - Phyll Opoku-Gyimah - Travis Alabanza - Yasmin Benoit - Mazharul Islam - Kate Bornstein - Adam Eli - Shon Faye - Fox Fisher - Hanne Gaby Odiele - Sasha Kazantseva - Andrew Gurza - Holland - Levi Hord - Juliet Jacques - Leticia Opio - madison moore - Matthew Riemer (@LGBT_History) - Vincent Desmond - Juno Roche - Bobbi Salvör Menuez - Carl Siciliano © ed. Amelia Abraham 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514272</guid><pubDate>Thu, 03 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207394/9781473597754.mp3" length="2437517" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514272 to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Can Do Better Than This: An urgent manifesto for how we can shape a better world for LGBTQ+ people Author: Amelia Abraham Narrator: Travis Alabanza,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514272" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514272</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Can Do Better Than This: An urgent manifesto for how we can shape a better world for LGBTQ+ people Author: Amelia Abraham Narrator: Travis Alabanza, Yasmin Benoit, Peppermint, Phyll Opoku-Gyimah, Naoise Dolan, Amrou Al-Kadhi, Amelia Abraham, Owen Jones, Wolfgang Tillmans Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 52 minutes Release date: June  3, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  How can we create a better world for LGBTQ+ people? 35 extraordinary voices share their stories and visions for the future. We talk about achieving 'LGBTQ+ equality', but around the world, LGBTQ+ people are still suffering discrimination and extreme violence. How do we solve this urgent problem, allowing queer people everywhere the opportunity to thrive? In We Can Do Better Than This, 35 voices explore this question. Through deeply moving stories and provocative new arguments on safety and visibility, dating and gender, care and community, they map new global frontiers in the fight for LGBTQ+ rights. Pabllo Vittar pleads for the end of hate murders, Olly Alexander champions inclusive sex education in schools, and Beth Ditto calls for a revolution in representation. Elsewhere, Mykki Blanco sets out a vision to end HIV stigma, Owen Jones demands improved LGBTQ+ mental health services, and Travis Alabanza imagines a world without gender policing. Moving from the UK and USA to Russia, Bangladesh and beyond, this is a guide to understanding the crucial issues facing LGBTQ+ people today. But it's also a passionate call to action and an important manifesto for how - together - we can start to create a better future. Edited by journalist and author Amelia Abraham, with writing from: Peppermint - Wolfgang Tillmans - Olly Alexander - Jonathan Anderson - Pabllo Vittar - Naoise Dolan - Amrou Al-Kadhi - Shura - Beth Ditto - Owen Jones - Riyadh Khalaf - Tom Rasmussen - Mykki Blanco - Phyll Opoku-Gyimah - Travis Alabanza - Yasmin Benoit - Mazharul Islam - Kate Bornstein - Adam Eli - Shon Faye - Fox Fisher - Hanne Gaby Odiele - Sasha Kazantseva - Andrew Gurza - Holland - Levi Hord - Juliet Jacques - Leticia Opio - madison moore - Matthew Riemer (@LGBT_History) - Vincent Desmond - Juno Roche - Bobbi Salvör Menuez - Carl Siciliano © ed. Amelia Abraham 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a7ac100cd3dca438c007dc1d2299b25d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Contra la España vacía by Sergio Del Molino</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-contra-la-espana-vacia-by-sergio-del-molino--65207351</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518715" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518715</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Contra la España vacía Author: Sergio Del Molino Narrator: Sergio Del Molino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: June  3, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Sergio del Molino vuelve sobre «el país que nunca fue»  «El ensayista más original e imprevisible de España.» Carlos Alsina  En su publicación, La España vacía sorprendió por su inusual mezcla de géneros: libro de viajes, ensayo literario, novela, crónica social... Y se ha convertido ya en un clásico reciente sobre la mirada de un escritor a su país. Ahora, Contra la España vacía «no refuta ni corrige mi libro anterior, sino que pretende rascar todas las capas de sobreentendidos que se le han ido pegando. [...] Este ejercicio me lleva inevitablemente de vuelta a España, a qué diablos es este país y por qué es importante seguir doblando las esquinas del mapa  Leer este libro inclasificable, que nos habla también de banderas y partidos, equivale a dar un largo paseo charlando con decenas de escritores, de Harari a Tolstói, de Solnit a Pla, cuyas ideas recoge Sergio del Molino mientras viaja por un país que nadie ha contado como él.  La crítica ha dicho... «Cuando Sergio del Molino [...] escribió sobre España, casi nadie lo había hecho todavía [...]. Todos los que lo hemos hecho después lo hemos hecho de la misma manera, creyéndonos muy originales, como padres primerizos, y revelando con ese gesto una transformación colectivay un cambio de época.» Santiago Alba-Rico  «Del Molino usa la primera persona del singular de una manera que no es muy habitual en español, y menos todavía en España: no para hacer un personaje de sí mismo, ni para dar doctrina, ni para ejercer una halagadora impostura, sino para contar lo que es, lo que hace, lo que le gusta, lo que se le pasa por la cabeza, lo que le provoca sarcasmo o ternura, el tono de su vida, su amor por su familia y por su ocio.» Antonio Muñoz Molina, Babelia  «Fue [con Sergio] que sucedió todo, dándole una vuelta más al país que nunca fue como tantos otros en el pasado, y forjado bajo la ilusión de una visión tan humilde y sencilla como llena de esperanza: la España que nos merecemos.» Iván Redondo, El País  «Un ensayo nutritivo en el que todas las páginas tienen una o varias ideas de provecho, al estilo de Slavoj Zizek, [en el que Del Molino] sobresale como un astuto y flexible polemista.» José Javier Rueda, Heraldo  «Sergio del Molino ha sentado las bases del futuro de este país.» Robert Calvo, Onda Cero  «Una mirada sobre el país que trata de superar tópicos y explicar cuanto sucede [...] con lucidez, buscando la vuelta a los argumentos y abordando los temas sin caer en el propagandismo ni la hagiografía. [...] No se encontrará en el libro de Sergio del Molino adhesión inquebrantable a nadie. Y eso en los tiempos que corren ya es una virtud.» César Coca, El Correo  «La España que no quiere mirarse al espejo. [...] Dice algo muy interesante de nuestra época.» Esteban Hernández, El Confidencial  «Una revisitación potentísima de su ensayo superventas.» Edu Galán, Zenda  «Sergio del Molino lo ha escrito para mojarse: una explicación más profunda de aquello que quería reivindicar de esos lugares atravesados por las carreteras secundarias por las que ya apenas conducimos.» Patricia Gea, elDiario  «Excelente prosista, capaz de hacer relevante lo trivial con el solo poder de la palabra exacta y la formulación imaginativa.» Ricardo Senabre, El Cultural  «Del Molino mira donde nadie mira y por eso ve lo que nadie ve. Y lo cuenta con trazo de escritor grande.» Iñaki Gabilondo]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518715</guid><pubDate>Thu, 03 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207351/9788420460857.mp3" length="2437188" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518715 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Contra la España vacía Author: Sergio Del Molino Narrator: Sergio Del Molino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518715" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518715</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Contra la España vacía Author: Sergio Del Molino Narrator: Sergio Del Molino Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: June  3, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Sergio del Molino vuelve sobre «el país que nunca fue»  «El ensayista más original e imprevisible de España.» Carlos Alsina  En su publicación, La España vacía sorprendió por su inusual mezcla de géneros: libro de viajes, ensayo literario, novela, crónica social... Y se ha convertido ya en un clásico reciente sobre la mirada de un escritor a su país. Ahora, Contra la España vacía «no refuta ni corrige mi libro anterior, sino que pretende rascar todas las capas de sobreentendidos que se le han ido pegando. [...] Este ejercicio me lleva inevitablemente de vuelta a España, a qué diablos es este país y por qué es importante seguir doblando las esquinas del mapa  Leer este libro inclasificable, que nos habla también de banderas y partidos, equivale a dar un largo paseo charlando con decenas de escritores, de Harari a Tolstói, de Solnit a Pla, cuyas ideas recoge Sergio del Molino mientras viaja por un país que nadie ha contado como él.  La crítica ha dicho... «Cuando Sergio del Molino [...] escribió sobre España, casi nadie lo había hecho todavía [...]. Todos los que lo hemos hecho después lo hemos hecho de la misma manera, creyéndonos muy originales, como padres primerizos, y revelando con ese gesto una transformación colectivay un cambio de época.» Santiago Alba-Rico  «Del Molino usa la primera persona del singular de una manera que no es muy habitual en español, y menos todavía en España: no para hacer un personaje de sí mismo, ni para dar doctrina, ni para ejercer una halagadora impostura, sino para contar lo que es, lo que hace, lo que le gusta, lo que se le pasa por la cabeza, lo que le provoca sarcasmo o ternura, el tono de su vida, su amor por su familia y por su ocio.» Antonio Muñoz Molina, Babelia  «Fue [con Sergio] que sucedió todo, dándole una vuelta más al país que nunca fue como tantos otros en el pasado, y forjado bajo la ilusión de una visión tan humilde y sencilla como llena de esperanza: la España que nos merecemos.» Iván Redondo, El País  «Un ensayo nutritivo en el que todas las páginas tienen una o varias ideas de provecho, al estilo de Slavoj Zizek, [en el que Del Molino] sobresale como un astuto y flexible polemista.» José Javier Rueda, Heraldo  «Sergio del Molino ha sentado las bases del futuro de este país.» Robert Calvo, Onda Cero  «Una mirada sobre el país que trata de superar tópicos y explicar cuanto sucede [...] con lucidez, buscando la vuelta a los argumentos y abordando los temas sin caer en el propagandismo ni la hagiografía. [...] No se encontrará en el libro de Sergio del Molino adhesión inquebrantable a nadie. Y eso en los tiempos que corren ya es una virtud.» César Coca, El Correo  «La España que no quiere mirarse al espejo. [...] Dice algo muy interesante de nuestra época.» Esteban Hernández, El Confidencial  «Una revisitación potentísima de su ensayo superventas.» Edu Galán, Zenda  «Sergio del Molino lo ha escrito para mojarse: una explicación más profunda de aquello que quería reivindicar de esos lugares atravesados por las carreteras secundarias por las que ya apenas conducimos.» Patricia Gea, elDiario  «Excelente prosista, capaz de hacer relevante lo trivial con el solo poder de la palabra exacta y la formulación imaginativa.» Ricardo Senabre, El Cultural  «Del Molino mira donde nadie mira y por eso ve lo que nadie ve. Y lo cuenta con trazo de escritor grande.» Iñaki Gabilondo]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/c20df314244f1ea45193a6b28f035e8b.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Democracy: A Very Short Introduction by Bernard Crick</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/democracy-a-very-short-introduction-by-bernard-crick--65207402</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520407" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520407</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy: A Very Short Introduction Author: Bernard Crick Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: June  1, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  No political concept is more used, and misused, than that of democracy. Nearly every regime today claims to be democratic, but not all 'democracies' allow free politics, and free politics existed long before democratic franchises. This book is a short account of the history of the doctrine and practice of democracy, from ancient Greece and Rome through the American, French, and Russian revolutions, and of the usages and practices associated with it in the modern world. It argues that democracy is a necessary but not a sufficient condition for good government, and that ideas of the rule of law, and of human rights, should in some situations limit democratic claims.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520407</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207402/9781666112986.mp3" length="14437158" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520407 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy: A Very Short Introduction Author: Bernard Crick Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520407" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520407</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy: A Very Short Introduction Author: Bernard Crick Narrator: Bernadette Dunne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 16 minutes Release date: June  1, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  No political concept is more used, and misused, than that of democracy. Nearly every regime today claims to be democratic, but not all 'democracies' allow free politics, and free politics existed long before democratic franchises. This book is a short account of the history of the doctrine and practice of democracy, from ancient Greece and Rome through the American, French, and Russian revolutions, and of the usages and practices associated with it in the modern world. It argues that democracy is a necessary but not a sufficient condition for good government, and that ideas of the rule of law, and of human rights, should in some situations limit democratic claims.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0c3841bbcb961111aca5fdca29a41678.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Anarchism: A Very Short Introduction by Colin Ward</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/anarchism-a-very-short-introduction-by-colin-ward--65207385</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520445" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520445</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anarchism: A Very Short Introduction Author: Colin Ward Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: June  1, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What do anarchists want? It seems easier to classify them by what they don't want, namely, the organizations of the State, and to identify them with rioting and protest rather than with any coherent ideology. But with demonstrations like those against the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund being blamed on anarchists, it is clear that an explanation of what they do stand for is long overdue. Colin Ward provides answers to these questions by considering anarchism from a variety of perspectives: theoretical, historical, and international, and by exploring key anarchist thinkers, from Kropotkin to Chomsky. He looks critically at anarchism by evaluating key ideas within it, such as its blanket opposition to incarceration, and policy of 'no compromise' with the apparatus of political decision-making. Can anarchy ever function effectively as a political force? Is it more 'organized' and 'reasonable' than is currently perceived? Whatever the politics of the listener, Ward's argument ensures that anarchism will be much better understood after experiencing this book.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520445</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207385/9781666114140.mp3" length="14437153" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520445 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anarchism: A Very Short Introduction Author: Colin Ward Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520445" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520445</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anarchism: A Very Short Introduction Author: Colin Ward Narrator: Victor Bevine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 7 minutes Release date: June  1, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  What do anarchists want? It seems easier to classify them by what they don't want, namely, the organizations of the State, and to identify them with rioting and protest rather than with any coherent ideology. But with demonstrations like those against the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund being blamed on anarchists, it is clear that an explanation of what they do stand for is long overdue. Colin Ward provides answers to these questions by considering anarchism from a variety of perspectives: theoretical, historical, and international, and by exploring key anarchist thinkers, from Kropotkin to Chomsky. He looks critically at anarchism by evaluating key ideas within it, such as its blanket opposition to incarceration, and policy of 'no compromise' with the apparatus of political decision-making. Can anarchy ever function effectively as a political force? Is it more 'organized' and 'reasonable' than is currently perceived? Whatever the politics of the listener, Ward's argument ensures that anarchism will be much better understood after experiencing this book.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9e444190dd7c9043894c342d3500dbc6.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>International Security: A Very Short Introduction by Christopher S. Browning</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/international-security-a-very-short-introduction-by-christopher-s-browning--65207375</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520418" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520418</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: International Security: A Very Short Introduction Author: Christopher S. Browning Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 21 minutes Release date: June  1, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  International security is never out of the headlines. War and peace, military strategy, the proliferation of nuclear weapons and revisionist states remain central to the discussion, but concerns such as climate change, migration, poverty, health, and international terrorism have complicated the field. So what really matters: the traditional prioritization of state security or the security needs of individuals, humanity, and the biosphere? Using a broad range of international examples, Christopher Browning outlines the nature of the key debates about contemporary international security challenges, and discusses the inherent difficulties that exist in tackling them. He also asks to what extent such debates are infused with questions of power, politics, justice, morality, and responsibility.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520418</guid><pubDate>Tue, 01 Jun 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207375/9781666113402.mp3" length="14437171" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520418 to listen full audiobooks. Title: International Security: A Very Short Introduction Author: Christopher S. Browning Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 21...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520418" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520418</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: International Security: A Very Short Introduction Author: Christopher S. Browning Narrator: Peter Ganim Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 21 minutes Release date: June  1, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  International security is never out of the headlines. War and peace, military strategy, the proliferation of nuclear weapons and revisionist states remain central to the discussion, but concerns such as climate change, migration, poverty, health, and international terrorism have complicated the field. So what really matters: the traditional prioritization of state security or the security needs of individuals, humanity, and the biosphere? Using a broad range of international examples, Christopher Browning outlines the nature of the key debates about contemporary international security challenges, and discusses the inherent difficulties that exist in tackling them. He also asks to what extent such debates are infused with questions of power, politics, justice, morality, and responsibility.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/22fa48aa00eff605748177bc239d84cc.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>So Simple Even A Politician Can Understand: Simple ideas for seemingly complex political issues by Peter Serefine</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/so-simple-even-a-politician-can-understand-simple-ideas-for-seemingly-complex-political-issues-by-peter-serefine--65207249</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528462" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528462</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: So Simple Even A Politician Can Understand: Simple ideas for seemingly complex political issues Author: Peter Serefine Narrator: Christopher Branam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 27 minutes Release date: May 29, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Sometimes the answers we seek are so simple that we overlook them. The ideas presented in this book are just that, simple ideas that are largely overlooked. They may not be perfect solutions. They may not even be solutions at all, which is why they are called ideas. The idea for this book struck me during an interview with Cliff Oxford for my show, Liberty Lighthouse. Within a week of that interview, I had begun writing. Over the past two years of hosting Liberty Lighthouse, many simple ideas have come up. This book is a collection of those ideas.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528462</guid><pubDate>Sat, 29 May 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207249/9781662198137.mp3" length="2437188" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528462 to listen full audiobooks. Title: So Simple Even A Politician Can Understand: Simple ideas for seemingly complex political issues Author: Peter Serefine Narrator: Christopher Branam...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528462" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528462</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: So Simple Even A Politician Can Understand: Simple ideas for seemingly complex political issues Author: Peter Serefine Narrator: Christopher Branam Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 27 minutes Release date: May 29, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Sometimes the answers we seek are so simple that we overlook them. The ideas presented in this book are just that, simple ideas that are largely overlooked. They may not be perfect solutions. They may not even be solutions at all, which is why they are called ideas. The idea for this book struck me during an interview with Cliff Oxford for my show, Liberty Lighthouse. Within a week of that interview, I had begun writing. Over the past two years of hosting Liberty Lighthouse, many simple ideas have come up. This book is a collection of those ideas.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/780f0e7fa670e2c28a63bb64245a33e9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Not a Good Neighbor: A Lawyer’s Guide to Beating Big Insurance by Settling Your Own Auto Accident Case by Brian Labovick</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/not-a-good-neighbor-a-lawyer-s-guide-to-beating-big-insurance-by-settling-your-own-auto-accident-case-by-brian-labovick--65207290</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523862" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523862</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not a Good Neighbor: A Lawyer’s Guide to Beating Big Insurance by Settling Your Own Auto Accident Case Author: Brian Labovick Narrator: Drew Birdseye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 27, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  It’s late. You’re tired. After a long day, you just want to be home in time for dinner. As you enter an intersection, a truck barrels through a stop sign, smashing into your passenger side. Within seconds, every plan is changed, every project delayed, and every concern you had before this moment overshadowed by an uncertain future. Following hours in the hospital and a wrecked car awaiting insurance-approved repairs, you’re stuck. You’re mad. And you’re starting to think that you’ll never recover—in more ways than one. In Not a Good Neighbor, injury lawyer Brian LaBovick shows you how to navigate the paperwork and pitfalls of an automobile accident case. Brian shares stories from nearly three decades in practice to help you maximize benefits in this often complicated process. Learn the ins and outs of auto accident insurance and ways to increase your settlement with the strategies you need to attain the money you deserve. In today’s world, insurance alone cannot protect you. Learn how to protect yourself and fight for fairness so you’re never a victim again.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523862</guid><pubDate>Thu, 27 May 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207290/9781544519722.mp3" length="2437160" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523862 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not a Good Neighbor: A Lawyer’s Guide to Beating Big Insurance by Settling Your Own Auto Accident Case Author: Brian Labovick Narrator: Drew Birdseye...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523862" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523862</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Not a Good Neighbor: A Lawyer’s Guide to Beating Big Insurance by Settling Your Own Auto Accident Case Author: Brian Labovick Narrator: Drew Birdseye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 27, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  It’s late. You’re tired. After a long day, you just want to be home in time for dinner. As you enter an intersection, a truck barrels through a stop sign, smashing into your passenger side. Within seconds, every plan is changed, every project delayed, and every concern you had before this moment overshadowed by an uncertain future. Following hours in the hospital and a wrecked car awaiting insurance-approved repairs, you’re stuck. You’re mad. And you’re starting to think that you’ll never recover—in more ways than one. In Not a Good Neighbor, injury lawyer Brian LaBovick shows you how to navigate the paperwork and pitfalls of an automobile accident case. Brian shares stories from nearly three decades in practice to help you maximize benefits in this often complicated process. Learn the ins and outs of auto accident insurance and ways to increase your settlement with the strategies you need to attain the money you deserve. In today’s world, insurance alone cannot protect you. Learn how to protect yourself and fight for fairness so you’re never a victim again.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/b19b0e2962a1bedd7feff223ef0aa097.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The World Trade Organization: A Very Short Introduction by Amrita Narlikar</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-world-trade-organization-a-very-short-introduction-by-amrita-narlikar--65207408</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520381" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520381</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World Trade Organization: A Very Short Introduction Author: Amrita Narlikar Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The World Trade Organization (WTO) is scarcely ten years old, but even in these early years of its existence it has generated debate, controversy, and even outrage. Rulings on beef hormones and tuna-dolphin cases provide graphic examples of how the organization regulates and intrudes into areas of individual consumer choice, ethical preferences, and cultural habits. This deep and far-ranging impact of the WTO on peoples' everyday lives means that it is not just an institution of interest to economists, but to everyone, a fact that was perhaps most graphically illustrated in the popular demonstrations at the 1999 Seattle Ministerial. Such protests have become a regular feature associated with most high-level meetings of the WTO. This Very Short Introduction will provide a timely and carefully considered explanation of what the WTO is, what it does, and how it goes about executing its tasks. A clear understanding of the mandate, structure, and functioning of the WTO is essential to appreciate the controversy behind the organization, and how far it deserves the reputation that it has come to acquire.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520381</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 May 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207408/9781666130300.mp3" length="14437200" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520381 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World Trade Organization: A Very Short Introduction Author: Amrita Narlikar Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520381" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520381</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The World Trade Organization: A Very Short Introduction Author: Amrita Narlikar Narrator: Elisabeth Rodgers Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 12 minutes Release date: May 25, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The World Trade Organization (WTO) is scarcely ten years old, but even in these early years of its existence it has generated debate, controversy, and even outrage. Rulings on beef hormones and tuna-dolphin cases provide graphic examples of how the organization regulates and intrudes into areas of individual consumer choice, ethical preferences, and cultural habits. This deep and far-ranging impact of the WTO on peoples' everyday lives means that it is not just an institution of interest to economists, but to everyone, a fact that was perhaps most graphically illustrated in the popular demonstrations at the 1999 Seattle Ministerial. Such protests have become a regular feature associated with most high-level meetings of the WTO. This Very Short Introduction will provide a timely and carefully considered explanation of what the WTO is, what it does, and how it goes about executing its tasks. A clear understanding of the mandate, structure, and functioning of the WTO is essential to appreciate the controversy behind the organization, and how far it deserves the reputation that it has come to acquire.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9cc0b293b3306cd657ab9886fcd139f5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>American Legal History: A Very Short Introduction by G. Edward White</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/american-legal-history-a-very-short-introduction-by-g-edward-white--65207377</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520397" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520397</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Legal History: A Very Short Introduction Author: G. Edward White Narrator: Jason Huggins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Law has played a central role in American history. From colonial times to the present, law has not just reflected the changing society in which legal decisions have been made—it has played a powerful role in shaping that society, though not always in positive ways. Eminent legal scholar G. Edward White offers a compact overview that sheds light on the impact of law on a number of key social issues. The book traces important threads woven throughout our nation's past, looking at how law shaped Native American affairs, slavery, business, and home life, as well as how it has dealt with criminal and civil offenses. Likewise, law initially legitimated slavery in the United States, and legal institutions, including the Supreme Court, failed to resolve the tensions stirred up by the westward expansion of slavery, eventually sparking the Civil War. White also looks at the expansion of laws regarding property rights, which were vitally important to the colonists, many of whom left Europe hoping to become land owners; the evolution of criminal punishment from a public display (the stocks, the gallows) to a private prison system; the rise of tort law after the Civil War; and the progress in legal education, moving from informal apprenticeships and lax standards to modern law schools and rigorous bar exams.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520397</guid><pubDate>Tue, 25 May 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207377/9781666112481.mp3" length="14437181" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520397 to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Legal History: A Very Short Introduction Author: G. Edward White Narrator: Jason Huggins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520397" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520397</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: American Legal History: A Very Short Introduction Author: G. Edward White Narrator: Jason Huggins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 33 minutes Release date: May 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Law has played a central role in American history. From colonial times to the present, law has not just reflected the changing society in which legal decisions have been made—it has played a powerful role in shaping that society, though not always in positive ways. Eminent legal scholar G. Edward White offers a compact overview that sheds light on the impact of law on a number of key social issues. The book traces important threads woven throughout our nation's past, looking at how law shaped Native American affairs, slavery, business, and home life, as well as how it has dealt with criminal and civil offenses. Likewise, law initially legitimated slavery in the United States, and legal institutions, including the Supreme Court, failed to resolve the tensions stirred up by the westward expansion of slavery, eventually sparking the Civil War. White also looks at the expansion of laws regarding property rights, which were vitally important to the colonists, many of whom left Europe hoping to become land owners; the evolution of criminal punishment from a public display (the stocks, the gallows) to a private prison system; the rise of tort law after the Civil War; and the progress in legal education, moving from informal apprenticeships and lax standards to modern law schools and rigorous bar exams.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>1805</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4c48b68e59b3c9d9ca5853240e0d999e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Reform or Revolution by Rosa Luxemburg</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/reform-or-revolution-by-rosa-luxemburg--65207294</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523848" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523848</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reform or Revolution Author: Rosa Luxemburg Narrator: Sam Marseille Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ‘Reform or Revolution’, also titled ‘Social Reform or Revolution?’ is an 1899 pamphlet by Polish-German Marxist theorist Rosa Luxemburg, in which she argues that trade unions, reformist political parties and the expansion of social democracy would not create a socialist society as Eduard Bernstein, among others, argued. She contends from a historical materialist perspective that capitalism, being economically unsustainable,  would eventually collapse. She believed that a revolution was necessary to transform capitalism into socialism. The pamphlet was influential in revolutionary socialist circles and an important precursor to left communist theory.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523848</guid><pubDate>Sun, 23 May 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207294/9781662195167.mp3" length="2437143" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523848 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reform or Revolution Author: Rosa Luxemburg Narrator: Sam Marseille Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 23, 2021...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523848" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523848</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reform or Revolution Author: Rosa Luxemburg Narrator: Sam Marseille Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 55 minutes Release date: May 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ‘Reform or Revolution’, also titled ‘Social Reform or Revolution?’ is an 1899 pamphlet by Polish-German Marxist theorist Rosa Luxemburg, in which she argues that trade unions, reformist political parties and the expansion of social democracy would not create a socialist society as Eduard Bernstein, among others, argued. She contends from a historical materialist perspective that capitalism, being economically unsustainable,  would eventually collapse. She believed that a revolution was necessary to transform capitalism into socialism. The pamphlet was influential in revolutionary socialist circles and an important precursor to left communist theory.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e72a7b542d8ec7e8434b853dbac88e0a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Real Silent Witnesses by Wensley Clarkson</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-real-silent-witnesses-by-wensley-clarkson--65207338</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517962" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517962</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Real Silent Witnesses Author: Wensley Clarkson Narrator: Ben Onwukwe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.7 of Total 56   Ratings of Narrator: 4.08 of Total 12 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  WITH A FOREWORD BY NIGEL McCRERY, CREATOR OF SILENT WITNESS Going beyond the popular TV show, this is the true story of forensic science from those who solve crimes without witnesses. How do you identify a serial killer? What are the tell-tale signs of guilt? Can we now solve the unsolvable? Since even before the first season of Silent Witness in 1996, forensic science has played an increasingly important role in the investigation of violent crimes. With a boom in cold-blooded cases throughout the 1980s, police began to rely on DNA evidence to help them find perpetrators and since then forensic science has taken off as a powerful tool in solving murders. Bestselling true crime author Wensley Clarkson takes us beyond the headlines to examine the real-life stories where forensics have played a crucial role. He speaks to experts who have worked on the most gruesome, most chilling and most shocking crime scenes and explains how notorious criminal cases from across the world were solved. And he shows how the silent witness is often the one who screams the loudest.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517962</guid><pubDate>Thu, 20 May 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207338/9781004046836.mp3" length="1478216" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517962 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Real Silent Witnesses Author: Wensley Clarkson Narrator: Ben Onwukwe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 20,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517962" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517962</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Real Silent Witnesses Author: Wensley Clarkson Narrator: Ben Onwukwe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 20, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.7 of Total 56   Ratings of Narrator: 4.08 of Total 12 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  WITH A FOREWORD BY NIGEL McCRERY, CREATOR OF SILENT WITNESS Going beyond the popular TV show, this is the true story of forensic science from those who solve crimes without witnesses. How do you identify a serial killer? What are the tell-tale signs of guilt? Can we now solve the unsolvable? Since even before the first season of Silent Witness in 1996, forensic science has played an increasingly important role in the investigation of violent crimes. With a boom in cold-blooded cases throughout the 1980s, police began to rely on DNA evidence to help them find perpetrators and since then forensic science has taken off as a powerful tool in solving murders. Bestselling true crime author Wensley Clarkson takes us beyond the headlines to examine the real-life stories where forensics have played a crucial role. He speaks to experts who have worked on the most gruesome, most chilling and most shocking crime scenes and explains how notorious criminal cases from across the world were solved. And he shows how the silent witness is often the one who screams the loudest.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/0961f4d16fba84232aaf33b7c08d5ecd.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>No Place To Go: How Public Toilets Fail Our Private Needs by Lezlie Lowe</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/no-place-to-go-how-public-toilets-fail-our-private-needs-by-lezlie-lowe--65207386</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516509" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516509</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Place To Go: How Public Toilets Fail Our Private Needs Author: Lezlie Lowe Narrator: Amanda Wood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 15, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This book is Number One in addressing the politics of where we're allowed to 'go' in public. Adults don't talk about the business of doing our business. We work on one assumption: the world of public bathrooms is problem- and politics-free. No Place To Go: How Public Toilets Fail our Private Needs reveals the opposite is true. No Place To Go is a toilet tour from London to San Francisco to Toronto and beyond. From pay potties to deserted alleyways, No Place To Go is a marriage of urbanism, social narrative, and pop culture that shows the ways - momentous and mockable - public bathrooms just don't work. Like, for the homeless, who, faced with no place to go sometimes literally take to the streets. (Ever heard of a municipal poop map?) For people with invisible disabilities, such as Crohn's disease, who stay home rather than risk soiling themselves on public transit routes. For girls who quit sports teams because they don't want to run to the edge of the pitch to pee. Celebrities like Lady Gaga and Bruce Springsteen have protested bathroom bills that will stomp on the rights of transpeople. And where was Hillary Clinton after she arrived back to the stage late after the first commercial break of the live-televised Democratic leadership debate in December 2015? Stuck in a queue for the women's bathroom. Peel back the layers on public bathrooms and it's clear many more people want for good access than have it. Public bathroom access is about cities, society, design, movement, and equity. The real question is: Why are public toilets so crappy?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516509</guid><pubDate>Sat, 15 May 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207386/9781770566996.mp3" length="2437176" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516509 to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Place To Go: How Public Toilets Fail Our Private Needs Author: Lezlie Lowe Narrator: Amanda Wood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516509" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/516509</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Place To Go: How Public Toilets Fail Our Private Needs Author: Lezlie Lowe Narrator: Amanda Wood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 15, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This book is Number One in addressing the politics of where we're allowed to 'go' in public. Adults don't talk about the business of doing our business. We work on one assumption: the world of public bathrooms is problem- and politics-free. No Place To Go: How Public Toilets Fail our Private Needs reveals the opposite is true. No Place To Go is a toilet tour from London to San Francisco to Toronto and beyond. From pay potties to deserted alleyways, No Place To Go is a marriage of urbanism, social narrative, and pop culture that shows the ways - momentous and mockable - public bathrooms just don't work. Like, for the homeless, who, faced with no place to go sometimes literally take to the streets. (Ever heard of a municipal poop map?) For people with invisible disabilities, such as Crohn's disease, who stay home rather than risk soiling themselves on public transit routes. For girls who quit sports teams because they don't want to run to the edge of the pitch to pee. Celebrities like Lady Gaga and Bruce Springsteen have protested bathroom bills that will stomp on the rights of transpeople. And where was Hillary Clinton after she arrived back to the stage late after the first commercial break of the live-televised Democratic leadership debate in December 2015? Stuck in a queue for the women's bathroom. Peel back the layers on public bathrooms and it's clear many more people want for good access than have it. Public bathroom access is about cities, society, design, movement, and equity. The real question is: Why are public toilets so crappy?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/298262dade07942e3fd2eefa9f46f116.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Os engenheiros do caos: Como as fake news, as teorias da conspiração e os algoritmos estão sendo utilizados para disseminar ó</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-os-engenheiros-do-caos-como-as-fake-news-as-teorias-da-conspiracao-e-os-algoritmos-estao-sendo-utilizados-para-disseminar-o--65207300</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520875" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520875</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Os engenheiros do caos: Como as fake news, as teorias da conspiração e os algoritmos estão sendo utilizados para disseminar ódio, medo e influenciar eleições Author: Giuliano Da Empoli Narrator: Luciano Andrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: May  7, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Uma mentira pode dar a volta ao mundo no mesmo tempo que a verdade leva para calçar seus sapatos.' Mark Twain Aos olhos dos seus eleitores, as deficiências dos líderes populistas se transformam em qualidades, sua inexperiência demonstra que não pertencem ao círculo da 'velha política', e sua incompetência é uma garantia da sua autenticidade. As tensões que causam em nível internacional são vistas como mostras de sua independência, e as fake News, marca inequívoca de sua propaganda, evidenciam sua liberdade de pensamento. No mundo de Donald Trump, Boris Johnson, Matteo Salvini e Jair Bolsonaro, cada dia traz sua própria gafe, sua própria polêmica, seu próprio golpe brilhante. No entanto, por trás das manifestações desenfreadas do carnaval populista, está o trabalho árduo de ideólogos e, cada vez mais, de cientistas e especialistas do Big Data, sem os quais esses líderes nunca teriam chegado ao poder. É o retrato desses engenheiros do caos que Giuliano da Empoli nos apresenta, através de uma investigação ampla e contundente que vai muito além do caso Cambridge Analytica e remonta ao início dos anos 2000, quando o movimento populista global, hoje em pleno curso, dava seus primeiros passos na Itália. O resultado é uma galeria de personagens variados, quase todos desconhecidos do público em geral, mas que vêm mudando as regras do jogo político e a face das nossas sociedades.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520875</guid><pubDate>Fri, 07 May 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207300/9786586551303.mp3" length="1477839" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520875 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Os engenheiros do caos: Como as fake news, as teorias da conspiração e os algoritmos estão sendo utilizados para disseminar ódio, medo e...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520875" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/520875</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Os engenheiros do caos: Como as fake news, as teorias da conspiração e os algoritmos estão sendo utilizados para disseminar ódio, medo e influenciar eleições Author: Giuliano Da Empoli Narrator: Luciano Andrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 2 minutes Release date: May  7, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Uma mentira pode dar a volta ao mundo no mesmo tempo que a verdade leva para calçar seus sapatos.' Mark Twain Aos olhos dos seus eleitores, as deficiências dos líderes populistas se transformam em qualidades, sua inexperiência demonstra que não pertencem ao círculo da 'velha política', e sua incompetência é uma garantia da sua autenticidade. As tensões que causam em nível internacional são vistas como mostras de sua independência, e as fake News, marca inequívoca de sua propaganda, evidenciam sua liberdade de pensamento. No mundo de Donald Trump, Boris Johnson, Matteo Salvini e Jair Bolsonaro, cada dia traz sua própria gafe, sua própria polêmica, seu próprio golpe brilhante. No entanto, por trás das manifestações desenfreadas do carnaval populista, está o trabalho árduo de ideólogos e, cada vez mais, de cientistas e especialistas do Big Data, sem os quais esses líderes nunca teriam chegado ao poder. É o retrato desses engenheiros do caos que Giuliano da Empoli nos apresenta, através de uma investigação ampla e contundente que vai muito além do caso Cambridge Analytica e remonta ao início dos anos 2000, quando o movimento populista global, hoje em pleno curso, dava seus primeiros passos na Itália. O resultado é uma galeria de personagens variados, quase todos desconhecidos do público em geral, mas que vêm mudando as regras do jogo político e a face das nossas sociedades.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3c3017ef6dce02ffcda5b15b970347ad.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Bully Pulpit: Theodore Roosevelt and the Golden Age of Journalism by Doris Kearns Goodwin</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-bully-pulpit-theodore-roosevelt-and-the-golden-age-of-journalism-by-doris-kearns-goodwin--65207393</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514269" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514269</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bully Pulpit: Theodore Roosevelt and the Golden Age of Journalism Author: Doris Kearns Goodwin Narrator: Edward Herrmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 36 hours 41 minutes Release date: May  6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  Doris Kearns Goodwin, author of the acclaimed multi-million copy bestseller Team of Rivals, filmed by Spielberg as Lincoln, turns to the birth of America's Progressive Era - that heady, optimistic time when the 20th Century is fresh. Reform is in the air, and it is time to take on the robber barons and corrupt politicians who have brought the country to its knees. The story is told through the close friendship between two Presidents: Theodore Roosevelt (1901-1909) and his handpicked successor William Howard Taft (1909-1913). The decades-long intimacy strengthens both men as they reform America, breaking up monopolies, protecting the rights of labour, banning unsafe drugs and closing sweatshops. Also at the heart of the story are the original 'muckrakers' - a brilliant group of investigative journalists at the celebrated magazine McClure's. They publish popular exposes of fraudulent railroads and millionaire senators, aiding Roosevelt in his quest for change and fairness. As Roosevelt, Taft and the muckrakers confront corruption and expose exploitation, America is reborn. © Doris Kearns Goodwin 2013 (P) Penguin Audio 2021]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514269</guid><pubDate>Thu, 06 May 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207393/9780241994221.mp3" length="2437169" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514269 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bully Pulpit: Theodore Roosevelt and the Golden Age of Journalism Author: Doris Kearns Goodwin Narrator: Edward Herrmann Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514269" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514269</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Bully Pulpit: Theodore Roosevelt and the Golden Age of Journalism Author: Doris Kearns Goodwin Narrator: Edward Herrmann Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 36 hours 41 minutes Release date: May  6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  Doris Kearns Goodwin, author of the acclaimed multi-million copy bestseller Team of Rivals, filmed by Spielberg as Lincoln, turns to the birth of America's Progressive Era - that heady, optimistic time when the 20th Century is fresh. Reform is in the air, and it is time to take on the robber barons and corrupt politicians who have brought the country to its knees. The story is told through the close friendship between two Presidents: Theodore Roosevelt (1901-1909) and his handpicked successor William Howard Taft (1909-1913). The decades-long intimacy strengthens both men as they reform America, breaking up monopolies, protecting the rights of labour, banning unsafe drugs and closing sweatshops. Also at the heart of the story are the original 'muckrakers' - a brilliant group of investigative journalists at the celebrated magazine McClure's. They publish popular exposes of fraudulent railroads and millionaire senators, aiding Roosevelt in his quest for change and fairness. As Roosevelt, Taft and the muckrakers confront corruption and expose exploitation, America is reborn. © Doris Kearns Goodwin 2013 (P) Penguin Audio 2021]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/eb392e8940b8385ceca7ad6bba92ce90.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>This Changes Everything: Capitalism vs. the Climate by Naomi Klein</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/this-changes-everything-capitalism-vs-the-climate-by-naomi-klein--65207379</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514487" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514487</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Changes Everything: Capitalism vs. the Climate Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 44 minutes Release date: May  6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  Naomi Klein, author of the #1 international bestsellers, The Shock Doctrine and No Logo, returns with This Changes Everything, a must-read on how the climate crisis needs to spur transformational political change Forget everything you think you know about global warming. It's not about carbon - it's about capitalism. The good news is that we can seize this existential crisis to transform our failed economic system and build something radically better. In her most provocative book yet, Naomi Klein, author of the global bestsellers The Shock Doctrine and No Logo, tackles the most profound threat humanity has ever faced: the war our economic model is waging against life on earth. Klein exposes the myths that are clouding the climate debate. You have been told the market will save us, when in fact the addiction to profit and growth is digging us in deeper every day. You have been told it's impossible to get off fossil fuels when in fact we know exactly how to do it - it just requires breaking every rule in the 'free-market' playbook: reining in corporate power, rebuilding local economies and reclaiming our democracies. You have also been told that humanity is too greedy and selfish to rise to this challenge. In fact, all around the world, the fight back for the next economy is already succeeding in ways both surprising and inspiring. Climate change, Klein argues, is a civilizational wake-up call, a powerful message delivered in the language of fires, floods, storms, and droughts. Confronting it is no longer about changing the light bulbs. It's about changing the world - before the world changes so drastically that no one is safe. Either we leap - or we sink. Once a decade, Naomi Klein writes a book that redefines its era. No Logo did so for globalization. The Shock Doctrine changed the way we think about austerity. This Changes Everything is about to upend the debate about the stormy era already upon us. © Naomi Klein 2014 (P) Penguin Audio 2021]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514487</guid><pubDate>Thu, 06 May 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207379/9780241539880.mp3" length="2437194" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514487 to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Changes Everything: Capitalism vs. the Climate Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 44 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514487" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514487</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This Changes Everything: Capitalism vs. the Climate Author: Naomi Klein Narrator: Ellen Archer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 44 minutes Release date: May  6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Brought to you by Penguin.  Naomi Klein, author of the #1 international bestsellers, The Shock Doctrine and No Logo, returns with This Changes Everything, a must-read on how the climate crisis needs to spur transformational political change Forget everything you think you know about global warming. It's not about carbon - it's about capitalism. The good news is that we can seize this existential crisis to transform our failed economic system and build something radically better. In her most provocative book yet, Naomi Klein, author of the global bestsellers The Shock Doctrine and No Logo, tackles the most profound threat humanity has ever faced: the war our economic model is waging against life on earth. Klein exposes the myths that are clouding the climate debate. You have been told the market will save us, when in fact the addiction to profit and growth is digging us in deeper every day. You have been told it's impossible to get off fossil fuels when in fact we know exactly how to do it - it just requires breaking every rule in the 'free-market' playbook: reining in corporate power, rebuilding local economies and reclaiming our democracies. You have also been told that humanity is too greedy and selfish to rise to this challenge. In fact, all around the world, the fight back for the next economy is already succeeding in ways both surprising and inspiring. Climate change, Klein argues, is a civilizational wake-up call, a powerful message delivered in the language of fires, floods, storms, and droughts. Confronting it is no longer about changing the light bulbs. It's about changing the world - before the world changes so drastically that no one is safe. Either we leap - or we sink. Once a decade, Naomi Klein writes a book that redefines its era. No Logo did so for globalization. The Shock Doctrine changed the way we think about austerity. This Changes Everything is about to upend the debate about the stormy era already upon us. © Naomi Klein 2014 (P) Penguin Audio 2021]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/db0e31b42c1fec97e93ac9b42df8b592.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Religious Liberty in Crisis: Exercising Your Faith in an Age of Uncertainty by Ken Starr</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/religious-liberty-in-crisis-exercising-your-faith-in-an-age-of-uncertainty-by-ken-starr--65207359</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514338" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514338</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Religious Liberty in Crisis: Exercising Your Faith in an Age of Uncertainty Author: Ken Starr Narrator: Ken Starr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 29, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Cole Langston believes things happen in threes. So far, he’s landed an airliner in a blizzard after his captain had a heart attack and revived the captain, catapulting himself to national hero status as “Captain Incredible. Life is finally returning to normal when he’s punched unconscious in an airport store by a bully who doesn’t appreciate Cole’s interference in his diatribe against the saleswoman. When Cole comes to, he finds the saleswoman gazing down at him. Then he experiences the oddest jolt when the lovely young woman touches him. Olivia Robison is working a routine shift at an airport store when a man in her line punches the pilot behind him, sending the pilot sprawling into a Redskins display. And when she touches the injured pilot, a jolt of electricity takes her by surprise. After he’s carted away by paramedics, she learns he’s “Captain Incredible.” She expects to never see him again. But then he comes looking for her a couple of weeks later, intent on finding the woman who's haunted him since that memorable first meeting. Cole and Olivia’s long-distance relationship is full of soaring highs and crushing lows as his fame has women throwing themselves at him everywhere they go. Will the unrelenting attention be too much for Olivia to handle, or can she trust the dashing pilot who is her first love? And when the third thing happens, as it always does, will it be the end for them or an opportunity for a new beginning?]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514338</guid><pubDate>Thu, 29 Apr 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207359/9781666537376.mp3" length="1477677" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514338 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Religious Liberty in Crisis: Exercising Your Faith in an Age of Uncertainty Author: Ken Starr Narrator: Ken Starr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514338" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514338</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Religious Liberty in Crisis: Exercising Your Faith in an Age of Uncertainty Author: Ken Starr Narrator: Ken Starr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 29, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Cole Langston believes things happen in threes. So far, he’s landed an airliner in a blizzard after his captain had a heart attack and revived the captain, catapulting himself to national hero status as “Captain Incredible. Life is finally returning to normal when he’s punched unconscious in an airport store by a bully who doesn’t appreciate Cole’s interference in his diatribe against the saleswoman. When Cole comes to, he finds the saleswoman gazing down at him. Then he experiences the oddest jolt when the lovely young woman touches him. Olivia Robison is working a routine shift at an airport store when a man in her line punches the pilot behind him, sending the pilot sprawling into a Redskins display. And when she touches the injured pilot, a jolt of electricity takes her by surprise. After he’s carted away by paramedics, she learns he’s “Captain Incredible.” She expects to never see him again. But then he comes looking for her a couple of weeks later, intent on finding the woman who's haunted him since that memorable first meeting. Cole and Olivia’s long-distance relationship is full of soaring highs and crushing lows as his fame has women throwing themselves at him everywhere they go. Will the unrelenting attention be too much for Olivia to handle, or can she trust the dashing pilot who is her first love? And when the third thing happens, as it always does, will it be the end for them or an opportunity for a new beginning?]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/306fda44eaa2cb25be74abde34fd8aea.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>The Torture Trial of George W. Bush by Joseph Suste</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-torture-trial-of-george-w-bush-by-joseph-suste--65207335</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519390" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519390</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Torture Trial of George W. Bush Author: Joseph Suste Narrator: Joseph Suste Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 29, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  During a dark period in the history of the United States, a few powerful government officials twisted the meaning of our laws and trivialized our human rights principles. This novel peels back the deceitful veneer of political gamesmanship to expose travesties committed against our fundamental human values and the US Constitution.  The narrative exposes the criminal actions of individuals who continue to make bold assertions that torture was necessary and that the torturers are above the law.  It does not redeem us, the American people, of our culpability. Crimes have been committed and we have yet to meet our responsibility to prosecute the perpetrators. The story unfolds within the bounds of existing statutes and develops a practical approach for bringing the perpetrators to justice—the first step in any attempt at reconciliation.  There is realism in the background which relies heavily on information gathered by professional journalists and investigators around the world.  The legal basis is drawn from US Code and the published opinions of qualified legal experts.  Here is a work of fiction, with fictional paladins reacting to the actions of non-fictional characters and historical events. We can envision real people following in the footsteps of the story’s protagonists. It is only necessary to find the courage to act. Torture should never happen again—but if left unchallenged and unpunished, it will. “President Obama signed Executive Order 13491 in January 2009 to prohibit the CIA from holding detainees other than on a 'short-term, transitory basis' and to limit interrogation techniques to those included in the Army Field Manual. However, these limitations are not part of U.S. law and could be overturned by a future president with the stroke of a pen.”  It is Time to re-establish our nation under the principle championed by John Adams who espoused a government of laws—not of men,]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519390</guid><pubDate>Thu, 29 Apr 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207335/9781662189555.mp3" length="2437227" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519390 to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Torture Trial of George W. Bush Author: Joseph Suste Narrator: Joseph Suste Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519390" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519390</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Torture Trial of George W. Bush Author: Joseph Suste Narrator: Joseph Suste Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 34 minutes Release date: April 29, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  During a dark period in the history of the United States, a few powerful government officials twisted the meaning of our laws and trivialized our human rights principles. This novel peels back the deceitful veneer of political gamesmanship to expose travesties committed against our fundamental human values and the US Constitution.  The narrative exposes the criminal actions of individuals who continue to make bold assertions that torture was necessary and that the torturers are above the law.  It does not redeem us, the American people, of our culpability. Crimes have been committed and we have yet to meet our responsibility to prosecute the perpetrators. The story unfolds within the bounds of existing statutes and develops a practical approach for bringing the perpetrators to justice—the first step in any attempt at reconciliation.  There is realism in the background which relies heavily on information gathered by professional journalists and investigators around the world.  The legal basis is drawn from US Code and the published opinions of qualified legal experts.  Here is a work of fiction, with fictional paladins reacting to the actions of non-fictional characters and historical events. We can envision real people following in the footsteps of the story’s protagonists. It is only necessary to find the courage to act. Torture should never happen again—but if left unchallenged and unpunished, it will. “President Obama signed Executive Order 13491 in January 2009 to prohibit the CIA from holding detainees other than on a 'short-term, transitory basis' and to limit interrogation techniques to those included in the Army Field Manual. However, these limitations are not part of U.S. law and could be overturned by a future president with the stroke of a pen.”  It is Time to re-establish our nation under the principle championed by John Adams who espoused a government of laws—not of men,]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/66eaf37d8c01df7d2dab4bf9bd50f414.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Réquiem por el sueño americano: The 10 Principles of Concentration of Wealth and Power by Noam Chomsky</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-requiem-por-el-sueno-americano-the-10-principles-of-concentration-of-wealth-and-power-by-noam-chomsky--65207355</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515417" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515417</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Réquiem por el sueño americano: The 10 Principles of Concentration of Wealth and Power Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: German Jaramillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 27, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Chomsky disecciona los diez principios fundamentales de la concentración de la riqueza y el poder en Estados Unidos, que a efectos prácticos han secuestrado la democracia en favor de los intereses de una élite políticofinanciera, sumiendo a un gran porcentaje de la población en la miseria y desesperanza más absolutas. Con su habitual agudeza, Chomsky muestra cómo los principales excesos y rasgos espeluznantes de la realidad estadounidense forman parte de una estrategia integral por parte de la casta dominante para aferrarse al poder y a los privilegios que éste conlleva.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515417</guid><pubDate>Tue, 27 Apr 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207355/9781638110965.mp3" length="2437209" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515417 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Réquiem por el sueño americano: The 10 Principles of Concentration of Wealth and Power Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: German Jaramillo...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515417" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515417</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Réquiem por el sueño americano: The 10 Principles of Concentration of Wealth and Power Author: Noam Chomsky Narrator: German Jaramillo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 47 minutes Release date: April 27, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Chomsky disecciona los diez principios fundamentales de la concentración de la riqueza y el poder en Estados Unidos, que a efectos prácticos han secuestrado la democracia en favor de los intereses de una élite políticofinanciera, sumiendo a un gran porcentaje de la población en la miseria y desesperanza más absolutas. Con su habitual agudeza, Chomsky muestra cómo los principales excesos y rasgos espeluznantes de la realidad estadounidense forman parte de una estrategia integral por parte de la casta dominante para aferrarse al poder y a los privilegios que éste conlleva.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/27968ca981d50778de253d615d383f6c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>An Undelivered Speech: Annihilation of Caste: Annihilation of Caste, and Castes in India: Their Mechanism, Genesis and Development by Dr. B.</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/an-undelivered-speech-annihilation-of-caste-annihilation-of-caste-and-castes-in-india-their-mechanism-genesis-and-development-by-dr-b--65207322</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519380" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519380</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Undelivered Speech: Annihilation of Caste: Annihilation of Caste, and Castes in India: Their Mechanism, Genesis and Development Author: Dr. B. R. Ambedkar Narrator: Siddhartha Valicharla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 15, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The most famous speech that was never delivered - ANNIHILATION OF CASTE - by Dr. B. R. Ambedkar. Along with his paper, Castes in India: their mechanism, genesis and development! Combined to form one cohesive audiobook, the way Babasaheb envisioned it. For an abridged video version of it by the narrator, please see: https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLn1Yg_BoyU6Y_O3YrYqM1fpqaR3DFX63W Acknowledgements: Rahul Borde for his rendition of Sanskrit Verses that can be heard towards the end of Annihilation of Caste Audio Engineer: Kevin Cleland Studio: LA Digital Recording Finally, this project would not have been possible without the support and encouragement of the Ambedkarite Community here in America. Jai Bhim! Jai Bharat!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519380</guid><pubDate>Thu, 15 Apr 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207322/9781662189425.mp3" length="2437203" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519380 to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Undelivered Speech: Annihilation of Caste: Annihilation of Caste, and Castes in India: Their Mechanism, Genesis and Development Author: Dr. B. R....</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519380" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/519380</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: An Undelivered Speech: Annihilation of Caste: Annihilation of Caste, and Castes in India: Their Mechanism, Genesis and Development Author: Dr. B. R. Ambedkar Narrator: Siddhartha Valicharla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 50 minutes Release date: April 15, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  The most famous speech that was never delivered - ANNIHILATION OF CASTE - by Dr. B. R. Ambedkar. Along with his paper, Castes in India: their mechanism, genesis and development! Combined to form one cohesive audiobook, the way Babasaheb envisioned it. For an abridged video version of it by the narrator, please see: https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLn1Yg_BoyU6Y_O3YrYqM1fpqaR3DFX63W Acknowledgements: Rahul Borde for his rendition of Sanskrit Verses that can be heard towards the end of Annihilation of Caste Audio Engineer: Kevin Cleland Studio: LA Digital Recording Finally, this project would not have been possible without the support and encouragement of the Ambedkarite Community here in America. Jai Bhim! Jai Bharat!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/89a08fcc1f3256899200d23f05a9c74c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Direito societário - parte 1: a empresa e as sociedades empresárias no Direito brasileiro by Eduardo Goulart Pimenta</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-direito-societario-parte-1-a-empresa-e-as-sociedades-empresarias-no-direito-brasileiro-by-eduardo-goulart-pimenta--65207318</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526268" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526268</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Direito societário - parte 1: a empresa e as sociedades empresárias no Direito brasileiro Series: #1 of Direito Societário Author: Eduardo Goulart Pimenta Narrator: Sandra Silvério Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: April  9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Os audiolivros da série Direito Societário, de Eduardo Goulart Pimenta, abordam de forma aprofundada todas as questões envolvendo a legislação referente às empresas e sociedades empresárias. Esta parte (1) trata do aspecto econômico, da constituição e dos tipos das personalidades jurídicas. Escute também as partes 2 a 5. Na parte 2, o autor aborda a questão dos valores mobiliários, incluindo desde temas como bolsa de valores, mercado de derivativos e debêntures até a presença de novas tecnologias no mercado, como o blockchain, os algoritmos e as criptomoedas. A parte 3 foca nos caminhos de controle das sociedades empresárias com as regras para deliberações e direito de voto. Na parte 4, são abordados os principais aspectos ligados à administração, às decisões e à fiscalização. E a parte 5 trata das relações intersocietárias, incluindo os processos de fusão, incorporação, cisão e dissolução.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526268</guid><pubDate>Fri, 09 Apr 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207318/9786589685081.mp3" length="1478232" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526268 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Direito societário - parte 1: a empresa e as sociedades empresárias no Direito brasileiro Series: #1 of Direito Societário Author:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526268" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526268</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Direito societário - parte 1: a empresa e as sociedades empresárias no Direito brasileiro Series: #1 of Direito Societário Author: Eduardo Goulart Pimenta Narrator: Sandra Silvério Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 30 minutes Release date: April  9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Os audiolivros da série Direito Societário, de Eduardo Goulart Pimenta, abordam de forma aprofundada todas as questões envolvendo a legislação referente às empresas e sociedades empresárias. Esta parte (1) trata do aspecto econômico, da constituição e dos tipos das personalidades jurídicas. Escute também as partes 2 a 5. Na parte 2, o autor aborda a questão dos valores mobiliários, incluindo desde temas como bolsa de valores, mercado de derivativos e debêntures até a presença de novas tecnologias no mercado, como o blockchain, os algoritmos e as criptomoedas. A parte 3 foca nos caminhos de controle das sociedades empresárias com as regras para deliberações e direito de voto. Na parte 4, são abordados os principais aspectos ligados à administração, às decisões e à fiscalização. E a parte 5 trata das relações intersocietárias, incluindo os processos de fusão, incorporação, cisão e dissolução.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5a6d398579fe008461a058214c51321a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Direito societário - parte 3: deliberações, direito de voto e controle societário? by Eduardo Goulart Pimenta</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-direito-societario-parte-3-deliberacoes-direito-de-voto-e-controle-societario-by-eduardo-goulart-pimenta--65207291</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526270" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526270</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Direito societário - parte 3: deliberações, direito de voto e controle societário? Series: #3 of Direito Societário Author: Eduardo Goulart Pimenta Narrator: Sandra Silvério Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: April  9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Os audiolivros da série Direito Societário, de Eduardo Goulart Pimenta, abordam de forma aprofundada todas as questões envolvendo a legislação referente às empresas e sociedades empresárias. Esta parte (3) foca nos caminhos de controle das sociedades empresárias com as regras para deliberações e direito de voto. Escute também as outras partes. A parte 1 trata do aspecto econômico, da constituição e dos tipos das personalidades jurídicas. Na parte 2, o autor aborda a questão dos valores mobiliários, incluindo desde temas como bolsa de valores, mercado de derivativos e debêntures até a presença de novas tecnologias no mercado, como o blockchain, os algoritmos e as criptomoedas. Na parte 4, são abordados os principais aspectos ligados à administração, às decisões e à fiscalização. E a parte 5 trata das relações intersocietárias, incluindo os processos de fusão, incorporação, cisão e dissolução.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526270</guid><pubDate>Fri, 09 Apr 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207291/9786589685067.mp3" length="1478232" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526270 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Direito societário - parte 3: deliberações, direito de voto e controle societário? Series: #3 of Direito Societário Author: Eduardo...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526270" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526270</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Direito societário - parte 3: deliberações, direito de voto e controle societário? Series: #3 of Direito Societário Author: Eduardo Goulart Pimenta Narrator: Sandra Silvério Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 50 minutes Release date: April  9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Os audiolivros da série Direito Societário, de Eduardo Goulart Pimenta, abordam de forma aprofundada todas as questões envolvendo a legislação referente às empresas e sociedades empresárias. Esta parte (3) foca nos caminhos de controle das sociedades empresárias com as regras para deliberações e direito de voto. Escute também as outras partes. A parte 1 trata do aspecto econômico, da constituição e dos tipos das personalidades jurídicas. Na parte 2, o autor aborda a questão dos valores mobiliários, incluindo desde temas como bolsa de valores, mercado de derivativos e debêntures até a presença de novas tecnologias no mercado, como o blockchain, os algoritmos e as criptomoedas. Na parte 4, são abordados os principais aspectos ligados à administração, às decisões e à fiscalização. E a parte 5 trata das relações intersocietárias, incluindo os processos de fusão, incorporação, cisão e dissolução.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6e8a3a39e9c0b437a532563883de7b3f.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Direito societário - parte 4: acordos, administração, decisões e fiscalização nas sociedades? by Eduardo Goulart Pimenta</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-direito-societario-parte-4-acordos-administracao-decisoes-e-fiscalizacao-nas-sociedades-by-eduardo-goulart-pimenta--65207269</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526271" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526271</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Direito societário - parte 4: acordos, administração, decisões e fiscalização nas sociedades? Series: #4 of Direito Societário Author: Eduardo Goulart Pimenta Narrator: Sandra Silvério Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: April  9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Os audiolivros da série Direito Societário, de Eduardo Goulart Pimenta, abordam de forma aprofundada todas as questões envolvendo a legislação referente às empresas e sociedades empresárias.  Nesta parte (4), são abordados os principais aspectos ligados à administração, às decisões e à fiscalização. Escute também as outras partes. A parte 1 trata do aspecto econômico, da constituição e dos tipos das personalidades jurídicas. Na parte 2, o autor aborda a questão dos valores mobiliários, incluindo desde temas como bolsa de valores, mercado de derivativos e debêntures até a presença de novas tecnologias no mercado, como o blockchain, os algoritmos e as criptomoedas. A parte 3 foca nos caminhos de controle das sociedades empresárias com as regras para deliberações e direito de voto. E a parte 5 trata das relações intersocietárias, incluindo os processos de fusão, incorporação, cisão e dissolução.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526271</guid><pubDate>Fri, 09 Apr 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207269/9786589685050.mp3" length="1478232" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526271 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Direito societário - parte 4: acordos, administração, decisões e fiscalização nas sociedades? Series: #4 of Direito Societário Author:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526271" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526271</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Direito societário - parte 4: acordos, administração, decisões e fiscalização nas sociedades? Series: #4 of Direito Societário Author: Eduardo Goulart Pimenta Narrator: Sandra Silvério Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: April  9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Os audiolivros da série Direito Societário, de Eduardo Goulart Pimenta, abordam de forma aprofundada todas as questões envolvendo a legislação referente às empresas e sociedades empresárias.  Nesta parte (4), são abordados os principais aspectos ligados à administração, às decisões e à fiscalização. Escute também as outras partes. A parte 1 trata do aspecto econômico, da constituição e dos tipos das personalidades jurídicas. Na parte 2, o autor aborda a questão dos valores mobiliários, incluindo desde temas como bolsa de valores, mercado de derivativos e debêntures até a presença de novas tecnologias no mercado, como o blockchain, os algoritmos e as criptomoedas. A parte 3 foca nos caminhos de controle das sociedades empresárias com as regras para deliberações e direito de voto. E a parte 5 trata das relações intersocietárias, incluindo os processos de fusão, incorporação, cisão e dissolução.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/6985bf35c9d13a3cc9b9ddd298a3c4a1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Direito societário - Parte 5: relações intersocietárias by Eduardo Goulart Pimenta</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-direito-societario-parte-5-relacoes-intersocietarias-by-eduardo-goulart-pimenta--65207262</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526272" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526272</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Direito societário - Parte 5: relações intersocietárias Series: #5 of Direito Societário Author: Eduardo Goulart Pimenta Narrator: Sandra Silvério Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: April  9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Os audiolivros da série Direito Societário, de Eduardo Goulart Pimenta, abordam de forma aprofundada todas as questões envolvendo a legislação referente às empresas e sociedades empresárias.  Esta parte (5) trata das relações intersocietárias, incluindo os processos de fusão, incorporação, cisão e dissolução. Escute também as outras partes. A parte 1 trata do aspecto econômico, da constituição e dos tipos das personalidades jurídicas. Na parte 2, o autor aborda a questão dos valores mobiliários, incluindo desde temas como bolsa de valores, mercado de derivativos e debêntures até a presença de novas tecnologias no mercado, como o blockchain, os algoritmos e as criptomoedas. A parte 3 foca nos caminhos de controle das sociedades empresárias com as regras para deliberações e direito de voto. Na parte 4, são abordados os principais aspectos ligados à administração, às decisões e à fiscalização.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526272</guid><pubDate>Fri, 09 Apr 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207262/9786589685074.mp3" length="1478232" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526272 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Direito societário - Parte 5: relações intersocietárias Series: #5 of Direito Societário Author: Eduardo Goulart Pimenta Narrator:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526272" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526272</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Direito societário - Parte 5: relações intersocietárias Series: #5 of Direito Societário Author: Eduardo Goulart Pimenta Narrator: Sandra Silvério Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: April  9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Os audiolivros da série Direito Societário, de Eduardo Goulart Pimenta, abordam de forma aprofundada todas as questões envolvendo a legislação referente às empresas e sociedades empresárias.  Esta parte (5) trata das relações intersocietárias, incluindo os processos de fusão, incorporação, cisão e dissolução. Escute também as outras partes. A parte 1 trata do aspecto econômico, da constituição e dos tipos das personalidades jurídicas. Na parte 2, o autor aborda a questão dos valores mobiliários, incluindo desde temas como bolsa de valores, mercado de derivativos e debêntures até a presença de novas tecnologias no mercado, como o blockchain, os algoritmos e as criptomoedas. A parte 3 foca nos caminhos de controle das sociedades empresárias com as regras para deliberações e direito de voto. Na parte 4, são abordados os principais aspectos ligados à administração, às decisões e à fiscalização.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/fcacfefe78b7b39a9d0280e2db1711b3.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Portuguese] - Direito societário - parte 2: valores mobiliários? by Eduardo Goulart Pimenta</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/portuguese-direito-societario-parte-2-valores-mobiliarios-by-eduardo-goulart-pimenta--65207239</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526269" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526269</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Direito societário - parte 2: valores mobiliários? Series: #2 of Direito Societário Author: Eduardo Goulart Pimenta Narrator: Sandra Silvério Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: April  9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Os audiolivros da série Direito Societário, de Eduardo Goulart Pimenta, abordam de forma aprofundada todas as questões envolvendo a legislação referente às empresas e sociedades empresárias. Nesta parte (2), o autor aborda a questão dos valores mobiliários, incluindo desde temas como bolsa de valores, mercado de derivativos e debêntures até a presença de novas tecnologias no mercado, como o blockchain, os algoritmos e as criptomoedas. Escute também as outras partes. A parte 1 trata do aspecto econômico, da constituição e dos tipos das personalidades jurídicas. A parte 3 foca nos caminhos de controle das sociedades empresárias com as regras para deliberações e direito de voto. Na parte 4, são abordados os principais aspectos ligados à administração, às decisões e à fiscalização. E a parte 5 trata das relações intersocietárias, incluindo os processos de fusão, incorporação, cisão e dissolução.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526269</guid><pubDate>Fri, 09 Apr 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207239/9786589685043.mp3" length="1478232" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526269 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Direito societário - parte 2: valores mobiliários? Series: #2 of Direito Societário Author: Eduardo Goulart Pimenta Narrator: Sandra...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526269" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526269</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Direito societário - parte 2: valores mobiliários? Series: #2 of Direito Societário Author: Eduardo Goulart Pimenta Narrator: Sandra Silvério Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: April  9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Os audiolivros da série Direito Societário, de Eduardo Goulart Pimenta, abordam de forma aprofundada todas as questões envolvendo a legislação referente às empresas e sociedades empresárias. Nesta parte (2), o autor aborda a questão dos valores mobiliários, incluindo desde temas como bolsa de valores, mercado de derivativos e debêntures até a presença de novas tecnologias no mercado, como o blockchain, os algoritmos e as criptomoedas. Escute também as outras partes. A parte 1 trata do aspecto econômico, da constituição e dos tipos das personalidades jurídicas. A parte 3 foca nos caminhos de controle das sociedades empresárias com as regras para deliberações e direito de voto. Na parte 4, são abordados os principais aspectos ligados à administração, às decisões e à fiscalização. E a parte 5 trata das relações intersocietárias, incluindo os processos de fusão, incorporação, cisão e dissolução.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/29d389ab32faef430a615e735258f158.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Excesos by Emilio Ontiveros</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-excesos-by-emilio-ontiveros--65207270</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526163" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526163</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Excesos Author: Emilio Ontiveros Narrator: Javier Serrano Palacios Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: April  1, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ¿Qué importancia tiene China en el nuevo orden mundial? ¿Por qué Trump tiene miedo a Huawei? ¿Qué papel le espera a Europa después del brexit? Y, sobre todo, ¿cómo repercutirán en nuestro país las peleas en el tablero internacional? Emilio Ontiveros hace un repaso de lo que queda después de la gran crisis y se anticipa al mundo que viene. Porque si la globalización sigue desarrollándose de forma descontrolada, o controlada por las grandes corporaciones multinacionales y no por los gobiernos y los organismos internacionales, se redoblará la tendencia a la 'introspección' de los países, es decir, a los aranceles, los cierres de fronteras y las guerras comerciales. Un fascinante viaje que nos avisa y propone medidas correctoras que pasarían por una mayor colaboración entre países.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526163</guid><pubDate>Thu, 01 Apr 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207270/9788408231790.mp3" length="1478222" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526163 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Excesos Author: Emilio Ontiveros Narrator: Javier Serrano Palacios Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526163" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526163</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Excesos Author: Emilio Ontiveros Narrator: Javier Serrano Palacios Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: April  1, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ¿Qué importancia tiene China en el nuevo orden mundial? ¿Por qué Trump tiene miedo a Huawei? ¿Qué papel le espera a Europa después del brexit? Y, sobre todo, ¿cómo repercutirán en nuestro país las peleas en el tablero internacional? Emilio Ontiveros hace un repaso de lo que queda después de la gran crisis y se anticipa al mundo que viene. Porque si la globalización sigue desarrollándose de forma descontrolada, o controlada por las grandes corporaciones multinacionales y no por los gobiernos y los organismos internacionales, se redoblará la tendencia a la 'introspección' de los países, es decir, a los aranceles, los cierres de fronteras y las guerras comerciales. Un fascinante viaje que nos avisa y propone medidas correctoras que pasarían por una mayor colaboración entre países.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/f6c6b79ecff5973b9d1b5165713323eb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Stolen Identity by Roshawn C. Evans</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/stolen-identity-by-roshawn-c-evans--65207320</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523836" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523836</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stolen Identity Author: Roshawn C. Evans Narrator: Gregory D. Anderson Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 58 minutes Release date: March 31, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Your personal identity describes who you are, who you aspire to be, or who people perceive you to be. The majority of us have been told in our lives at one time or another that we can be whoever or whatever we want to be, but what happens when someone else makes that decision for you without your honest consent? Typically in our society when someone's identity is stolen, there are a series of laws and agencies in place to remedy that issue; however, when it is the lawmaker that is the thief of your identity what recourse do you have? Who do you tell? Who can help you? Who will believe you?  Stolen Identity is a story about a young man's battle with a dysfunctional family, a faulty criminal justice system, and oppressive society to distinguish who he really is from who they have labeled him as and virtually created him to be.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523836</guid><pubDate>Wed, 31 Mar 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207320/9780692974827.mp3" length="2437164" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523836 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stolen Identity Author: Roshawn C. Evans Narrator: Gregory D. Anderson Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 58 minutes Release date: March...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523836" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523836</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stolen Identity Author: Roshawn C. Evans Narrator: Gregory D. Anderson Jr. Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 58 minutes Release date: March 31, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Your personal identity describes who you are, who you aspire to be, or who people perceive you to be. The majority of us have been told in our lives at one time or another that we can be whoever or whatever we want to be, but what happens when someone else makes that decision for you without your honest consent? Typically in our society when someone's identity is stolen, there are a series of laws and agencies in place to remedy that issue; however, when it is the lawmaker that is the thief of your identity what recourse do you have? Who do you tell? Who can help you? Who will believe you?  Stolen Identity is a story about a young man's battle with a dysfunctional family, a faulty criminal justice system, and oppressive society to distinguish who he really is from who they have labeled him as and virtually created him to be.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/44ff82c6f82a6fd19ba4f58437bc77b5.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Faith, Gender, and Activism in the Punjab Conflict: The Wheat Fields Still Whisper by Mallika Kaur</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/faith-gender-and-activism-in-the-punjab-conflict-the-wheat-fields-still-whisper-by-mallika-kaur--65207232</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530146" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530146</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faith, Gender, and Activism in the Punjab Conflict: The Wheat Fields Still Whisper Author: Mallika Kaur Narrator: Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Punjab was the arena of one of the first major armed conflicts of postcolonial India. During its deadliest decade, as many as 250,000 people were killed. This audiobook makes an urgent intervention in the history of the conflict, which to date has been characterized by a fixation on sensational violence—or ignored altogether. Mallika Kaur unearths the stories of three people who found themselves at the center of Punjab’s human rights movement: Baljit Kaur, who armed herself with a video camera to record essential evidence of the conflict; Justice Ajit Singh Bains, who became a beloved “people’s judge”; and Inderjit Singh Jaijee, who returned to Punjab to document abuses even as other elites were fleeing. Together, they are credited with saving countless lives. Braiding oral histories, personal snapshots, and primary documents recovered from at-risk archives, Kaur shows that when entire conflicts are marginalized, we miss essential stories: stories of faith, feminist action, and the power of citizen-activists.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530146</guid><pubDate>Tue, 30 Mar 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207232/9781665060769.mp3" length="1478316" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530146 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faith, Gender, and Activism in the Punjab Conflict: The Wheat Fields Still Whisper Author: Mallika Kaur Narrator: Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530146" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/530146</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Faith, Gender, and Activism in the Punjab Conflict: The Wheat Fields Still Whisper Author: Mallika Kaur Narrator: Soneela Nankani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 18 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Punjab was the arena of one of the first major armed conflicts of postcolonial India. During its deadliest decade, as many as 250,000 people were killed. This audiobook makes an urgent intervention in the history of the conflict, which to date has been characterized by a fixation on sensational violence—or ignored altogether. Mallika Kaur unearths the stories of three people who found themselves at the center of Punjab’s human rights movement: Baljit Kaur, who armed herself with a video camera to record essential evidence of the conflict; Justice Ajit Singh Bains, who became a beloved “people’s judge”; and Inderjit Singh Jaijee, who returned to Punjab to document abuses even as other elites were fleeing. Together, they are credited with saving countless lives. Braiding oral histories, personal snapshots, and primary documents recovered from at-risk archives, Kaur shows that when entire conflicts are marginalized, we miss essential stories: stories of faith, feminist action, and the power of citizen-activists.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/acafff6bc59488fbc65af425fb67480d.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Bitte Recht einfach! Vorsorgen - Warum Vorsorgevollmacht, Patientenverfügung und Testament nicht auf die lange Bank gehören und w</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-bitte-recht-einfach-vorsorgen-warum-vorsorgevollmacht-patientenverfugung-und-testament-nicht-auf-die-lange-bank-gehoren-und-w--65207365</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514206" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514206</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bitte Recht einfach! Vorsorgen - Warum Vorsorgevollmacht, Patientenverfügung und Testament nicht auf die lange Bank gehören und wie du sie angehst (ungekürzt) Author: Pia-Rhona Saxe Narrator: Pia-Rhona Saxe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: March 26, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ,,Ach, dieses leidige Thema. Das machen wir irgendwann.' So oder so ähnlich denken viele Menschen, wenn es um Vorsorgemaßnahmen für Krankheits- oder Todesfälle geht. Und ehe man es sich versieht, ist der Ernstfall eingetreten und man hat - du errätst es sicher - nicht vorgesorgt. Schon hängt das Amtsgericht in deiner Privatsache drin und die dadurch ausgelöste, zusätzliche Behördenrennerei ist erst recht nicht das, was man in solchen Situationen braucht. Dieses Buch soll dir kein schlechtes Gefühl vermitteln, sondern dir im lockeren Gesprächston vermitteln, welche Vorsorgemaßnahmen es gibt und wie du den eventuellen Ernstfall schon im Vorfeld bürokratisch lösen kannst. Darüber hinaus erfährst du auch, ob die einzelnen Maßnahmen mit Kosten verbunden sind und sogar konkret, wie hoch diese Kosten sein könnten. Nach dem Lesen hast du dir einen Überblick über die Themen Vorsorgevollmacht, Patientenverfügung, Erbrecht und Testamente und die damit verbundenen Kosten verschafft und kommst ins Handeln, weil du weißt, wie wichtig die richtige Vorsorge ist und vor allem, wie du sie angehen könntest.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514206</guid><pubDate>Fri, 26 Mar 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207365/4251888720498.mp3" length="1478484" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514206 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bitte Recht einfach! Vorsorgen - Warum Vorsorgevollmacht, Patientenverfügung und Testament nicht auf die lange Bank gehören und wie du sie...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514206" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514206</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Bitte Recht einfach! Vorsorgen - Warum Vorsorgevollmacht, Patientenverfügung und Testament nicht auf die lange Bank gehören und wie du sie angehst (ungekürzt) Author: Pia-Rhona Saxe Narrator: Pia-Rhona Saxe Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: March 26, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  ,,Ach, dieses leidige Thema. Das machen wir irgendwann.' So oder so ähnlich denken viele Menschen, wenn es um Vorsorgemaßnahmen für Krankheits- oder Todesfälle geht. Und ehe man es sich versieht, ist der Ernstfall eingetreten und man hat - du errätst es sicher - nicht vorgesorgt. Schon hängt das Amtsgericht in deiner Privatsache drin und die dadurch ausgelöste, zusätzliche Behördenrennerei ist erst recht nicht das, was man in solchen Situationen braucht. Dieses Buch soll dir kein schlechtes Gefühl vermitteln, sondern dir im lockeren Gesprächston vermitteln, welche Vorsorgemaßnahmen es gibt und wie du den eventuellen Ernstfall schon im Vorfeld bürokratisch lösen kannst. Darüber hinaus erfährst du auch, ob die einzelnen Maßnahmen mit Kosten verbunden sind und sogar konkret, wie hoch diese Kosten sein könnten. Nach dem Lesen hast du dir einen Überblick über die Themen Vorsorgevollmacht, Patientenverfügung, Erbrecht und Testamente und die damit verbundenen Kosten verschafft und kommst ins Handeln, weil du weißt, wie wichtig die richtige Vorsorge ist und vor allem, wie du sie angehen könntest.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>gung</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/1a7036c092b00497cd10e6971d82bbdb.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - ¿A quién vamos a dejar morir?. Sanidad pública, crisis y la importancia de lo político by Javier Padilla</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-a-quien-vamos-a-dejar-morir-sanidad-publica-crisis-y-la-importancia-de-lo-politico-by-javier-padilla--65207296</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526135" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526135</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ¿A quién vamos a dejar morir?. Sanidad pública, crisis y la importancia de lo político Author: Javier Padilla Narrator: Daniel Romero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La sanidad siempre está en crisis, la responsabilidad de enfermar no puede atribuirse solamente a la persona que enferma y para cambiar la sanidad tenemos que cambiar la sociedad entera. Estas tres afirmaciones se pueden utilizar como punto de partida para hablar de por qué cuando la economía enferma (decrece) la gente muere menos. O de qué significa la justicia en salud en tiempos en los que hay que defender cada derecho conquistado. O de cómo se ven representadas las injusticias culturales en las políticas de salud. O de que si queremos enfatizar los cuidados, tal vez los servicios de salud tengan que empezar por no ser lugares donde estos estén muy devaluados. O de cómo nos las vamos a arreglar para que la novedosa medicina postgenómica sea algo más que la forma tecnologizada de la más desigual de las sociedades posibles. Este libro plantea qué sociedad puede permitirse una sanidad pública para las próximas décadas, y qué sistema público de salud puede aportar algo a una sociedad que ha de transformarse para resistir y cambiar las dinámicas de precarización y crisis permanente del sistema económico y social.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526135</guid><pubDate>Thu, 25 Mar 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207296/9789152108185.mp3" length="1478416" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526135 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ¿A quién vamos a dejar morir?. Sanidad pública, crisis y la importancia de lo político Author: Javier Padilla Narrator: Daniel Romero...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526135" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526135</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - ¿A quién vamos a dejar morir?. Sanidad pública, crisis y la importancia de lo político Author: Javier Padilla Narrator: Daniel Romero Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La sanidad siempre está en crisis, la responsabilidad de enfermar no puede atribuirse solamente a la persona que enferma y para cambiar la sanidad tenemos que cambiar la sociedad entera. Estas tres afirmaciones se pueden utilizar como punto de partida para hablar de por qué cuando la economía enferma (decrece) la gente muere menos. O de qué significa la justicia en salud en tiempos en los que hay que defender cada derecho conquistado. O de cómo se ven representadas las injusticias culturales en las políticas de salud. O de que si queremos enfatizar los cuidados, tal vez los servicios de salud tengan que empezar por no ser lugares donde estos estén muy devaluados. O de cómo nos las vamos a arreglar para que la novedosa medicina postgenómica sea algo más que la forma tecnologizada de la más desigual de las sociedades posibles. Este libro plantea qué sociedad puede permitirse una sanidad pública para las próximas décadas, y qué sistema público de salud puede aportar algo a una sociedad que ha de transformarse para resistir y cambiar las dinámicas de precarización y crisis permanente del sistema económico y social.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/e991ceeb8f5ee4985e832a9f2cfe3296.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Los de la ETA han asesinado a tu hijo by David Fernández, José Antonio Gutiérrez</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-los-de-la-eta-han-asesinado-a-tu-hijo-by-david-fernandez-jose-antonio-gutierrez--65207276</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526165" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526165</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los de la ETA han asesinado a tu hijo Author: David Fernández, José Antonio Gutiérrez Narrator: Emilio Bianchi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  El 1 de diciembre de 2007 dos agentes de la Guardia Civil, Raúl Centeno (24 años) y Fernando Trapero (23 años), fueron asesinados por un comando de ETA en el aparcamiento de una cafetería de la localidad francesa de Capbreton. ¿Atentado premeditado? ¿Encuentro fortuito? Este libro reconstruye con ritmo de novela policiaca y el rigor de un reportaje periodístico, todas las piezas de este puzzle plagado de misterios. Un libro fundamental para entender no solo el funcionamiento de ETA, sino también los secretos de la lucha antiterrorista en España.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526165</guid><pubDate>Thu, 25 Mar 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207276/9789180122955.mp3" length="1478310" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526165 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los de la ETA han asesinado a tu hijo Author: David Fernández, José Antonio Gutiérrez Narrator: Emilio Bianchi Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526165" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526165</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Los de la ETA han asesinado a tu hijo Author: David Fernández, José Antonio Gutiérrez Narrator: Emilio Bianchi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 25, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  El 1 de diciembre de 2007 dos agentes de la Guardia Civil, Raúl Centeno (24 años) y Fernando Trapero (23 años), fueron asesinados por un comando de ETA en el aparcamiento de una cafetería de la localidad francesa de Capbreton. ¿Atentado premeditado? ¿Encuentro fortuito? Este libro reconstruye con ritmo de novela policiaca y el rigor de un reportaje periodístico, todas las piezas de este puzzle plagado de misterios. Un libro fundamental para entender no solo el funcionamiento de ETA, sino también los secretos de la lucha antiterrorista en España.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3577af779456d48e22dac13c8f5ddc34.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Move - Das Zeitalter der Migration (Ungekürzt) by Parag Khanna</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-move-das-zeitalter-der-migration-ungekurzt-by-parag-khanna--65207368</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514222" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514222</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Move - Das Zeitalter der Migration (Ungekürzt) Author: Parag Khanna Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Ein Mann, der uns mit einem radikal anderen Blick auf die Welt zum Nachdenken zwingt', urteilt Bundespräsident Steinmeier über den Denker aus Singapur. Diesen anderen, neuen Blick stellt Parag Khanna in 'Move' eindrucksvoll unter Beweis. Er bringt Geschichte, Politik und die natürlichen Lebensbedingungen des Menschen, die sich gerade rasant verändern, zusammen und leitet daraus Voraussagen für die Zukunft ab. Seine Grundthese: Die Menschheit wird sich in den nächsten Jahrzehnten neu auf der Erde verteilen (müssen). Gebiete, die bislang von der Natur bevorzugt wurden, drohen unbewohnbar zu werden; alte Industrieregionen, die Millionen von Menschen angezogen haben, werden veröden; neue Zentren werden entstehen. All dies wird nicht auf ein Land beschränkt sein, sondern zum weltweiten Phänomen. Die Gründe, die Khanna für riesige Migrationsströme über die Kontinente hinweg sieht, sind vielfältig: von demographischen Schieflagen und unterschiedlichen Modernisierungsgeschwindigkeiten über Klimaveränderungen bis zu sich neu verteilenden Arbeitsmöglichkeiten. Die Menschen werden, ob aus Zwang oder freiwillig, in kaum vorstellbarer Weise 'on the move' sein. Faktenreich, mit anschaulichen Beispielen und überzeugendem Zahlenmaterial entwirft Khanna die 'Zivilisation 3.0', in der Mobilität unser aller Schicksal, ja die Signatur der Zeit sein wird.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514222</guid><pubDate>Wed, 24 Mar 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207368/9783732455706.mp3" length="1478326" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514222 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Move - Das Zeitalter der Migration (Ungekürzt) Author: Parag Khanna Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514222" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/514222</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Move - Das Zeitalter der Migration (Ungekürzt) Author: Parag Khanna Narrator: Julian Mehne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 24, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  'Ein Mann, der uns mit einem radikal anderen Blick auf die Welt zum Nachdenken zwingt', urteilt Bundespräsident Steinmeier über den Denker aus Singapur. Diesen anderen, neuen Blick stellt Parag Khanna in 'Move' eindrucksvoll unter Beweis. Er bringt Geschichte, Politik und die natürlichen Lebensbedingungen des Menschen, die sich gerade rasant verändern, zusammen und leitet daraus Voraussagen für die Zukunft ab. Seine Grundthese: Die Menschheit wird sich in den nächsten Jahrzehnten neu auf der Erde verteilen (müssen). Gebiete, die bislang von der Natur bevorzugt wurden, drohen unbewohnbar zu werden; alte Industrieregionen, die Millionen von Menschen angezogen haben, werden veröden; neue Zentren werden entstehen. All dies wird nicht auf ein Land beschränkt sein, sondern zum weltweiten Phänomen. Die Gründe, die Khanna für riesige Migrationsströme über die Kontinente hinweg sieht, sind vielfältig: von demographischen Schieflagen und unterschiedlichen Modernisierungsgeschwindigkeiten über Klimaveränderungen bis zu sich neu verteilenden Arbeitsmöglichkeiten. Die Menschen werden, ob aus Zwang oder freiwillig, in kaum vorstellbarer Weise 'on the move' sein. Faktenreich, mit anschaulichen Beispielen und überzeugendem Zahlenmaterial entwirft Khanna die 'Zivilisation 3.0', in der Mobilität unser aller Schicksal, ja die Signatur der Zeit sein wird.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzt</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/8d846a586704da42ff73ea3b6f089888.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Green Fraud: Why the Green New Deal Is Even Worse Than You Think by Marc Morano</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/green-fraud-why-the-green-new-deal-is-even-worse-than-you-think-by-marc-morano--65207257</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528907" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528907</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Green Fraud: Why the Green New Deal Is Even Worse Than You Think Author: Marc Morano Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Marc Morano’s analysis of the proposed Green New Deal is eye-opening and damning. In his new book, Green Fraud: Why the Green New Deal Is Even Worse Than You Think, Morano exposes the program as a far-left agenda filled with progressive policies disguised as a way to save the planet. No matter what the environmental scare-of-the-day may be, Morano says, the same solution is always proposed—and that solution should scare us. Morano clearly shows how the Green New Deal will lay a path for “global governance,” resulting in less freedom, less sovereignty, massive government bureaucracy, and significant, crippling wealth redistribution. Drawing on past “new deals” to illustrate the impact such “deals” have on the United States, Morano will explain how FDR’s New Deal and Lyndon Johnson’s “Great Society” really impacted American society. And this latest big government program is no different. In Green Fraud, Morano reveals how the Green New Deal’s objectives extend far beyond the environment—including free college; “healthy food” for all; “safe, affordable, adequate housing” provided by the government; and other far-left agenda items;that in Europe, where climate policies are years ahead of the United States, energy rationing, low economic growth, and rising costs are leading to misery and even death among Europeans;how even Green New Deal allies such as the New York Times and Washington Post have outed the legislation as a wish-list of progressive policies; andhow America can and must defeat the Green New Deal and restore sanity to the climate and energy policy discussion.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528907</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 Mar 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207257/9781665045513.mp3" length="1478196" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528907 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Green Fraud: Why the Green New Deal Is Even Worse Than You Think Author: Marc Morano Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528907" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528907</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Green Fraud: Why the Green New Deal Is Even Worse Than You Think Author: Marc Morano Narrator: John Mclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 7 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Marc Morano’s analysis of the proposed Green New Deal is eye-opening and damning. In his new book, Green Fraud: Why the Green New Deal Is Even Worse Than You Think, Morano exposes the program as a far-left agenda filled with progressive policies disguised as a way to save the planet. No matter what the environmental scare-of-the-day may be, Morano says, the same solution is always proposed—and that solution should scare us. Morano clearly shows how the Green New Deal will lay a path for “global governance,” resulting in less freedom, less sovereignty, massive government bureaucracy, and significant, crippling wealth redistribution. Drawing on past “new deals” to illustrate the impact such “deals” have on the United States, Morano will explain how FDR’s New Deal and Lyndon Johnson’s “Great Society” really impacted American society. And this latest big government program is no different. In Green Fraud, Morano reveals how the Green New Deal’s objectives extend far beyond the environment—including free college; “healthy food” for all; “safe, affordable, adequate housing” provided by the government; and other far-left agenda items;that in Europe, where climate policies are years ahead of the United States, energy rationing, low economic growth, and rising costs are leading to misery and even death among Europeans;how even Green New Deal allies such as the New York Times and Washington Post have outed the legislation as a wish-list of progressive policies; andhow America can and must defeat the Green New Deal and restore sanity to the climate and energy policy discussion.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/29add6b052eab38a5fba0672e6794f3a.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Reclaiming Patriotism in an Age of Extremes by Steven B. Smith</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/reclaiming-patriotism-in-an-age-of-extremes-by-steven-b-smith--65207259</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523171" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523171</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reclaiming Patriotism in an Age of Extremes Author: Steven B. Smith Narrator: Mack Sanderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A rediscovery of patriotism as a virtue in line with the core values of democracy in an extremist age The concept of patriotism has fallen on hard times. What was once a value that united Americans has become so politicized by both the left and the right that it threatens to rip apart the social fabric. On the right, patriotism has become synonymous with nationalism and an “us versus them” worldview, while on the left it is seen as an impediment to acknowledging important ethnic, religious, or racial identities and a threat to cosmopolitan globalism. Steven B. Smith reclaims patriotism from these extremist positions and advocates for a patriotism that is broad enough to balance loyalty to country against other loyalties. Describing how it is a matter of both the head and the heart, Smith shows how patriotism can bring the country together around the highest ideals of equality and is a central and ennobling disposition that democratic societies cannot afford to do without.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523171</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207259/9781665041782.mp3" length="1478284" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523171 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reclaiming Patriotism in an Age of Extremes Author: Steven B. Smith Narrator: Mack Sanderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523171" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/523171</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reclaiming Patriotism in an Age of Extremes Author: Steven B. Smith Narrator: Mack Sanderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A rediscovery of patriotism as a virtue in line with the core values of democracy in an extremist age The concept of patriotism has fallen on hard times. What was once a value that united Americans has become so politicized by both the left and the right that it threatens to rip apart the social fabric. On the right, patriotism has become synonymous with nationalism and an “us versus them” worldview, while on the left it is seen as an impediment to acknowledging important ethnic, religious, or racial identities and a threat to cosmopolitan globalism. Steven B. Smith reclaims patriotism from these extremist positions and advocates for a patriotism that is broad enough to balance loyalty to country against other loyalties. Describing how it is a matter of both the head and the heart, Smith shows how patriotism can bring the country together around the highest ideals of equality and is a central and ennobling disposition that democratic societies cannot afford to do without.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/a1bc850f14ed646e15fa7d2151d3df89.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>How to find freedom and kill your fear: The heroic life story of Malcolm x (Malcolm x biography) by Jeffrey Jordan</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-find-freedom-and-kill-your-fear-the-heroic-life-story-of-malcolm-x-malcolm-x-biography-by-jeffrey-jordan--65207247</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526753" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526753</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to find freedom and kill your fear: The heroic life story of Malcolm x (Malcolm x biography) Author: Jeffrey Jordan Narrator: Sergep Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Are you looking for one place where you can read everything you could possibly want to know about Malcolm X?Perhaps you have only recently discovered Malcolm X—and the many vital things that he did for race pride as well as black nationalism in the early 1960—and it has inspired you to learn about the man behind the many great actions of that era? Or maybe you already know a little about Malcolm X and what he stood for, but you are keen to learn more about him as a person—from his childhood all the way through his life—and you want to find all of that information in one, compelling book. Sounds too good to be true, right? Wrong! How to Find Freedom and Kill Your Fear covers the heroic life story of Malcolm X in an all-encompassing biography that will take you through all of the trials and tribulations he had to go through in his entire life. There are very few books that cover Malcolm X in such great detail—from his life in poverty and persecution as a youngster, his time spent in prison, all the way through to his faith and relationship with Martin Luther King Jr. All that information is carefully laid out in a way that is easy to follow and exciting to read, making this content digestible and encapsulating. Once you start reading about this man’s fascinating life, you will struggle to put the book back down again until you have read it from cover to cover! Inside How to Find Freedom and Kill Your Fear, discover: - What Malcolm X’s upbringing was like and the early losses and poverty he suffered from - His time in prison and how he used it to become more studious - A deeper insight into his wider family - His time during the Nation of Islam - His difficulties battling civil rights of minorities and the African American people]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526753</guid><pubDate>Tue, 23 Feb 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207247/9781662197789.mp3" length="2437228" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526753 to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to find freedom and kill your fear: The heroic life story of Malcolm x (Malcolm x biography) Author: Jeffrey Jordan Narrator: Sergep Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526753" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526753</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to find freedom and kill your fear: The heroic life story of Malcolm x (Malcolm x biography) Author: Jeffrey Jordan Narrator: Sergep Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 8 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Are you looking for one place where you can read everything you could possibly want to know about Malcolm X?Perhaps you have only recently discovered Malcolm X—and the many vital things that he did for race pride as well as black nationalism in the early 1960—and it has inspired you to learn about the man behind the many great actions of that era? Or maybe you already know a little about Malcolm X and what he stood for, but you are keen to learn more about him as a person—from his childhood all the way through his life—and you want to find all of that information in one, compelling book. Sounds too good to be true, right? Wrong! How to Find Freedom and Kill Your Fear covers the heroic life story of Malcolm X in an all-encompassing biography that will take you through all of the trials and tribulations he had to go through in his entire life. There are very few books that cover Malcolm X in such great detail—from his life in poverty and persecution as a youngster, his time spent in prison, all the way through to his faith and relationship with Martin Luther King Jr. All that information is carefully laid out in a way that is easy to follow and exciting to read, making this content digestible and encapsulating. Once you start reading about this man’s fascinating life, you will struggle to put the book back down again until you have read it from cover to cover! Inside How to Find Freedom and Kill Your Fear, discover: - What Malcolm X’s upbringing was like and the early losses and poverty he suffered from - His time in prison and how he used it to become more studious - A deeper insight into his wider family - His time during the Nation of Islam - His difficulties battling civil rights of minorities and the African American people]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/09035e84a33c7422a6ddd248e6f5b4d9.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Democracy and Delusion: 10 Myths in South African Politics by Sizwe Mpofu-Walsh</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/democracy-and-delusion-10-myths-in-south-african-politics-by-sizwe-mpofu-walsh--65207352</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518008" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518008</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy and Delusion: 10 Myths in South African Politics Author: Sizwe Mpofu-Walsh Narrator: Hangwi Lephatsi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  South African politics is riddled with delusions. Many common political arguments come pre-packaged in an old and dusty box - but the self-evident truths are not, in fact, so indisputable. Sizwe Mpofu-Walsh sets out to dismantle that box. He argues that free education is far from impossible, the ANC's liberation narrative is too idyllic to swallow, land reform is not the first step to chaos, and the media is not free... In this incisive, informed book we find not only challenges to commonly held opinions, but optimism about South Africa's future, and solutions to old problems. A fresh perspective on South African politics.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518008</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Feb 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207352/9781662187704.mp3" length="2437161" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518008 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy and Delusion: 10 Myths in South African Politics Author: Sizwe Mpofu-Walsh Narrator: Hangwi Lephatsi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518008" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/518008</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy and Delusion: 10 Myths in South African Politics Author: Sizwe Mpofu-Walsh Narrator: Hangwi Lephatsi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: February 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1   Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  South African politics is riddled with delusions. Many common political arguments come pre-packaged in an old and dusty box - but the self-evident truths are not, in fact, so indisputable. Sizwe Mpofu-Walsh sets out to dismantle that box. He argues that free education is far from impossible, the ANC's liberation narrative is too idyllic to swallow, land reform is not the first step to chaos, and the media is not free... In this incisive, informed book we find not only challenges to commonly held opinions, but optimism about South Africa's future, and solutions to old problems. A fresh perspective on South African politics.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/af15d0fc0071da31e4dd2d9c02f1602c.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Devuélveme el poder by Miriam González Durántez</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-devuelveme-el-poder-by-miriam-gonzalez-durantez--65207272</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526164" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526164</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Devuélveme el poder Author: Miriam González Durántez Narrator: Laura Vives Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Lo que más llama la atención cuando se mira a España desde fuera es la falta de ambición, no a título individual sino como Estado. Tiene un potencial enorme, pero es un país estancado; con conciencia de las reformas que se necesitan hacer, pero sin voluntad política para hacerlas, excepto en casos de extrema urgencia. Devuélveme el poder pone de manifiesto que España requiere un proceso amplio de reformas para salir de casi tres décadas de estancamiento. No son cambios imposibles, ni siquiera son difíciles, y se han hecho ya con éxito en muchos otros países. Pero no son solo reformas económicas, sino también políticas, y empiezan, forzosamente, por limitar el desmesurado poder de los partidos políticos españoles. España necesita una transformación liberal en la que los políticos devuelvan a los ciudadanos un poder que nunca tuvo que ser suyo.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526164</guid><pubDate>Sat, 13 Feb 2021 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207272/9788499429298.mp3" length="1478246" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526164 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Devuélveme el poder Author: Miriam González Durántez Narrator: Laura Vives Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526164" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526164</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Devuélveme el poder Author: Miriam González Durántez Narrator: Laura Vives Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 13, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Lo que más llama la atención cuando se mira a España desde fuera es la falta de ambición, no a título individual sino como Estado. Tiene un potencial enorme, pero es un país estancado; con conciencia de las reformas que se necesitan hacer, pero sin voluntad política para hacerlas, excepto en casos de extrema urgencia. Devuélveme el poder pone de manifiesto que España requiere un proceso amplio de reformas para salir de casi tres décadas de estancamiento. No son cambios imposibles, ni siquiera son difíciles, y se han hecho ya con éxito en muchos otros países. Pero no son solo reformas económicas, sino también políticas, y empiezan, forzosamente, por limitar el desmesurado poder de los partidos políticos españoles. España necesita una transformación liberal en la que los políticos devuelvan a los ciudadanos un poder que nunca tuvo que ser suyo.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/779a94b87d04113e328a2564e4b4ab3e.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Blood Red Lines: How Nativism Fuels the Right by Brendan O’connor</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/blood-red-lines-how-nativism-fuels-the-right-by-brendan-o-connor--65207308</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521028" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521028</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood Red Lines: How Nativism Fuels the Right Author: Brendan O’connor Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: February  9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An engaging and reflective look at how austerity and the billionaire class paved the way for Trump’s presidency, the rise of the “alt-right,” and the caging of migrant children and adults in detention centers across the country For all of the energy that the far right has demonstrated—and for all of the support that they receive from institutional conservatives in the GOP and affiliated organizations—the United States is experiencing an upsurge in left-wing social movements unlike any other in the past half-century, with roots not in the Democratic Party but Occupy Wall Street and Black Lives Matter. Drawing on his original reporting as well as archival research, O’Connor investigates how the capitalist class and the radical right mobilize racism to defend their interests, while focusing on one of the most pressing issues of our time: immigration.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521028</guid><pubDate>Tue, 09 Feb 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207308/9781665047012.mp3" length="1478214" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521028 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood Red Lines: How Nativism Fuels the Right Author: Brendan O’connor Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521028" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521028</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blood Red Lines: How Nativism Fuels the Right Author: Brendan O’connor Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 50 minutes Release date: February  9, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  An engaging and reflective look at how austerity and the billionaire class paved the way for Trump’s presidency, the rise of the “alt-right,” and the caging of migrant children and adults in detention centers across the country For all of the energy that the far right has demonstrated—and for all of the support that they receive from institutional conservatives in the GOP and affiliated organizations—the United States is experiencing an upsurge in left-wing social movements unlike any other in the past half-century, with roots not in the Democratic Party but Occupy Wall Street and Black Lives Matter. Drawing on his original reporting as well as archival research, O’Connor investigates how the capitalist class and the radical right mobilize racism to defend their interests, while focusing on one of the most pressing issues of our time: immigration.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/52999b7a7c552b09d1a124a65a10bc26.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[German] - Act now! - Reflexionen in existenziellen Zeiten (Ungekürzt) by Donatella Di Cesare, Jean Ziegler, Leoluca Orlando, Graeme Maxton,</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/german-act-now-reflexionen-in-existenziellen-zeiten-ungekurzt-by-donatella-di-cesare-jean-ziegler-leoluca-orlando-graeme-maxton--65207275</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521376" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521376</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Act now! - Reflexionen in existenziellen Zeiten (Ungekürzt) Author: Donatella Di Cesare, Jean Ziegler, Leoluca Orlando, Graeme Maxton, Franziska Wessel, Fürst Albert Ll, Mojib Lativ, Hanna Poddig, Dennis Meadows, Swetlana Alexijewitsch, Frank Otto, Oliver Neß, Ai Weiwei, Roger Willemsen, Tima Kurdi, Martin Rees Narrator: Barbara Auer, Konstantin Wecker, Franziska Wessel, Mojib Lativ, Hanna Poddig, Frank Otto, Oliver Neß, Walter Sittler, Thomas Thieme Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 17 minutes Release date: January 29, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Herausforderungen des 21. Jahrhunderts haben eine radikal neue Qualität: Klimawandel, Epidemien und Artensterben dokumentieren den planetaren Burn-out. Die Trecks von Millionen Geflüchteten sind das Resultat rücksichtsloser Machtpolitik und Profitorientierung im Zeitalter der kapitalistischen Globalisierung, das zum 'Final Century' zu werden droht. Mehr als ein Dutzend Autoren - von der Literatur-Nobelpreisträgerin bis zur Aktivistin von 'Fridays for Future' - sind sich einig: Es ist Zeit zu handeln. Jetzt!]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521376</guid><pubDate>Fri, 29 Jan 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207275/4251888714732.mp3" length="1479074" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521376 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Act now! - Reflexionen in existenziellen Zeiten (Ungekürzt) Author: Donatella Di Cesare, Jean Ziegler, Leoluca Orlando, Graeme Maxton,...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521376" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/521376</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Act now! - Reflexionen in existenziellen Zeiten (Ungekürzt) Author: Donatella Di Cesare, Jean Ziegler, Leoluca Orlando, Graeme Maxton, Franziska Wessel, Fürst Albert Ll, Mojib Lativ, Hanna Poddig, Dennis Meadows, Swetlana Alexijewitsch, Frank Otto, Oliver Neß, Ai Weiwei, Roger Willemsen, Tima Kurdi, Martin Rees Narrator: Barbara Auer, Konstantin Wecker, Franziska Wessel, Mojib Lativ, Hanna Poddig, Frank Otto, Oliver Neß, Walter Sittler, Thomas Thieme Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 17 minutes Release date: January 29, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Die Herausforderungen des 21. Jahrhunderts haben eine radikal neue Qualität: Klimawandel, Epidemien und Artensterben dokumentieren den planetaren Burn-out. Die Trecks von Millionen Geflüchteten sind das Resultat rücksichtsloser Machtpolitik und Profitorientierung im Zeitalter der kapitalistischen Globalisierung, das zum 'Final Century' zu werden droht. Mehr als ein Dutzend Autoren - von der Literatur-Nobelpreisträgerin bis zur Aktivistin von 'Fridays for Future' - sind sich einig: Es ist Zeit zu handeln. Jetzt!]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:keywords>rzt</itunes:keywords><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/33c3b59d233e5f304bbee093ba1eb566.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Dumb and Dumber: How Cuomo and de Blasio Ruined New York by Matt Palumbo</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/dumb-and-dumber-how-cuomo-and-de-blasio-ruined-new-york-by-matt-palumbo--65207361</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515517" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515517</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dumb and Dumber: How Cuomo and de Blasio Ruined New York Author: Matt Palumbo Narrator: Axel Bosley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: January 12, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Thanks to the policies of Andrew Cuomo and Bill de Blasio, the glory days of the Empire State and the Big Apple are long behind them. In America’s early days, most immigrants entered America through New York. For many, New York was synonymous with America and the American dream itself—a beacon of hope for the rest of the world. Now, for the first time ever, people are fleeing New York by the millions. Plagued by high taxes, big government, excessive regulations, and other obstacles to liberty, there are few reasons for one to want to remain in the state under Governor Andrew Cuomo’s leadership. And in New York City, which houses nearly half of the state’s population, Mayor Bill de Blasio has been doing everything in his power to accelerate the decline and bring the city back to its pre–Rudy-Giuliani days.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515517</guid><pubDate>Tue, 12 Jan 2021 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207361/9781665059473.mp3" length="1478226" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515517 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dumb and Dumber: How Cuomo and de Blasio Ruined New York Author: Matt Palumbo Narrator: Axel Bosley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515517" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/515517</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dumb and Dumber: How Cuomo and de Blasio Ruined New York Author: Matt Palumbo Narrator: Axel Bosley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: January 12, 2021 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Thanks to the policies of Andrew Cuomo and Bill de Blasio, the glory days of the Empire State and the Big Apple are long behind them. In America’s early days, most immigrants entered America through New York. For many, New York was synonymous with America and the American dream itself—a beacon of hope for the rest of the world. Now, for the first time ever, people are fleeing New York by the millions. Plagued by high taxes, big government, excessive regulations, and other obstacles to liberty, there are few reasons for one to want to remain in the state under Governor Andrew Cuomo’s leadership. And in New York City, which houses nearly half of the state’s population, Mayor Bill de Blasio has been doing everything in his power to accelerate the decline and bring the city back to its pre–Rudy-Giuliani days.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/d3093c93579a367258cfbbdeeb150bf1.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - Eleanor y Hick. El romance de la primera dama de los EE.UU. y Lorena Hickok by Susan Quinn</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-eleanor-y-hick-el-romance-de-la-primera-dama-de-los-ee-uu-y-lorena-hickok-by-susan-quinn--65207309</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522149" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522149</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Eleanor y Hick. El romance de la primera dama de los EE.UU. y Lorena Hickok Author: Susan Quinn Narrator: Georgia Tancabel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 18, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  En 1932 cuando su esposo asumía la presidencia de los EE. UU, Eleanor Roosevelt entró en una claustrofóbica existencia de obligaciones como primera dama. Pero de forma inesperada, le llegó un salvavidas en forma de una luchadora reportera de prensa: Lorena Hickok. Ambas mujeres no podrían haber sido más diferentes, pero enseguida se enamoraron. Durante los siguientes treinta años, hasta la muerte de Eleanor, fueron amantes, confidentes, asesoras en temas profesionales y amigas. Durante la Gran Depresión, la Segunda Guerra Mundial y la complicada atmósfera de la posguerra, Eleanor Roosevelt y Lorena Hickok se inspiraron mutuamente. Profundamente documentada y narrada con humanidad, la biografía Eleanor y Hick es un vívido retrato de amor y una mirada reveladora de cómo un romance improbable influyó en algunos de los años más importantes de la historia de Estados Unidos.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522149</guid><pubDate>Wed, 18 Nov 2020 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207309/9789179898687.mp3" length="1478396" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522149 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Eleanor y Hick. El romance de la primera dama de los EE.UU. y Lorena Hickok Author: Susan Quinn Narrator: Georgia Tancabel Format:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522149" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522149</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Eleanor y Hick. El romance de la primera dama de los EE.UU. y Lorena Hickok Author: Susan Quinn Narrator: Georgia Tancabel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 18, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  En 1932 cuando su esposo asumía la presidencia de los EE. UU, Eleanor Roosevelt entró en una claustrofóbica existencia de obligaciones como primera dama. Pero de forma inesperada, le llegó un salvavidas en forma de una luchadora reportera de prensa: Lorena Hickok. Ambas mujeres no podrían haber sido más diferentes, pero enseguida se enamoraron. Durante los siguientes treinta años, hasta la muerte de Eleanor, fueron amantes, confidentes, asesoras en temas profesionales y amigas. Durante la Gran Depresión, la Segunda Guerra Mundial y la complicada atmósfera de la posguerra, Eleanor Roosevelt y Lorena Hickok se inspiraron mutuamente. Profundamente documentada y narrada con humanidad, la biografía Eleanor y Hick es un vívido retrato de amor y una mirada reveladora de cómo un romance improbable influyó en algunos de los años más importantes de la historia de Estados Unidos.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/5620fe4a8c49e53b1f9a3b0aa8b23d28.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Democracy, If We Can Keep It: The ACLU's 100-Year Fight for Rights in America by Ellis Cose</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/democracy-if-we-can-keep-it-the-aclu-s-100-year-fight-for-rights-in-america-by-ellis-cose--65207237</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528984" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528984</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy, If We Can Keep It: The ACLU's 100-Year Fight for Rights in America Author: Ellis Cose Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 42 minutes Release date: July  7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Published to coincide with the ACLU’s centennial, a major book by the nationally celebrated journalist and bestselling author For a century, the American Civil Liberties Union has fought to keep Americans in touch with the founding values of the Constitution. As its centennial approached, the organization invited Ellis Cose to become its first ever writer-in residence, serving as an “embedded journalist” with complete editorial independence. The result is Cose’s groundbreaking Democracy, If We Can Keep It: The ACLU and Its 100-Year Battle for Our Rights, the most authoritative account ever of America’s premier defender of civil liberties. A vivid work of history and journalism, Democracy, If We Can Keep It is not just the definitive story of the ACLU but also an essential account of America’s rediscovery of rights it had granted but long denied. Cose’s narrative begins with World War I and brings us to today, chronicling the ACLU’s role through the horrors of 9/11, the saga of Edward Snowden, and the phenomenon of Donald Trump. A chronicle of America’s most difficult ethical quandaries from the Red Scare, the Scottsboro Boys’ trials, Japanese American internment, McCarthyism, and Vietnam, Democracy, If We Can Keep It weaves these accounts into a deeper story of American freedom—one that is profoundly relevant to our present moment.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528984</guid><pubDate>Tue, 07 Jul 2020 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207237/9781799751908.mp3" length="1478290" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528984 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy, If We Can Keep It: The ACLU's 100-Year Fight for Rights in America Author: Ellis Cose Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528984" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/528984</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Democracy, If We Can Keep It: The ACLU's 100-Year Fight for Rights in America Author: Ellis Cose Narrator: Danny Campbell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 42 minutes Release date: July  7, 2020 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  Published to coincide with the ACLU’s centennial, a major book by the nationally celebrated journalist and bestselling author For a century, the American Civil Liberties Union has fought to keep Americans in touch with the founding values of the Constitution. As its centennial approached, the organization invited Ellis Cose to become its first ever writer-in residence, serving as an “embedded journalist” with complete editorial independence. The result is Cose’s groundbreaking Democracy, If We Can Keep It: The ACLU and Its 100-Year Battle for Our Rights, the most authoritative account ever of America’s premier defender of civil liberties. A vivid work of history and journalism, Democracy, If We Can Keep It is not just the definitive story of the ACLU but also an essential account of America’s rediscovery of rights it had granted but long denied. Cose’s narrative begins with World War I and brings us to today, chronicling the ACLU’s role through the horrors of 9/11, the saga of Edward Snowden, and the phenomenon of Donald Trump. A chronicle of America’s most difficult ethical quandaries from the Red Scare, the Scottsboro Boys’ trials, Japanese American internment, McCarthyism, and Vietnam, Democracy, If We Can Keep It weaves these accounts into a deeper story of American freedom—one that is profoundly relevant to our present moment.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4c97cc537f91167e275b01fed9d9f8d2.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Progress, Really?: One man's view of social progress in America by Peter Serefine</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/progress-really-one-man-s-view-of-social-progress-in-america-by-peter-serefine--65207255</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526748" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526748</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Progress, Really?: One man's view of social progress in America Author: Peter Serefine Narrator: Peter Serefine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 46 minutes Release date: September 21, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This is a quick read about one perspective on the past, current, and future state of American culture, government, and social standing. The author points out many areas of our country that are straying from its fundamental basis and how continual complacency and acceptance of minority opinions for the sake of appeasing the entitled is quickly leading us toward socialism and overall destruction of the founding fathers' vision.]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526748</guid><pubDate>Sat, 21 Sep 2019 01:22:19 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207255/9781662196843.mp3" length="2437133" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526748 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Progress, Really?: One man's view of social progress in America Author: Peter Serefine Narrator: Peter Serefine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526748" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/526748</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Progress, Really?: One man's view of social progress in America Author: Peter Serefine Narrator: Peter Serefine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 46 minutes Release date: September 21, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  This is a quick read about one perspective on the past, current, and future state of American culture, government, and social standing. The author points out many areas of our country that are straying from its fundamental basis and how continual complacency and acceptance of minority opinions for the sake of appeasing the entitled is quickly leading us toward socialism and overall destruction of the founding fathers' vision.]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>305</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/3be5e59c31a35e4d2a203cfe93225d67.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>[Spanish] - La difícil vida fácil. Doce testimonios sobre prostitución masculina by Iván Zaro</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/spanish-la-dificil-vida-facil-doce-testimonios-sobre-prostitucion-masculina-by-ivan-zaro--65207310</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522123</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La difícil vida fácil. Doce testimonios sobre prostitución masculina Author: Iván Zaro Narrator: Enrique Aparicio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 17, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La prostitución masculina es un mundo aparentemente invisible del que muy poco se ha escrito y cuya existencia no se conoce en profundidad. Algunos trabajadores del sexo comparten, por primera vez, sus emociones más íntimas, sus risas y sus llantos, las luces y sombras que forman parte del ser humano. El lector se topará con vidas silenciadas e invisibles envueltas en el estigma social. Esta obra parte de los testimonios de los trabajadores del sexo, que se expresan en primera persona, recobrando así un espacio que algunos agentes sociales han venido usurpando, y demostrando, en algunas ocasiones, el más absoluto desconocimiento sobre las experiencias, las aspiraciones y las reivindicaciones de las personas que ejercen la prostitución. Cada capítulo se centra en los espacios donde suele desarrollarse la prostitución masculina, desde los locales de ocio nocturno a las saunas de clientela exclusivamente masculina; de los pisos de ejercicio gestionados por terceras personas a la prostitución callejera; de la prostitución a través de las nuevas tecnologías e Internet a la industria del sexo y el mundo del porno. También aparecen trabajadores del sexo que ofrecen servicios especiales, como el sadomasoquismo y el travestismo, descubriendo las características de cada uno de estos escenarios y de sus códigos y reglas del juego. Pero, ¿hay vida más allá de la prostitución? A modo de respuesta, podrán conocer a tres hombres que decidieron abandonar el trabajo sexual. Grabado en español ibérico (España).]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522123</guid><pubDate>Thu, 17 Jan 2019 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207310/9789178175468.mp3" length="1478374" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522123 to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La difícil vida fácil. Doce testimonios sobre prostitución masculina Author: Iván Zaro Narrator: Enrique Aparicio Format: Unabridged...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522123" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/522123</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La difícil vida fácil. Doce testimonios sobre prostitución masculina Author: Iván Zaro Narrator: Enrique Aparicio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 42 minutes Release date: January 17, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  La prostitución masculina es un mundo aparentemente invisible del que muy poco se ha escrito y cuya existencia no se conoce en profundidad. Algunos trabajadores del sexo comparten, por primera vez, sus emociones más íntimas, sus risas y sus llantos, las luces y sombras que forman parte del ser humano. El lector se topará con vidas silenciadas e invisibles envueltas en el estigma social. Esta obra parte de los testimonios de los trabajadores del sexo, que se expresan en primera persona, recobrando así un espacio que algunos agentes sociales han venido usurpando, y demostrando, en algunas ocasiones, el más absoluto desconocimiento sobre las experiencias, las aspiraciones y las reivindicaciones de las personas que ejercen la prostitución. Cada capítulo se centra en los espacios donde suele desarrollarse la prostitución masculina, desde los locales de ocio nocturno a las saunas de clientela exclusivamente masculina; de los pisos de ejercicio gestionados por terceras personas a la prostitución callejera; de la prostitución a través de las nuevas tecnologías e Internet a la industria del sexo y el mundo del porno. También aparecen trabajadores del sexo que ofrecen servicios especiales, como el sadomasoquismo y el travestismo, descubriendo las características de cada uno de estos escenarios y de sus códigos y reglas del juego. Pero, ¿hay vida más allá de la prostitución? A modo de respuesta, podrán conocer a tres hombres que decidieron abandonar el trabajo sexual. Grabado en español ibérico (España).]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/17e0c3e644ca02f88a02067a75d11ac7.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Self Deception : India's China Policies by Arun Shourie</title><link>https://www.spreaker.com/episode/self-deception-india-s-china-policies-by-arun-shourie--65207342</link><description><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517192" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517192</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self Deception : India's China Policies Author: Arun Shourie Narrator: Simalaya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A must-read for our times. A must for strengthening the country. On what assumptions was Pandit Nehru confident that China would not invade India in 1962? Why and on what basis did he scotch all warnings in Tibet and our entire border? What did he do when those assumptions proved wrong? What eventually led to the debacle of 1962? Are the same delusions and mistakes not being repeated now? Why will the consequences be any different? This is a devastating analysis and warning on India's policy and approach regarding China, based on Nehru's notes to his officers, his correspondence, including letters to chief ministers and his speeches in and out of Parliament. ©Harper Collins India 2018]]></description><guid isPermaLink="false">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517192</guid><pubDate>Tue, 15 Jan 2019 01:22:20 +0000</pubDate><enclosure url="https://api.spreaker.com/download/episode/65207342/9789353370428.mp3" length="1478218" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:author>Jared  Berge</itunes:author><itunes:subtitle>Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517192 to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self Deception : India's China Policies Author: Arun Shourie Narrator: Simalaya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 47 minutes Release date:...</itunes:subtitle><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Please visit <a href="https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517192" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/517192</a> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self Deception : India's China Policies Author: Arun Shourie Narrator: Simalaya Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 15, 2019 Genres: Current Affairs, Law, &amp; Politics Publisher's Summary:  A must-read for our times. A must for strengthening the country. On what assumptions was Pandit Nehru confident that China would not invade India in 1962? Why and on what basis did he scotch all warnings in Tibet and our entire border? What did he do when those assumptions proved wrong? What eventually led to the debacle of 1962? Are the same delusions and mistakes not being repeated now? Why will the consequences be any different? This is a devastating analysis and warning on India's policy and approach regarding China, based on Nehru's notes to his officers, his correspondence, including letters to chief ministers and his speeches in and out of Parliament. ©Harper Collins India 2018]]></itunes:summary><itunes:duration>185</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>clean</itunes:explicit><itunes:image href="https://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/4480abd586f033dc4e343d1106c838ca.jpg"/><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item></channel></rss>
